33-ODOT Prestressed Design FINAL

1
AASHTO LRFD B id D i AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design

Specifications
Prestressed Concrete
RICHARD A. MILLER, PhD, PE, FPCI
PROFESSOR PROFESSOR
UNIVERSITY OF CINCINNATI
AASHTO-LRFD Specification, 4th Edition
This module covers prestressed concrete superstructure
elements.
General
Segmental boxes are NOT covered.
Topics which are related to reinforced concrete only are
covered in another module.
Concrete structures are covered in Chapter 5. Chapter 5
uses a unified approach reinforced concrete and
prestressed concrete are covered in the same chapter.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Loads and load combinations related to concrete are
covered in Chapter 3.
Analysis of concrete structures is covered in Chapter 4.
Do Not Duplicate Prestressed Concrete: Slide #2
2
General
LRFD equations are in KSI units!
Example Modulus of Rupture: Example Modulus of Rupture:
In most cases, the equations are simply the old Standard
Specifications equations converted to ksi units.
. . 530 5000 5 . 7
530 . 0 5 24 . 0
SPEC STD psi psi f
LRFD ksi ksi f
r
r
= =
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
ksi
ksi ksi
ksi psi
psi
5 24 . 0
1000
5 5 . 7
1000
5 1000 5 . 7
/ 1000
5000 5 . 7
= = =
5.4 Material Properties
Materials must meet AASHTO LRFD Bridge
Construction Specifications. Construction Specifications.
Unless specified otherwise, all provisions apply for
strengths up to 10 ksi (Art. 5.4.2.1).
Some provisions allow up to 15 ksi.
There is an effort to extend all provisions to 18 ksi.
If a provision does not allow higher strength, use a
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
maximum of 10 ksi in the calculations.
Decks must have a minimum strength of 4 ksi.
3
A current problem with the LRFD Specifications is that some
provisions allow strengths up to 18 ksi, but many are limited to 15
ksi or the default of 10 ksi.
So what do you do if you are using a high strength concrete and a
specific provision does not allow that strength?
Use the highest strength allowed by that provision. For
example, assume a 15 ksi strength is specified but a particular
provision has not been verified for that strength. For that
particular provision, you must use a concrete strength of 10
ksi for your calculations (you may still use 15 ksi concrete in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
ksi for your calculations (you may still use 15 ksi concrete in
the structure, you just cannot take advantage of the additional
strength for that particular provision). However, if other
provisions allow the use of 15 ksi concrete, you can use 15 ksi
for those provisions.
5.4.2.3 Shrinkage and Creep
For calculation of creep and shrinkage, the engineer may
use:
Articles 5.4.2.3.2 and 5.4.2.3.3
CEB-FIP Model Code
ACI 209
For prestressed concrete the loss equations include
creep and shrinkage.
The main use of these provisions for prestressed
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The main use of these provisions for prestressed
concrete is for calculating restraint moments for
continuous for live load bridges.
These are verified to 15 ksi. The creep equations do not
work for strengths over 15 ksi.
4
( ) =

t k k k k t t
Art t Coefficien Creep
i td f hc vs i
9 . 1 ,
: ) 2 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 5 . (
118 . 0
H = Relative Humidity
t = time from first loading to
( )
|
|
+
=
=
|
.
|
\
|
=
t
k
f
k
H k
S
V
k
ci
f
hc
vs
i td f hc vs i
' 1
5
008 . 0 56 . 1
0 . 1 13 . 0 45 . 1
,
t = time from first loading to
time being considered
t
i
= time of first loading
V/S = volume to surface
f
ci
= concrete strength at time of
prestress transfer or time of
first load (RC)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
.
\
+
=
t f
k
ci
td
' 4 61
first load (RC).
If unknown, assume = 0.8f
c
.
Std. Spec did not have a creep coefficient. Previous versions of LRFD use a
different equation. It is similar to the ACI equation using t
0.6
/(10+ t
0.6
).
( ) =

x k k k k
Art Shrinkage
td f hs vs sh
10 48 . 0
: ) 3 . 3 . 2 . 4 . 5 . (
3
H = Relative Humidity
t = time from end of cure to
( )
|
|
+
=
=
|
.
|
\
|
=
t
f
k
H k
S
V
k
ci
f
hs
vs
td f hs vs sh
' 1
5
014 . 0 2
0 . 1 13 . 0 45 . 1
t = time from end of cure to
time being considered
V/S = volume to surface
f
ci
= concrete strength at time of
prestress transfer or time of
first load (RC).
If unknown, assume = 0.8f
c
.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
|
.
|
\
|
+
=
t f
t
k
ci
td
' 4 61
Std. Spec. set shrinkage = 0.002. Previous editions of LRFD used an ACI type
equation with a term of t/(35+t).
5
5.4.2.6 Modulus of Rupture
There are now 3 defined Moduli of Rupture for normal
weight concrete: g
For Arts. 5.7.3.4 (crack control) and 5.7.3.3.2 (I
eff
):
0.24 f
c
ksi (= 7.5f
c
in psi units)
For Art. 5.7.3.3.2 (minimum reinforcement):
0.37 f
c
ksi (= 11.5f
c
in psi units)
For Art. 5.8.3.4.3 (shear) (this is new in 2007):

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0.20 f
c
ksi (= 6 f
c
in psi units)
Note that the value for Article 5.8.3.4.3 (shear) ONLY
applies to the new, simplified method.
5.4.2.4 Modulus of Elasticity & 5.4.2.5 Poissons Ratio
(5.4.2.4-1)
(5 4 2 5)
1.5
c 1 c c
E 33, 000K w f '
0 2
=
Where:
K
1
= Aggregate factor. Taken as 1.0 unless determined by
testing or as approved by a jurisdiction.
w = concrete unit weight in kcf
f
c
= concrete strength ksi
(5.4.2.5) 0.2 =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
E is basically the old Standard Specifications equation converted to
ksi units and with an aggregate correction factor added.
is unchanged from Standard Specifications.
6
3.4 - Loads and Load Factors
3.4.1: Load Factors and Load Combinations
For prestressed girders, the following service load combinations are most
common:
Service I: Used for compression and transverse tension in prestressed
concrete.
Service III: Used for longitudinal tension in prestressed concrete
girders.
Service IV: Used for tension in prestressed columns, for crack control.
Strength I: Basic load combination.
Fatigue : Fatigue of reinforcement does NOT need to be checked for
fully prestressed components designed using Service III
(A 3 1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(Art. 5.5.3.1)
Strength II-V and Extreme Event I and II are checked as warranted.
Service II is for steel and never applies to prestressed concrete.
DC
DD LL
Use One of These at a Time
Table 3.4.1-1 Load Combinations and Load Factors
Load Combination
DW
EH
EV
ES
EL
IM
CE
BR
PL
LS WA WS WL FR
TU
CR
SH TG SE EQ IC CT CV
STRENGTH I
(unless noted)
p
1.75 1.00 -- -- 1.00 0.50/1.20
TG

SE
-- -- -- --
STRENGTH II
p
1.35 1.00 -- -- 1.00 0.50/1.20
TG

SE
-- -- -- --
STRENGTH III
p
1.00 1.40 -- 1.00 0.50/1.20
TG

SE
-- -- -- --
STRENGTH IV
p
1.00 -- -- 1.00 0.50/1.20 -- -- -- -- -- --
STRENGTH V
p
1.35 1.00 0.40 1.0 1.00 0.50/1.20
TG

SE
-- -- -- --
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
p

TG

SE
7
Table 3.4.1-1 Load Combinations and Load Factors (cont.)
DC
DD LL
Use One of These at a Time
Load Combination
DW
EH
EV
ES
EL
IM
CE
BR
PL
LS WA WS WL FR
TU
CR
SH TG SE EQ IC CT CV
EXTREME EVENT I
p
EQ 1.00 -- -- 1.00 -- -- -- 1.00 -- -- --
EXTREME EVENT II
p
0.50 1.00 -- -- 1.00 -- -- -- -- 1.00 1.00 1.00
FATIGUE LL, IM,
& CE ONLY -- 0.75 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Table 3.4.1-1 Load Combinations and Load Factors (cont.)
DC
DD LL
Use One of These at a
Ti
Load
Combination
DW
EH
EV
ES
EL
IM
CE
BR
PL
LS WA WS WL FR
TU
CR
SH TG SE
Time
EQ IC CT CV
SERVICE I 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.30 1.0 1.00 1.00/1.20
TG

SE
-- -- -- --
SERVICE II 1.00 1.30 1.00 -- -- 1.00 1.00/1.20 -- -- -- -- -- --
SERVICE III 1.00 0.80 1.00 -- -- 1.00 1.00/1.20
TG

SE
-- -- -- --
SERVICE IV 1.00 -- 1.00 0.70 -- 1.00 1.00/1.20 -- 1.0 -- -- -- --
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
8
Service III applies only to LONGITUDINAL TENSION in
prestressed girders. The modifier to (LL+IM) is 0.8. The prestressed girders. The modifier to (LL IM) is 0.8. The
modifier is < 1 because it was found that the tensile
capacity of prestressed girders is underestimated. This is
largely because the loss of prestressing force is usually
overestimated and a lower bound is used for the tensile
strength (modulus of rupture).
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
AASHTO LRFD AASHTO-LRFD
Distribution Factors for Precast/Prestressed
Concrete Elements
9
Distribution Factors for Precast/Prestressed Concrete Elements
4.6.2.2.2 Distribution Factor Method for Moment and Shear
The simplified distribution factors may be used if:
Width of the slab is constant
Number of beams, N
b
> 4
Beams are parallel and of similar stiffness
Roadway overhang d
e
< 3 ft
Central angle < Article 4.6.1.2
Cross section conforms to AASHTO Table 4.6.2.2.1-1
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note: Multiple presence factors are NOT used with simplified distribution factors.
This is part of
Table 4.6.2.2.1-1
showing common
precast/
prestressed
concrete bridge concrete bridge
types.
The letter below
the diagram
correlates to a set
of distribution
factors.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
factors.
10
Beam and Slab Bridges would be a Type k bridge.
Moment distribution factors - LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1:
T l l d d
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Two or more lanes loaded:
DFM = 0.075+(S/9.5)
0.6
(S/L)
0.2
(K
g
/12.0Lt
s
3
)
0.1
One lane loaded:
DFM= 0.06+( S/14 )
0.4
( S/L )
0.3
(K
g
/12.0Lt
s
3
)
0.1
S = girder spacing (ft) 3.5 < S < 16.0
L = span length (ft) 20 < L < 240
t = slab thickness (in) 4 5 < t < 12 0 t
s
= slab thickness (in) 4.5 < t
s
< 12.0
N
b
= Number of Beams N
b
> 4
K
g
= n(I
g
+ A
g
e
g
2
) (in
4
) 10,000 < K
g
< 7,000,000
n = E
c,beam
/E
c,slab
I
g
= gross moment of inertia, non composite girder (in
4
)
A
g
= gross area, non composite girder (in
2
)
e
g
= distance between centers of gravity of the non composite beam
d l b (i )
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
and slab. (in)
If N
b
= 3, use the lesser of the equations above with N
b
= 3
and the lever rule.
11
Beam and Slab Type k bridge
Shear Distribution Factors - LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3a-1:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
DFV = 0.2 + ( S/12 ) - ( S/35 )
2
One lane loaded:
DFV = 0.36 + ( S/25 )
3.5 < S < 16.0 ft.
20 < L < 240 ft 20 < L < 240 ft.
4.5 < t
s
< 12.0 in.
N
b
> 4
If N
b
= 3; use the lever rule.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
12
Beam and Slab Bridge Type k Exterior Moment
One lane loaded use the Lever Rule
LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2d-1
1 . 9
77 . 0
int
e
ext
d
e
eg g
+ =
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g = DFM
d
e
= distance from edge of the traffic railing to the exterior web of the
exterior beam. The term d
e
is positive when the railing is outboard
(shown) and negative when the railing is inboard. -1.0 < d
e
< 5.5 ft.
Beam and Slab Bridge Type k Exterior Shear
Two or more lanes loaded: Two or more lanes loaded:
One lane loaded use the Lever Rule
LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3b-1
10
6 . 0
int
e
ext
d
e
eg g
+ =
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g = DFV
-1.0 < d
e
< 5.5 ft.
13
Beam and Slab Bridge Type k Longitudinal Beams
on Skewed Supports
Any number of lanes loaded; multiply DFM by:
(LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2c-1)
= Angle of skew; 30
o
< < 60
o
;
( )
5 . 0
25 . 0
1
5 . 1
1
12
25 . 0
tan 1
|
.
|
\
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
=
L
S
Lt
K
c
c
s
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Angle of skew; 30 < < 60 ;
if <30
o
, c
1
= 0; if >60
o
then =60
o
L = Span, 20 < L < 240 ft
S = Beam Spacing, 3.5 < S < 16 ft
N
b
> 4
Beam and Slab Bridge Type k Longitudinal Beams
on Skewed Supports on Skewed Supports
Correlation Factor for Load Distribution Factor for Support Shear at
Obtuse Corner - (LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3c-1)
= Angle of skew; 0
o
< < 60
o
;
tan
12
20 . 0 0 . 1
3 . 0
3
|
|
.
|
\
|
+
g
s
K
Lt
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
L = Span, 20 < L < 240 ft
S = Beam Spacing, 3.5 < S < 16 ft
N
b
> 4
14
Lever Rule: Assume a hinge develops over each interior girder and solve for the
reaction in the exterior girder as a fraction of the truck load.
1.2 0
1.2 1.2

H
M Pe RS
Pe e
R DF
S S
=
= =
This is for one lane loaded. Multiple

Presence Factors apply 1.2 is the MPF
In the diagram P/2 are the wheel loads; P
1.5
36k 36k
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Do Not Duplicate Loads & Analysis: Slide #27
In the diagram, P/2 are the wheel loads; P
is the resultant force. All three loads are
NOT applied at the same time.
Note that truck cannot be closer than 2
from the barrier
8 ft
(3.6.1.3)
Minimum Exterior DFM: (Rigid Body Rotation of Bridge Section)
N
L
- Number of loaded lanes under consideration
N
b
- Number of beams or girders
E t i it f d i t k l d f CG f tt f
+ =
b
L
Min Ext
N
N
Ext
b
L
x
e X
N
N
DF
2
,
(C4.6.2.2.2d-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
e - Eccentricity of design truck or load from CG of pattern of
girders (ft.)
x - Distance from CG of pattern of girders to each girder (ft.)
X
Ext
- Distance from CG of pattern of girders to exterior girder (ft.)
15
Adjacent Box Girders
Adjacent box girders with shear keys and a cast in place Adjacent box girders with shear keys and a cast-in-place
overlay are Type f sections.
Adjacent box girders with shear keys, but no cast-in-
place deck, are Type g sections. Type g sections
may or may not be laterally post-tensioned.
Lack of lateral post-tensioning causes a reduction of the
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
distribution factor.
Interior Box Girders
The following distribution factors may be used for a Type g y yp
f (composite deck) or a Type g (non-composite)
bridge IF the girders are sufficiently connected together
meaning they achieve transverse flexural continuity.
This can be done with lateral post-tensioning of at least
250 psi (Commentary 4.6.2.2.1; paragraph 12).
The Commentary further states that bridges without a
t t l l d hi h t i d t
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
structural overlay and which use untensioned transverse
rods should NOT be considered as sufficient to achieve
transverse flexural continuity, unless demonstrated by
testing or experience (Commentary 4.6.2.2.1, paragraph
14).
16
Type f (composite deck) or g with lateral PT - Type f (composite deck) or g with lateral PT
LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1
Moment:
Two lanes loaded
DFM = k ( b/305 )
0.6
( b/12.0L )
0.2
( I/J )
0.06
One lane loaded
DFM = k(b/33.3L)
0.5
(I/J)
0.25
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
k = 2 5 ( N ) 0 2 > 1 5 k = 2.5 ( N
b
)-0.2 > 1.5
N
b
= number of beams 5 < N
b
< 20
b = width of beam, in 35< b < 60 in
L = span of beam, ft 20< L < 120 ft
I = moment of inertia of beam, in
4
J = St. Venant torsional constant, in
4
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
J St. Venant torsional constant, in
For preliminary design, ( I/J )
0.06
= 1.0
17
Distribution Factors for Shear - LRFD Table 4.6.2.2..3a-1
Two Lanes Loaded:
DFV = (b/156)
0.4
(b/12L)
0.1
(I/J)
0.05
(b/48)
One Lane Loaded:
DFV = (b/130L)
0.15
(I/J)
0.05
5 < N
b
< 20
These are used for
both composite and
non-composite;
even if the girders
are NOT sufficiently
connected.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
5 N
b
20
35< b < 60 in
20< L < 120 ft
25,000 < J < 610,000 in
4
40,000 < I < 610,000 in
4
Type g box with NO lateral PT
DFV (distribution factor for shear) does not change. It is the same
for Type g structures with and without lateral PT.
DFM is different. For Type g structures without lateral PT, the old
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Standard Specifications equations are used.
NOTE: The Standard Specifications equations were based on wheel loads and
the LRFD equations are based on axle loads; so the equations changed by a
factor of 2.
18
Distribution Factor for Moment - LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1
DFM = S/D
S = width of precast beam (ft)
D = (11.5 - N
L
)+1.4N
L
(1-0.2C)
2
when C < 5
D = (11.5 - N
L
) when C > 5
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Where:
N
L
= number of traffic lanes
C = K(W/L) < K
For Preliminary Design
Beam Type K
N id d t l b 0 7
C = K(W/L) < K
Where:
Nonvoided rectangular beams 0.7
Rectangular beams with circular voids: 0.8
Box section beams 1.0
Channel beams 2.2
T-beam 2.0
Double T-beam 2.0
J
I
K
) 1 ( +
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
W= overall width of bridge measured perpendicular to the
longitudinal beam (ft)
L = span (ft)
= Poissons ratio = 0.2 for concrete (5.4.2.5)
J
19
S
A 4
J
2
t
S
J
Where:
A = Area enclosed by the centerline of the webs and flanges.
l h f b fl li
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
S = length of a web or flange centerline.
t = thickness of the corresponding web or flange.
The bending moment for exterior beams is determined by
multiplying the distribution factor for interior beams by a multiplying the distribution factor for interior beams by a
factor, e, which accounts for the distribution of load to the
exterior girder. Note that this applies to type g even if
there is no lateral post-tensioning. Lack of lateral post-
tensioning is accounted for in the DVM.
Minimum exterior distribution factor based on rigid body
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Minimum exterior distribution factor based on rigid body
rotation does not apply to adjacent box girders.
20
Exterior Box Girders
Multiplier for Moment Types f and g - LRFD Table 4 6 2 2 2d-1 Multiplier for Moment Types f and g LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2d 1
g
ext
= eg
interior
Where:
e = 1.04 + ( d
e
/ 25 ) > 1
d
e
=distance from edge of the traffic railing to the exterior web of
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
e
the exterior beam. The term d
e
is positive when the railing is
outboard (shown) and negative when the railing is inboard.
d
e
< 2.0 UNIT IS FEET!
g= DFM
Exterior Box Girder
Multiplier for Moment Types f and g - LRFD Table 4 6 2 2 2d-1 Multiplier for Moment Types f and g LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2d 1
One lane loaded:
g
ext
= eg
interior
e = 1.125 + ( d
e
/ 30 ) > 1
d
e
< 2.0 ft.
e accounts for the
distribution of load to
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
e
the exterior girder
21
Exterior Box Girders
Multiplier for Shear Types f and g - LRFD Table 4 6 2 2 3b-1 Multiplier for Shear Types f and g LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3b 1
1
48
48
5 . 0
int
| |
|
.
|
\
|
|
.
|
\
|
=
b
b
b
eg g
ext
d < 2 0
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0 . 1
40
0 . 2
12
1
|
|
|
|
.
|
\
|
+
+ =
b
d
e
e
d
e
< 2.0
35 < b < 60 in
g = DFV
Multiplier for Shear Types f and g - LRFD Table
4.6.2.2.3b-1 4.6.2.2.3b 1
One lane loaded:
g
ext
= eg
interior
e = 1.125 + ( d
e
/ 20 ) > 1
d
e
< 2.0 ft.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
22
Skewed Box Girders
Multiplier for Moment LRFD Table 4 6 2 2 2c 1 Multiplier for Moment - LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2c-1
1.05 - 0.25 ( tan ) < 1.0
= skew angle
If > 60
0
use = 60
0
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This is optional.
When the skew angle of a bridge is small, say, less than 20
o
, it is
often considered safe to ignore the angle of skew and to analyze the
bridge as a zero-skew bridge whose span is equal to the skew span.
This approach is generally conservative for moments in the beams,
and slightly unsafe (<5%) for slab-on-girder decks for longitudinal
shears.
The LRFD Specifications Table 4.6.2.2.e-1 lists reduction multipliers
for moments in longitudinal beams.
The previous slide illustrates the multiplier for spread box beams,
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
adjacent box beams with concrete overlays or transverse post-
tensioning and double tees in multi-beam decks or Types (b), (c), (f)
and (g).
23
Correlation Factor for Load Distribution Factor for Support
Shear at Obtuse Corner Types f and g - (LRFD Table yp g (
4.6.2.2.3c-1) This is mandatory.
0
o
< < 60
o
20 < L < 240 ft
tan
90
0 . 12
0 . 1
d
L
+
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
20 < L < 240 ft.
17 < d < 60 in d is depth of the girder
35 < b < 60 in b is width of the flange
5 < N
b
< 20
S TO AASHTO-LRFD
Flexure and Axial Loads
24
Definitions of various d terms for
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
AASHTO LRFD now uses the same terminology as ACI
318-05.
This is a unified method for prestressed and reinforced
concrete members.
Article 5.7.2.1 defines 3 states:
Tension Controlled
Compression Controlled
Transition
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Transition
In all cases, extreme fiber compressive strain = 0.003
(Article 5.7.2.1).
Values above 0.003 are allowed for confined cores.
25
5.7.2 Assumptions for Strength and Extreme Event Limit States
Definition of Section Types
Extreme tensile steel strain when the extreme
concrete compressive strain = 0.003
Type of section
t
> 0.005 Tension controlled
t
< f
y
/ E
s
(may use = 0.002) Compression controlled
0.005 >
t
> f
y
/ E
s
Transition
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For all prestressing or Grade 60 non-prestressed steel,
t
may be
assumed = 0.002 in place of f
y
/E
s
for compression controlled.
The ACI 318 code, upon which this provision is based, requires flexural
members (that is, members with a superimposed axial load of < 0.1f
c
A
g
) to
have
s
> 0.004. AASHTO does not impose this requirement.
Definition of strain conditions for determining tension or compression
control. Note that tensile strain in the steel closest to the tensile
face is used
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
face is used.
Balanced condition is when
t
=
y
. For Grade 60 steel and all
prestressing steel,
y
may be taken as 0.002.
Note that for prestressing steel,
t
is the tensile strain which occurs
in the steel after the pre-compression in the concrete is lost.
26
For a prestressed beam, it is
important to understand the important to understand the
definition of
t
.
Begin by considering the strain
condition of the beam at the
point where the only loads are
the prestressing force and the
beam self weight.
d
t
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
In this condition, the top of the beam is usually in tension (due to the
prestressing). There is a net tensile strain in the prestressing steel of
p1
. This is the initial pull minus any strain lost due to prestress losses.
At the level of the steel, there is a compressive strain the concrete,
c
.
As load is applied, the strain
profile changes, the bottom
d d t ll decompresses and eventually
reaches a point where the
CONCRETE strain at the level
of the steel is 0. This is called
decompression.
If there were no losses (except
for elastic shortening), the strain
in the steel at this point
d
t
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
in the steel,
p2
at this point
would be the initial pull. The
actual strain in the steel, with
losses, can be calculated by
mechanics.
27
This is the condition at M
n
. The
compressive strain in the concrete
is 0 003 The total strain in the is 0.003. The total strain in the
prestressing steel is the sum of the
strain in the steel at
decompression,
p2
, and the strain
developed between
decompression and the ultimate
state,
t
.
The specifications only regulate the
d
t
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The specifications only regulate the
strain developed between
decompression and the ultimate
state,
t
. The additional strain in
the prestressing steel,
p2
is not
part of the specification.
5.5.4.2 Resistance Factors
= 0.9 tension controlled reinforced concrete members
1 0 tension controlled prestressed concrete members 1.0 tension controlled prestressed concrete members
0.75 compression controlled members with spirals or
ties (except for members in Seismic Zones 3 & 4)
0.90 shear and torsion
0.70 shear and torsion lightweight concrete
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For transition members, use a linear interpolation of the
factor based on the extreme tensile steel strain.
28
1
1.05
Prestressed:
Strain = 0 004
Prestressed
0.6
0.65
0.7
0.75
0.8
0.85
0.9
0.95
0 0 001 0 002 0 003 0 004 0 005 0 006 0 007
P
h
i

F
a
c
t
o
r
Compression
Controlled
Transition
Tension
Controlled
Strain = 0.004
Phi = 0.92 Reinforced
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Prestressed Members
Reinforced Members
0 0.001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0.005 0.006 0.007
Extreme Steel Strain
(5.5.4.2.1-1)
(5.5.4.2.1-2)
0.75 0.583 .25 1 1.0
0.75 0.65 .15 1 1.0
| |
= +
|
\ .
| |
= +
|
\ .
t
t
d
c
d
c

Effect of New Resistance Factors
It is allowable to design flexural members with extreme It is allowable to design flexural members with extreme
fiber steel strains < 0.005. This is done by increasing the
area of steel. However, in general, the factor is
reduced at a slightly lower rate than moment resistance
is gained. There is a slight increase in M
n
but it is
minimal.
Thus there is little effect on the allowable moment by
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Thus, there is little effect on the allowable moment by
increasing the amount of steel above that required to
bring the extreme fiber steel strains to 0.005.
29
For tension controlled partially prestressed members:
(5 5 4 2 1 3)
0 90 0 10PPR +
PPR = Partial prestressing ratio
A
ps
= Area of prestressing steel
(5.5.4.2.1-3)
(5.5.4.2.1-4)
ps py
ps py s y
0.90 0.10PPR
A f
PPR
A f A f
= +
=
+
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
A
ps
Area of prestressing steel
f
py
= Yield strength of the prestressing steel
A
s
= Area of mild steel
f
y
= Yield strength of the mild steel
The stress block remains the same as Standard
Specifications.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Analysis of reinforced concrete RECTANGULAR beams
is the same as Standard Specifications.
HOWEVER, there are some differences with prestressed
concrete.
30
Prestressed Beams with Bonded Tendons
5.7.3 Flexural Members
The value of f
ps
can be found from (if f
pe
> 0.5f
pu
):
5 7 3 1 1 1)
c
f f 1 k
| |
|
py
f
k 2 1 04
| |
|
(5 7 3 1 1 2)
Then:
(5.7.3.1.1-1)
ps pu
p
c
f f 1 k
d
=
|
|
\ .
c ps ps
1
c 1 ps pu
p
0.85f ' ba A f
a c
c
0.85f ' b c A f 1 k
d
=
=
| |
=
|
|
\ .
py
pu
k 2 1.04
f
=
|
|
\ .
(5.7.3.1.1-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Stress in the steel, f
ps
, can also be found from strain compatibility analysis.
ps pu
pu
c 1 ps
p
A f
c
f
0.85f ' b kA
d
\ .
=
+
31
pu ps
f
f A
c =
c = depth of neutral axis
b = width of compression block
A
ps
= area of TENSILE prestressing steel
p
pu
ps c
d
f
kA b f +
1
' 85 . 0
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
d
p
= depth to centroid of tensile prestressing steel
f
pu
= tensile strength of prestressing steel
f
py
= yield strength of prestressing steel
1
= stress block factor same as Std. Spec.
If there is mild (nonprestressed) tensile steel, A
s
and mild
compression steel A
s
both with a yield stress of f
y
, the p
s
y
y
equation for c becomes:
(5.7.3.1.1-4)
1
.85 ' ' ' 1
c s y s y ps pu
p
c
f b c A f A f A f k
d
| |
+ = +
|
|
\ .
' '
ps pu s y s y
A f A f A f
c
f
+
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The engineer must do an analysis to see if the compression steel yields. If the
compression steel does not yield, the actual stress is substituted for f
y
into
equation 5.7.3.1.1-4.
1
0.85 '
pu
c ps
p
f
f b kA
d
+
32
Sometimes, things change for the better!!!!
Std. Spec
And
LRFD 2005
Interim
Editions 1
th h 3 f
In Editions 1-3 of the
LRFD Specifications, the
factor was applied to
the flange as well as to
the web. This made no
sense. It was changed
with the 2005 Interim
back to the old definition
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
through 3 of
LRFD
back to the old definition.
Now it is the same
definition as ACI 318 and
Std. Spec.
The T beam equation returns to normal:
a a
| | | |
(5.7.3.1.1-1)
( )
2 2
' ' ' 0.85 '
2 2 2
n ps ps p s y s
f
s y s c w f
a a
M A f d A f d
h
a a
A f d f b b h
| | | |
= +
| |
\ . \ .
| |
| |
+
| |
\ .
\ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Again the engineer must do an analysis to see if the compression steel
yields. If the compression steel does not yield, the actual stress is
substituted for f
y
into equation 5.7.3.1.1-1.
33
( )
f
n ps ps p s y s s s s c w f
a a a a h
M A f d A f d A' f ' d' 0.85f ' b b h
2 2 2 2 2
| | | | | | | |
= + +
| | | |
\ . \ . \ . \ .
The LRFD Specifications give only this equation:
2 2 2 2 2
\ . \ . \ . \ .
a a
M A f d A f d
| | | |
+
| |
n ps ps p s y s s s s
a a a
M A f d A f d A' f ' d'
2 2 2
| | | | | |
= +
| | |
\ . \ . \ .
If the section is NOT a T beam, b = b
w
and:
If there is no compression steel:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
n ps ps p
a
M A f d
2
| |
=
|
\ .
n ps ps p s y s
M A f d A f d
2 2
= +
| |
\ . \ .
If there is no non-prestressed tensile steel:
For prestressed T- Beams:
b
w
= web width
(5.7.3.1.1-3)
( )
1
' ' 0.85 '
0.85 '
ps pu s y s y c w f
pu
c w ps
p
A f A f A f f b b h
c
f
f b kA
d
+
=
+
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
w
b = flange width
h
f
= flange thickness
34
Prestressed Beams with Unbonded Tendons
AASHTO-LRFD Specification, 4th Edition.
The stress in the prestressing steel can be found from:
| | d
e
= effective tendon length
i
= length of tendon between anchorages
l
|
|
.
|
\
|
+
=
<
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ =
s
i
e
py
e
p
pe ps
N
f
c d
f f
2
2
900
l
l
l
(5.7.3.1.2-1)
(5.7.3.1.2-2)
l
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
i
length of tendon between anchorages
N
s
= Number of support hinges crossed by the tendon between
anchorages or discretely bonded points.
f
pe
= Effective stress in the steel after losses.
35
For rectangular beams:
For T-beams:
(5.7.3.1.2-4)
1
' '
0.85 '
ps ps s y s y
c
A f A f A f
c
f b
+
=
( )
' ' 0.85 '
ps ps s y s y c w f
A f A f A f f b b h
c
+
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.7.3.1.2-3)
1
0.85 '
c w
f b
For unbonded tendons, the equations for c require the
value of f , but the equation for f requires the value of value of f
ps
, but the equation for f
ps
requires the value of
c.
The two equations can be solved simultaneously in a
closed form, but most people will not do this.
Thus, finding f
ps
becomes an iterative procedure.
The Commentary (C5.7.3.1.2) gives an equation for a
first estimate of f (in ksi):
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
first estimate of f
ps
(in ksi):
(C5.7.3.1.2-1)
15
ps pe
f f = +
36
Components with Both Bonded and
Unbonded Tendons
Components with Both Bonded and Unbonded Tendons
Article 5.7.3.1.3 allows two methods:
Article 5.7.3.1.3a Detailed Analysis
In this method, a detailed, strain compatibility is used.
Article 5.7.3.1.3b Simplified Analysis
Shown on the following slide
A
psb
= area of bonded tendons
A f b d d t d
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
A
psu
= area of unbonded tendons
37
Components with Both Bonded and Unbonded Tendons
Simplified Analysis - The stress in the UNBONDED tendons may be
conservatively taken as the effective stress after losses: f
pe
.
p
For T-beams:
( )
p
pu
ps w c
f w c y s y s pe psu pu psb
d
f
kA b f
h b b f f A f A f A f A
c
+
+ +
=
1
' 85 . 0
' 85 . 0 ' '
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1
0.85 '
psb pu psu pe
pu
c ps
p
A f A f
c
f
f b kA
d
+
=
+
S TO AASHTO-LRFD
Moment Capacity
AASHTO-LRFD Specification, 4
th
Edition
38
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.2 Flexural Resistance
For T-beams (where a>h
f
):
| | | | a a
For rectangular beams, b=b
w
; thus equation 5.7.3.2.2-1
( )
|
|
.
|
\
|
+
|
.
|
\
|

|
.
|
\
|
+
|
.
|
\
|
=
2 2
' 85 . 0
2
' ' '
2 2
f
f w c s y s
s y s p ps ps n
h
a
h b b f
a
d f A
a
d f A
a
d f A M
(5.7.3.2.2-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
w
becomes:
|
.
|
\
|

|
.
|
\
|
+
|
.
|
\
|
=
2
' ' '
2 2
a
d f A
a
d f A
a
d f A M
s y s s y s p ps ps n
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.2 Flexural Resistance
In the preceding equations:
d
p
= distance from the extreme compression fiber to the
prestressing steel.
d
s
non-prestressed tensile steel.
d
s
non prestressed compression steel
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
non-prestressed compression steel.
f
y
= yield strength of the non-prestressed tensile steel.
f
y
= yield strength of the non-prestressed compression
steel.
39
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.3 Limits for Reinforcement
Minimum reinforcement (Article 5.7.3.3.2):
It is the smaller of:
M
n
> 1.2 M
cr
same as in Std. Spec.
M
n
> 1.33M
u
LRFD added
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Moment Capacity
For the minimum reinforcement requirement, the cracking moment M
cr
is found from:
S
c
= composite section modulus
f
r
= modulus of rupture = 0.37f
c
(ksi units)
f
cpe
= compressive stress in the concrete due to effective
prestressing force, at the extreme tensile fiber for applied
(5.7.3.3.2-1)
( )
1
c
cr c r cpe dnc c r
nc
S
M S f f M S f
S
| |
= +
|
\ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
prestressing force, at the extreme tensile fiber for applied
loads.
M
dnc
= Unfactored dead load moment on the non-composite or
monolithic section.
S
nc
= Non-composite section modulus.
40
Moment Capacity
Maximum reinforcement provision was dropped with 2005
Interim Interim
No longer needed with new definitions of tension controlled,
compression controlled and transition.
LRFD previously used a c/d ratio. This can still be used:
3
8
t
c
d

Tension Controlled
t
> 0.005
3
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
3 3
5 8
t
c
d
> >
Compression Controlled
t
<0.002
Transition
3
5
t
c
d

Moment Capacity
Maximum reinforcement is now controlled by
t
.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
To determine
t
, calculate c. Then, using similar triangles:
|
.
|
\
|
=
c
c d
t
t
003 . 0
41
Moment Capacity
Maximum Reinforcement
This is more restrictive that Std. Specification or previous editions of p p
LRFD.
For reinforced sections, 0.75
bal
was used. This was a strain of 0.0037
in the steel.
For prestressed, Std. Spec. c/d
e
ratio was limited to 0.42. This
corresponded to a strain of 0.0041
0.375
t
c
d

Tension Controlled
t
> 0.005
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
42 . 0
e
d
c
0.45
e
c
d

t
Previous Editions
t
>0.0041
Std. Specifications, RC.
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.4 Control of Cracking by Distribution of Reinforcement
c
s s
e
d
f
s 2
700

(5.7.3.4-1)
s = spacing of reinforcement closest to the tension face.

e
= exposure factor; 1 for Class 1 and 0.75 for Class 2
ODOT uses 0.75 for decks, 1 for everything else
d
c
= cover to extreme tension fiber
f
s
= Steel stress @ service limit state
h = overall thickness or depth
( )
c
c
s
d h
d
+ =
7 . 0
1
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
h = overall thickness or depth
Does not apply to slabs designed using the empirical method
(ODOT does not allow empirical design).
It applies to all other concrete components where the service tensile stress
exceeds 0.8f
r
= 0.8(0.24)f
c
= 0.20f
c

42
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.5 Moment Redistribution
ODOT does not permit moment redistribution
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Moment Capacity
5.7.3.6.2 Deflection and Camber
Prestressed members are usually designed as
uncracked at service loads. Instantaneous deflections
and cambers are then calculated using the gross
moment of inertia, I
g
.
If the deflection is calculated using I
g
, long term
deflection can be found by multiplying the instantaneous
deflection by 4.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For prestressed members, the Commentary (C5.7.3.6.1)
allows the multipliers given in the PCI Design Handbook
to be used for long term camber/deflection values.
43
Prestressing and Partial Prestressing
5.9.3 Stress Limitations for Prestressing Tendons
Tendon Type
Table 5.9.3-1 Stress Limits for Prestressing Tendons
f
py
= yield stress of prestressing steel
Condition
Stress-Relieved
Strand and
Plain High-
Strength Bars
Low
Relaxation
Strand
Deformed
High-Strength
Bars
Pretensioning
Immediately prior to transfer (f
pbt
) 0.70 f
pu
0.75 f
pu
__
At service limit state after all losses (f
pe
) 0.80 f
py
0.80 f
py
0.80 f
py
Post-Tensioning
Prior to seating short-termf
bt
may be allowed 0 90 f 0 90 f 0 90 f
f
pu
= ultimate strength of prestressing steel
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Prior to seating short term f
pbt
may be allowed 0.90 f
py
0.90 f
py
0.90 f
py
At anchorages and couplers immediately after anchor
set
0.70 f
pu
0.70 f
pu
0.70 f
pu
Elsewhere along length of member away from
anchorages and couplers immediately after anchor set
0.70 f
pu
0.74 f
pu
0.70 f
pu
At service limit state after losses (f
pe
) 0.80 f
py
0.80 f
py
0.80 f
py
5.9.4 Stress Limits for Concrete
Table 5.9.4.2-1 Temporary Tensile Stress Limits in Prestressed Concrete Before Losses, Fully
Prestressed Components. (Partial)
Bridge Type Location Stress Limit
Other than
Segmentally
Constructed
Bridges
In precompressed tensile zone without
bonded reinforcement
In areas other than the precompressed tensile
zone and without bonded reinforcement
In areas with bonded reinforcement
(reinforcing bars or prestressing steel)
sufficient to resist the tensile force in the
N/A
0.0948f
ci
<0.2(ksi)
0.24f
ci
(ksi)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
concrete computed assuming an uncracked
section, where reinforcement is proportioned
using a stress of 0.5 f
y
, not to exceed 30 ksi.
For handling stresses in prestressed piles 0.158f
ci
(ksi)
Compression Limit at Transfer 0.6 f
ci
(ksi)
44
Debonding and Harping
If the tensile stresses at the end of girder are above
0.24f
ci
, then the stress must be reduced either by 0.24f
ci
, then the stress must be reduced either by
debonding the strand or harping the strand.
If debonding is used, no more than 25% of the total
number of strands may be debonded and not more than
40% in any single row may be debonded. (Art. 5.11.4.3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Location Stress Limit
Table 5.9.4.2.1-1 Compressive Stress Limits in prestressed Concrete at Service Limit State After
Losses, Fully Prestressed Components.
Location Stress Limit
In other than segmentally constructed bridges due to the
sum of effective prestress and permanent loads
In segmentally constructed bridges due to the sum of
effective prestress and permanent loads
In other than segmentally constructed bridges due to live
load and one-half the sum of effective prestress and
permanent loads
Due to the sum of effective prestress permanent loads
0.45f
c
(ksi)
0.45f
c
(ksi)
0.40f
c
(ksi)
0 60 f (ksi)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Due to the sum of effective prestress, permanent loads,
and transient loads and during shipping and handling
0.60
w
f
c
(ksi)
45
B id T L ti St Li it
Table 5.9.4.2.2-1 Tensile Stress Limits in Prestressed Concrete at Service Limit State After Losses,
Fully Prestressed Components. (Partial)
Bridge Type Location Stress Limit
Other than
Segmentally
Constructed
Bridges
Tension in the Precompressed Tensile Zone
Bridges, Assuming Uncracked Sections
For components with bonded prestressing
tendons or reinforcement that are subjected to
not worse than moderate corrosion conditions
For components with bonded prestressing
tendons or reinforcement that are subjected to
severe corrosive conditions
F t ith b d d t i
0.19f
c
(ksi)
0.0948f
c
(ksi)
N T i
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For components with unbonded prestressing
tendons
No Tension
Again, these are Std. Spec. limits in ksi units.
0.19(1000)
0.5
= 6
S TO AASHTO-LRFD
Loss of Prestressing Force
th
Edition
46
5.9 Prestressing and Partial Prestressing
5.9.5 Loss of Prestress
Loss of prestressing force was changed with the 3
rd
Edition. Edition.
Like creep and shrinkage, the changes are based on the
results NCHRP Report 496 Prestressed Losses in
Pretensioned High Strength Concrete Bridge Girders
These provisions are applicable up to 15 ksi concrete
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The basic equations:
Pretensioned Members: Pretensioned Members:
Post-tensioned Members:
f f f f f + + + =
pLT pES pT
f f f + =
(5.9.5.1-1)
(5 9 5 1-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
pLT pES pA pF pT
f f f f f + + + =
(5.9.5.1-2)
47
f
pT
= Total loss of prestressing force (ksi).
f = Loss due to friction (ksi) f
pF
= Loss due to friction (ksi).
f
pA
= Loss due to anchorage set (ksi).
f
pES
= Loss due to elastic shortening (ksi).
f
pLT
= Loss due to long term shrinkage and creep of the
concrete and relaxation of the steel (ksi).
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
pA
is usually given by the manufacturer.
Friction losses:
Loss due to friction between an internal tendon and a
duct wall:
Loss due to friction between an external tendon and a
( )
( )
+
=
kx
pj pF
e f f 1
(5.9.5.2.2b-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
single deviator pipe:
( )
( )
04 . 0
1
+
=

e f f
pj pF
(5.9.5.2.2b-2)
48
f
pj
= initial jacking stress in the tendon (ksi).
x = length of tendon from the jacking point to the point x = length of tendon from the jacking point to the point
being considered (ft).
K = wobble friction coefficient (per ft. of tendon)
= friction coefficient.
= sum of the absolute value of angular change of
prestressing steel path from jacking end (or nearest
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
prestressing steel path from jacking end (or nearest
jacking end if jacked from both ends) to point under
consideration. (radian)
Steel Duct K
Table 5.9.5.2.2b-1 Friction Coefficients for Post-Tensioning Tendons.
Wire or
Strand
Rigid or Semi rigid galvanized
metal sheathing
0.0002 0.15-0.25
Polyethylene 0.0002 .23
Rigid steel deviator bar for
external tendons
0.0002 .25
HS Bar Galvanized metal sheathing 0.0002 .30
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Values for K and should be found from experimental data. If such
data is absent, values from the table above may be used.
49
Elastic Shortening, pretensioned members:
E
ct
= modulus of elasticity of the concrete at transfer or at time of
load
Elastic Shortening, Post-tensioned Members:
= f
E
E
f
cgp
ct
p
pES
E
1 N
(5.9.5.2.3a-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
E
E
2N
1 N
f
cgp
ci
p
pES

=
(5.9.5.2.3b-1)
f
cgp
= concrete stresses at the center of gravity of the prestressing
tendons due to prestressing force immediately after transfer
(pretensioning) or immediately after jacking (post-tensioning)
and the self-weight of the member at the sections of maximum
moment (ksi).
In pretensioned members, at transfer, f
cgp
may be calculated by
assuming the stress in the prestressing tendon after release = 0.9f
pi
;
where f
pi
is the initial prestressing stress (jacking stress) in the
tendons.
f ( )
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
E
p
= Elastic Modulus of the prestressing strand (ksi).
E
ci
= Elastic Modulus of the concrete at the time of transfer or time of
load application (ksi).
N = number of identical strands.
50
Long Term Losses
For standard precast pretensioned members subject to For standard, precast, pretensioned members subject to
normal loading and environmental conditions:
(5.9.5.3-1)
(5.9.5.3-2)
10 12
1 7 0 01
= + +
=
pi ps
pLT h st h st pR
g
h
f A
f f
A
. . H

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
(5.9.5.3-3)
5
1
=
+
st
ci
f

f
pi
= prestressing steel stress immediately PRIOR to
transfer transfer.
H = Average annual relative humidity in percent
(e.g.70 not 0.7)
f
pR
= 2.5 ksi for LoLax
10 ksi for stress relieved

h
= humidity factor
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
h

st
= strength factor
51
To use the f
pLT
equation, the following criteria must be
met: met:
Members are pretensioned
Normal weight concrete is used
Members are moist or steam cured
Prestressing is by bar or strand with normal and low
relaxation properties
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Average exposure conditions and temperatures.
This table can be used to estimate time dependent losses in
prestressed members which do not have composite slabs and are
stressed after attaining a compressive strength of at least 3.5 ksi.
Type of Beam
Section
Level For wires and Strands with
f
pu
= 235,250 or 270 ksi
For Bars with f
pu
= 145
or 160 ksi
Rectangular Upper Bound
Average
29.0 + 4.0PPR 19.0 + 6.0 PPR
Box Girder Upper Bound
Average
21.0 + 4.0PPR
19.9 + 4.0PPR
15.0
Table 5.9.5.3-1 Time-Dependent Losses in ksi.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
PPR
f
PPR
f
c
c
0 . 6
0 . 6
0 . 6 '
15 . 0 0 . 1 0 . 33
0 . 6
0 . 6
0 . 6 '
15 . 0 0 . 1 0 . 39
+
(
+
(
PPR
f
c
0 . 6
0 . 6
0 . 6 '
15 . 0 0 . 1 0 . 31 +
(
Single T, Double
T, Hollow core
and Voided Slab
Upper Bound
Average
PPR is the partial prestressing ratio.
52
Lump Sum Losses:
For lightweight concrete the stresses in the table are For lightweight concrete, the stresses in the table are
increased 5 ksi.
For low relaxation strand, the values in the table are
reduced by:
4 ksi for box girders
6 ksi for rectangular beams and solid slabs
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
8 ksi for single Ts, double Ts, hollow core and voided
slabs.
For post-tensioned members, the Refined Method for
estimation of time dependent losses must be used. estimation of time dependent losses must be used.
However, this method is based on NCHRP 496, but
requires a large amount of calculation.
Since longitudinal post-tensioning is not common in
Ohio, the method is not presented here. However, it can
be found in Article 5 9 5 4 of the LRFD Specifications
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
be found in Article 5.9.5.4 of the LRFD Specifications.
53
S TO AASHTO-LRFD
Bond/Development Length
th
Edition
5.11 Bond and Development Length
5.11.4.1 Transfer Length
F f ll b d d t d th t f l th f For fully bonded strands, the transfer length from
the end of the girder is assumed to be 60d
b
,
where d
b
is the bar or strand diameter.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
54
5.11.4.2 Development Length
Development length for fully bonded strand is given by:
d ps pe b
2
f f d
3
| |
=
|
\ .
l
(5.11.4.2-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Where:
l
d
= development length
f
ps
= steel stress at strength limit state
f
pe
= effective prestressing stress after all losses
d
b
= strand diameter
=1.0 for pretensioned panels, piles and other
pretensioned members with a depth < 24 inches.
1 6 f t i d b ith d th 24 i h
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= 1.6 for pretensioned members with a depth > 24 inches
= 2.0 for debonded strand
55
In previous editions of the LRFD Specifications, bond
stress was assumed linear e.g, if the bonded length was
only the development length, it was assumed that the
strand could only develop 0.5f
ps
.
This assumption is still true for TRANSFER LENGTH; e.g
at the transfer length it is assumed only 0.5f
pe
is
developed.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
However, stress in the steel beyond the transfer length, but
less than the development length, can now be calculated
by a bilinear formula.
( )
60
px b
px pe ps pe
d
f f f f
d
= +
l
( )
60
px pe ps pe
d b
f f f f
d l
Where:
f
px
= stress at x from the end of the girder
f = effective stress in the steel after all losses
(5.11.4.2-4)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
pe
effective stress in the steel after all losses
f
ps
= stress in the steel at the strength limit state
l
px
= length were the stress is being calculated
l
d
= development length
d
b
= strand diameter
56
Within the transfer length (which is 60d
b
):
60
px pe
px
b
f
f
d
=
l
(5.11.4.2-3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1
S TO AASHTO-LRFD
Shear
th
Edition.
5.8 - Shear and Torsion
5.6 Design Considerations
Important things about the shear section
This section has the provisions of the LRFD This section has the provisions of the LRFD
Specifications, through the 2007 changes.
This section concentrates the provisions as they apply to
prestressed concrete; both pretensioned and post-
tensioned.
Segmental box girder bridges and spliced girders are
NOT covered
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
NOT covered.
Reinforced concrete is covered in another section.
2
5.6.3 Strut-and-Tie Model
Strut and Tie Model
Strut and tie can be used for analysis of anchorage Strut and tie can be used for analysis of anchorage
zones and support regions.
It is also useful for deep footings, pile caps and sections
where the depth is more than the span.
This model is covered in Article 5.6.3.
Strut and tie will not be discussed as part of this module.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
It will be covered in another presentation.
5.8.2 General Requirements
n r
V V =
(5.8.2.1-2)
V
n
= nominal shear resistance given in Article 5.8.3.3
(kip)
= 0.9 normal weight concrete
= 0 7 lightweight concrete
r u
V V
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= 0.7 lightweight concrete
V
u
= Factored shear at the cross section being
considered. If there is significant torsion present,
this term is modified for torsion.
3
5.8.3.3 Nominal Shear Resistance
The nominal shear resistance, V
n
, can be assumed to be
the sum of three forces, the forces in the stirrups, the the sum of three forces, the forces in the stirrups, the
vertical component of the force in the concrete and the
vertical component of any harped or draped prestressing
strand. This leads to the basic equation:
V
n
= V
c
+ V
s
+ V
p
(5.8.3.3-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Assumptions about Shear Strength:
The beam fails when the concrete in the struts reaches The beam fails when the concrete in the struts reaches
its crushing strength.
At failure, the beam has shear cracks and the cracks
have opened
This would cause the stirrups to yield.
The compressive strength of concrete between the
( )
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
shear cracks (struts) is not f
c
. As will be shown, it
may be greater than or less than f
c
.
4
Assume that the angle
of the strut is and the of the strut is and the
distance between the
compressive and
tensile forces is jd
where d is effective
depth and j<1. Thus
the horizontal distance
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
is jd/tan = jdcot.
The stirrup contribution is:
Force per stirrup times the number of stirrups. Force per stirrup times the number of stirrups.
If the stirrups are spaced at s, the number of stirrups in
the length jd cot is (jd cot)/s
The force per stirrup is A
v
f
y
so:
v y v y v
A f jd cot A f d cot
V

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(Note that if j = 1 and = 45
o
, we get the old, familiar equation: V
s
= (A
v
f
y
d) / s .
Also note that jd = d
v
)
= =
y y
s
V
s s
5
The LRFD Specifications consider the most general case
where the stirrups may be inclined at an angle of from the where the stirrups may be inclined at an angle of from the
longitudinal axis. Thus, the equation becomes:
( ) +
=
v y v
s
A f d cot cot sin
V
s

(5.8.3.3-4)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
However, in almost all cases, = 90
o
; thus cot = 0 and
sin = 1. The equation reverts the one shown on the
previous slide.
If a line is cut
perpendicular to perpendicular to
the cracks, it has a
length of jdcos. It
may cross several
struts. The total
force in the struts
will be the
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
concrete stress
times the area.
F
c
= f
c
(jd cos) b
v
where f
c
is the concrete stress and b
v
web width.
6
The force triangle shows that
the force along the struts is the force along the struts is
V / sin.
Substituting into the previous equation and assuming V
c
is
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Substituting into the previous equation and assuming V
c
is
the shear force carried by the concrete:
V
c
= f
c
(jd cos) sin b
v
( ) cos sin
c c v
V f jd b =
1, 45
4 '
2 ' ( ) 0.0632 ' ( )
o
c c
c c v c v
Note that if j
and f f
V f b d lbs f b d kips
= =
=
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This is the ACI 318 equation and the old Standard Specification
equation.
The V
c
equation, in ksi units, may be used for NON-
PRESTRESSED concrete members (LRFD 5.8.3.4).
7
The basics of these equations were developed by
research done at the University of Illinois in the 1920s. research done at the University of Illinois in the 1920 s.
They found that the actual angle varies along the beam
and that the angle can be anywhere from 25 to 65
degrees.
While it is possible to calculate the angle, it is difficult. In
the days before computers or calculators, it was nearly
impossible. Therefore, the value of 45 degrees was
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
impossible. Therefore, the value of 45 degrees was
chosen for simplification. The value of the crushing
strength was also chosen as a simplification.
In the 1980s, Vecchio and Collins (University of Toronto)
proposed a method for finding the shear strength of a proposed a method for finding the shear strength of a
beam. This method required the calculation of the actual
angle, , and the crushing strength of the concrete struts.
The crushing strength is a function of the strain
perpendicular to the strut.
The original theory was called Compression Field
Theory. Later the theory was improved to account for
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Theory . Later the theory was improved to account for
additional mechanisms, such as aggregate interlock, and
was renamed Modified Compression Field Theory.
8
Modified Compression Field Theory
The basis of the Modified Compression Field Theory
(MCFT) is to determine the point at which the diagonal
compressive struts fail and to determine the angle of the
struts. From the crushing strength and the angle, the
contribution of the concrete, V
c
, can be found.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Why isnt the crushing strength f
c
? The value of f
c
is for
uniaxial load. The concrete fails by cracking parallel to the uniaxial load. The concrete fails by cracking parallel to the
load. If a lateral (biaxial) force is applied, it changes the
apparent compressive strength. Lateral compression holds
cracks together and increases compressive strength.
Lateral tension pulls them apart and decreases the
compressive strength.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
9
Vecchio and Collins proposed that the compressive
strength of the strut is a function of both the compressive g p
stress along the strut and the tensile stress
perpendicular to the strut. They wrote several equations
in terms of the applied average shear stress, v = V/bd,
the principal tensile strain (perpendicular to strut),
1
, and
the angle of the strut, .
To use MCFT values of and are assumed It then
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
To use MCFT, values of
1
and are assumed. It then
takes 17 steps and 15 equations to recalculate
1
and .
If these are not close to the assumed values, then
iterations are needed.
5.8.3 Sectional Design Model
Sectional Design Model
Obviously, no one wanted to use an iterative procedure Obviously, no one wanted to use an iterative procedure
involving 17 steps and 15 equations. As a result the
LRFD Code simplified the method to use a table. This is
called the Sectional Design Model.
Unfortunately, soon after the 1
st
Edition came out, there
was controversy with the Sectional Design Model. The
equations provided low values of shear strength. It was
found that simplifying the method created inaccuracies
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
found that simplifying the method created inaccuracies.
Editions after the 2
nd
Ed. still use(d) the Sectional Design
Model, but have new equations and tables with more
realistic values of shear resistance.
10
The shear strength of the beam is:
V = V + V + V (5 8 3 3-1) V
n
V
c
V
s
V
p
V
c
= contribution of the concrete
V
s
= contribution of the stirrups
V
p
= vertical component of the force in harped strands.
Note that there is a limit:
V < 0 25f b d + V (5 8 3 3 2)
(5.8.3.3 1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
n
< 0.25f
c
b
v
d
v
+ V
p
b
v
= effective web width
d
v
= effective depth for shear
d
v
= d
e
a/2 > greater of 0.9d
e
or 0.72 h
(5.8.3.3-2)
According to Articles 5.8.2.5 and 5.8.2.9, the web width,
b , must be adjusted for the presence of ducts. b
v
, must be adjusted for the presence of ducts.
b
v
= Effective web width, defined as the minimum web
width, parallel to the neutral axis, between the
compressive and tensile flexure resultants. For
circular sections, it is the diameter of the section.
At a particular level, one half the diameter of ungrouted
ducts and one quarter the diameter of grouted ducts is
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
ducts and one quarter the diameter of grouted ducts is
subtracted from the web width.
11
The nominal shear resistance is the lesser of:
n c s p
V V V V = + + (5.8.3.3-1)
V
c
and V
s
are defined as:
d is the shear depth = d a/2
( )sin cot cot
' 0316 . 0
+
=
=
s
d f A
V
L d b f V
v y v
s
v v c c

p
n c v v
V 0.25f ' b d
(5.8.3.3-3)
(5.8.3.3-2)
(5.8.3.3-4)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
d
v
is the shear depth = d
e
a/2
the greater of 0.9d
e
or 0.72 h
s = stirrup spacing
A
v
= stirrup area.
The 0.0316 converts psi to ksi units.
In all of the preceding equations, the factors and are
unknown and must be determined. unknown and must be determined.
The LRFD Specifications require a sectional approach.
The girder is divided into sections along the length, the
factors and are determined at each section.
Traditionally, the sections are every 0.1L and important
points like harp points, debond points, etc.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The first sections must be the critical section from the
face of the support.
12
5.8.3.2 Sections Near Supports
Critical Section
The critical section is defined in Article 5.8.3.2.
The beam must be checked using Article 5.8.1.2 to determine if it
is a deep beam.
The critical section is taken as d
v
from the face of the support IF the
reaction is compressive.
The term d
v
has limits of the greater of 0.72h and 0.9d
e
.
Previous editions defined critical section as the larger of d
v
and 0 5d cot but this made the process iterative
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
and 0.5d
v
cot, but this made the process iterative.
Otherwise it is taken at the face of the support.
At interior supports, the critical section on each side of the support
must be determined separately based on loading conditions.
5.8.3.2 Sections Near Supports
In 2007, Article 5.8.3.2 introduces a limit on average shear stress, v
u
, at
any design section:
If the value of v
u
> 0.18f
c
, AND the flexural element is NOT integral with
the support then strut and tie model (Article 5 6 3) must be used for
=
d b
V V
v
v v
p u
u

(5.8.2.9-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
the support, then strut and tie model (Article 5.6.3) must be used for
analysis.
13
The first step in the Sectional Design Model is to
determine if the section has at least the minimum amount
of transverse steel (stirrups).
Minimum transverse reinforcing (stirrups) are needed if:
V
u
> 0.5(V
c
+ V
p
)
However, V
c
cannot be determined until is found from
(5.8.2.4-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
However, V
c
cannot be determined until is found from
tables, but the tables used to find are different
depending on whether there are minimum stirrups or not.
It is probably best to put minimum stirrups throughout the
entire beam to avoid excessive iterations.
The previous slide shows the first problem with this
method. The term is found in a table which depends method. The term is found in a table which depends
on whether or not there are minimum stirrups. However,
to find if minimum stirrups are needed, it is necessary to
know V
c
which depends on . Thus, the engineer must
make an assumption about whether minimum stirrups
are needed to determine which table is needed for .
The table for depends on whether or not minimum
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
stirrups are PROVIDED, not whether or not they are
required. Thus, by always specifying minimum stirrups,
iterations between the tables can be avoided.
14
5.8.2.7 Maximum Spacing of Transverse Reinforcement
The maximum spacing of stirrups is, s
max
is:
If v
u
< 0.125 f
c

=
V V
v
p u

u c
s
max
= 0.8 d
v
< 24
If v > 0.125 f
c
s
max
= 0.4 d
v
< 12
The minimum area of stirrups is:
d b
v
v v
u
s b
(5.8.2.9-1)
(5.8.2.7-1)
(5.8.2.7-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note: If torsion must be considered, V
u
in the equation for v must be modified for torsion
(as given in Eqns 5.8.2.1-6 and 7). This will be explained later in the torsion section.
This provision does NOT apply to segmental boxes. Different equations are used.
' 0316 . 0
min ,
=
f
s b
f A
y
v
c v (5.8.2.5-1)
5.8.2.5 Minimum Transverse Reinforcement
For sections with at least the minimum amount of
transverse steel (stirrups): transverse steel (stirrups):
A value of is assumed and this is used to find the
term
x
(the formulae for
x
are shown on the following
slides).
The LRFD Tables, which are based on v
u
/f
c
and
x
, are used
to find values of and . If is close to the assumed value,
then V
n
can be calculated. If it is not close, iteration is
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
needed.
15
To avoid iteration, it is permissible to assume the term
0.5(V -V )cot = (V -V ) in the following equations (i.e. 0.5(V
u
V
p
)cot (V
u
V
p
) in the following equations (i.e.
0.5cot = 1). (Commentary C5.8.3.4.2 paragraph 4).
This means cot can be assumed = 2. For cot = 2, =
26
o
, the most conservative, reasonable angle.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
cot 5 . 0 5 . 0 + + f A V V N
d
M
po ps p u u
u
(5 8 3 4 2 1)

x
= longitudinal strain at 0.5d
v
. The initial value should
be < 0.001.
This equation ASSUMES cracked section and is only for
beams where at least the minimum amount of transverse
reinforcing (stirrups) is provided.
( ) 2 +
=
A E A E
d
ps p s s
v
x
(5.8.3.4.2-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g ( p ) p
u
in the equation must be modified for torsion (as
given in Eqns 5.8.2.1-6 and 7). This will be explained later in the torsion section.
Again, this equation is used if at least minimum stirrups are provided, not whether or not
they are required.
16
Really Important Definitions:
The flexural tension side of a beam is the ( h) on the
flexural tension side.
In all the equations for shear which require a value of the
area of the longitudinal tensile steel, A
s
or A
ps
, ONLY the
steel on the flexural tension side counts. Tensile steel
on the flexural compression side (the h on the flexural
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
on the flexural compression side (the h on the flexural
compression side) or compression steel is NOT counted
for shear strength.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Definition of flexural tension side, the term A
c
, and the
term
x
for cases with and without minimum stirrups.
17
po ps p u u
v
u
f A V V N
d
M
+ + cot 5 . 0 5 . 0
The first term in the numerator, M
u
/ d
v
, is the tensile force
in the flanges due to the moment. The d
v
is shear depth =
d
e
a/2.
( )
ps p s s
v
x
A E A E +
=
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
po ps p u u
v
u
f A V V N
d
M
+ + cot 5 . 0 5 . 0
The second term in the numerator, N
u
, is any APPLIED
axial force (not prestressing force). It is assumed that of
the axial load is taken by each flange. If the load is
compressive, N
u
is negative.
( )
ps p s s
v
x
A E A E +
=
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
18
( )
po ps p u u
v
u
x
A E A E
f A V V N
d
M
+
+ +
=
2
cot 5 . 0 5 . 0
The third term in the numerator, (V

u
V
p
)cot, is the axial force
component of strut force and the inclined force from any harped
tendons, as shown in the force triangle. Half the force is assumed to
be taken by the tensile flange and the other half by the compression
flange.
( )
ps p s s
A E A E + 2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
po ps p u u
v
u
f A V V N
d
M
+ + cot 5 . 0 5 . 0
The last term in the numerator, A
ps
f
po
corrects for the strain
in the prestressing steel due to prestressing. The term f
po
is the locked in stress in the prestressing steel, usually
taken as 0.7f
pu
(LRFD Art. 5.4.8.3.2), unless the section
( )
ps p s s
v
x
A E A E +
=
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
pu
being considered is within the transfer length. If the section
is within the transfer length, the value of f
po
must be
reduced to reflect the lack of development (e.g. if the
section is at the transfer length, f
po
= 0.35f
pu
).
19
po ps p u u
v
u
f A V V N
d
M
+ + cot 5 . 0 5 . 0
The denominator is the stiffness of the tensile side. Notice
that this equation ASSUMES cracking. If the section
doesnt crack (
x
is negative), the effect of the uncracked
concrete must be considered.
( )
ps p s s
v
x
A E A E +
=
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
If Equation 5.8.3.4.2-1 is used and
x
< 0; the section has
not cracked. The effect of the uncracked concrete must be not cracked. The effect of the uncracked concrete must be
considered and the equation becomes:
A
c
is the area of concrete on the tension half of the section.
( ) 2
cot 5 . 0 5 . 0
+ +
+ +
=
A E A E A E
f A V V N
d
M
c c ps p s s
po ps p u u
v
u
x
(5.8.3.4.2-3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
A
c
is the area of concrete on the tension half of the section.
u
in the equation must be modified for
torsion (as given in Eqns 5.8.2.1-6 and 7). This will be explained later in the
torsion section.
20
5.8.3.4 Determination of and
Once the values of v
u
/f
c
and
x
are calculated, use the table in the
LRFD Specifications to find and . If the value of is close to the
original assumption, use the given. If not, use the table value of as
the next estimate and repeat the calculations of
x
.
22.3 20.4 21.0 21.8 24.3 26.6 30.5 33.7 36.4 40.8 43.9
6.32 4.75 4.10 3.75 3.24 2.94 2.59 2.38 2.23 1.95 1.67
18.1 20.4 21.4 22.5 24.9 27.1 30.8 34.0 36.7 40.8 43.1
3.79 3.38 3.24 3.14 2.91 2.75 2.50 2.32 2.18 1.93 1.69
19.9 21.9 22.8 23.7 25.9 27.9 31.4 34.4 37.0 41.0 43.2
3.18 2.99 2.94 2.87 2.74 2.62 2.42 2.26 2.13 1.90 1.67
0.1
-0.05 0.00 0.125 -0.20 -0.10
0.125
v/f'c
0.075
1.00 1.50 2.00
x * 1,000
0.25 0.50 0.75

Table 5.8.3.4.2-1 Values of and for Sections with Transverse Reinforcement

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
21.6 23.3 24.2 25.0 26.9 28.8 32.1 34.9 37.3 40.5 42.8
2.88 2.79 2.78 2.72 2.60 2.52 2.36 2.21 2.08 1.82 1.61
23.2 24.7 25.5 26.2 28.0 29.7 32.7 35.2 36.8 39.7 42.2
2.73 2.66 2.65 2.60 2.52 2.44 2.28 2.14 1.96 1.71 1.54
24.7 26.1 26.7 27.4 29.0 30.6 32.8 34.5 36.1 39.2 41.7
2.63 2.59 2.52 2.51 2.43 2.37 2.14 1.94 1.79 1.61 1.47
26.1 27.3 27.9 28.5 30.0 30.8 32.3 34.0 35.7 38.8 41.4
2.53 2.45 2.42 2.40 2.34 2.14 1.86 1.73 1.64 1.51 1.39
27.5 28.6 29.1 29.7 30.6 31.3 32.8 34.3 35.8 38.6 41.2
2.39 2.39 2.33 2.33 2.12 1.93 1.70 1.58 1.50 1.38 1.29
0.225
0.25
0.15
0.175
0.2

Notes:
It is NOT necessary to interpolate the previous table It is NOT necessary to interpolate the previous table.
The terms and apply to the range of strains and
shear in the table. Taking higher values of
x
is
acceptable.
Example from the Commentary: = 34.4
o
and =2.26 can
be used provided that
x
< 0.75x 10
-3
and v
u
/f
c
< 0.125
(Commentary C5 8 3 4 2 paragraph 9)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(Commentary C5.8.3.4.2 paragraph 9).
If 0.5cot was assumed = 1, the values of and
obtained from the table may be used without further
iteration.
21
After finding the value of and :
V
n
= V
c
+ V
s
+ V
p
< 0.25f
c
b
v
d
v
+ V
p
s
d f A
V
d b f V
v y v
s
v v c c
cot
' 0316 . 0
=
= (5.8.3.3-3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
n
V
c
V
s
V
p
0.25f
c
b
v
d
v
V
p
Then V
u
< V
n
If the section does NOT have at least the minimum
required transverse steel (stirrups), two modifications are
d Fi t th t i i th i l it di l made. First, the strain,
x
, is the maximum longitudinal
strain in the web. It can be calculated by:
The initial value of
x
should < 0.002
( )
ps p s s
po ps p u u
v
u
x
A E A E
f A V V N
d
M
+
+ +
=

cot 5 . 0 5 . 0
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
x
As before, the section is assumed to be cracked and
0.5cot may be taken = 1
u
torsion section.
22
If the section is not cracked:
u
f A V V N
M
+ + t 5 0 5 0
( )
c c ps p s s
po ps p u u
v
u
x
A E A E A E
f A V V N
d
+ +
+ +
=

cot 5 . 0 5 . 0
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
u
torsion section.
The second modification is that a crack spacing
parameter, s
xe
, is used in place of v in the table. parameter, s
xe
, is used in place of v in the table.
s
x
= lesser of d
v
or the spacing of longitudinal steel
placed in the web to control cracking. The area of
. 80
63 . 0
38 . 1
in
a
s s
g
x xe

+
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
longitudinal steel in each layer must be at least
0.003 b
v
s
x
a
g
= maximum aggregate size inch.
23
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Once the values of s
xe
and
x
are calculated, use the table
in the LRFD Code for this case to find and . If the value in the LRFD Code for this case to find and . If the value
of is close to the original assumption, use the given. If
not, use the table value of as the next estimate and
repeat the calculations of
x
. Iterate (unless 0.5cot is
assumed = 1). Again, interpolation is not necessary. After
finding the value of and :
d b f V
v v c c
' 0316 . 0 =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
n
= V
c
+ V
s
+ V
p
< 0.25f
c
b
v
d
v
+ V
p
Then V
u
< V
n
s
d f A
V
v y v
s
cot
=
24
Here is the table for beam with less than minimum stirrups:
* 1 000
Table 5.8.3.4.2-2 Values of and for Sections without Transverse Reinforcement
25.4 25.5 25.9 26.4 27.7 28.9 30.9 32.4 33.7 35.6 37.2
6.36 6.06 5.56 5.15 4.41 3.91 3.26 2.86 2.58 2.21 1.96
27.6 27.6 28.3 29.3 31.6 33.5 36.3 38.4 40.1 42.7 44.7
5.78 5.78 5.38 4.89 4.05 3.52 2.88 2.50 2.23 1.88 1.65
29.5 29.5 29.7 31.1 34.1 36.5 39.9 42.4 44.4 47.4 49.7
5.34 5.34 5.27 4.73 3.82 3.28 2.64 2.26 2.01 1.68 1.46
31.2 31.2 31.2 32.3 36.0 38.8 42.7 45.5 47.6 50.9 53.4
4.99 4.99 4.99 4.61 3.65 3.09 2.46 2.09 1.85 1.52 1.31
34 1 34 1 34 1 34 2 38 9 42 3 46 9 50 1 52 6 56 3 59 0
s
XE
(in)
x
* 1,000
-0.20 -0.10 -0.05 0.00 0.125 0.25 0.50 0.75 1.00 1.50 2.00
5
10
15
20
< < < < < < < < < < <
<
<
<
<
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
34.1 34.1 34.1 34.2 38.9 42.3 46.9 50.1 52.6 56.3 59.0
4.46 4.46 4.46 4.43 3.39 2.82 2.19 1.84 1.60 1.30 1.10
36.6 36.6 36.6 36.6 41.2 45.0 50.2 53.7 56.3 60.2 63.0
4.06 4.06 4.06 4.06 3.20 2.62 2.00 1.66 1.43 1.14 0.95
40.8 40.8 40.8 40.8 44.5 49.2 55.1 58.9 61.8 65.8 68.6
3.50 3.50 3.50 3.50 2.92 2.32 1.72 1.40 1.18 0.92 0.75
44.3 44.3 44.3 44.3 47.1 52.3 58.7 62.8 65.7 69.7 72.4
3.10 3.10 3.10 3.10 2.71 2.11 1.52 1.21 1.01 0.76 0.62
30
40
60
80
<
<
<
<
Some final notes:
The shear must be checked at the critical sections and The shear must be checked at the critical sections and
then at intervals along the beam, usually every 0.1L,
and any important points (like harp points) . The values
of d
v
, and must be calculated at each section.
As with all concrete members, minimum stirrups are
required when V
u
> 0.5(V
c
V
p
)
For reinforced concrete members and may be
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For reinforced concrete members, and may be
taken as 2 and 45
o
, respectively. Previously, there was
a depth limit of 16 inches on this, but this is removed in
2007.
25
S TO AASHTO-LRFD
Coming in 2007! - Simplified Shear
(or, what goes around, comes around
again, and again and again.)
again, and again and again.)
5.8.3.4.3 Simplified Procedure for Prestressed & Nonprestressed
Sections
Article 5.8.3.4.3 new in 2007
Well, not really new , y
V
ci
and V
cw
return from the Standard Specifications with some
modification.
This is the result of a National Co-operative Highway Research
Program (NCHRP) study.
Report 549
Available on line at www.trb.org follow the NCHRP links.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note: Simplified shear has been accepted by the AASHTO Subcommittee on Bridges.
However, no change is official until it is actually published. Article and equation numbers
are from the proposed article, but these may change for editorial reasons in the final
publication.
26
Sections
Why the change?
According to NCHRP 549: According to NCHRP 549:
Sectional Design Model, as given in the current LRFD
Specifications, is still considered too complex.
Designers said the process has to be automated.
Automated processes cause the engineers to lose the feel of
designs.
The old V and V orked ell for man ears
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The old V
ci
and V
cw
worked well for many years.
Still the ACI 318 method.
Sections
Not exactly the old Standard Specifications method.
NCHRP 549 suggested 4 changes: NCHRP 549 suggested 4 changes:
Change 1 The expression for web shear cracking,
V
cw
, is made more conservative and now also applies
to partially prestressed members.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
27
Sections
Change 2 The variable angle truss model is used for
calculating the contribution of shear reinforcement in calculating the contribution of shear reinforcement in
web shear regions. For flexural shear regions where M
u
> M
cr
, the 45
o
truss model is used.
Change 3 - Maximum shear stress is substantially
increased.
Change 4 - Minimum shear reinforcement is the same as
for the Sectional Design Model
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
for the Sectional Design Model.
Sections
Rules:
No significant axial tension No significant axial tension
Provide minimum shear reinforcement as given in Art.
5.8.2.5 (same as Sectional Design Model).
Take V
p
= 0 when finding V
n
in Eqn 5.8.3.3-1.
Then, V
c
is the lesser of:
V
cw
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
cw
V
ci
As before, the beam is divided into sections and shear is
investigated at each section. The critical section is the
same as for Sectional Design Model.
28
Sections
V
cw
Nominal shear resistance provided by concrete when Nominal shear resistance provided by concrete when
inclined cracking results from excessive principal
tensions in the web.
Web Shear
V
ci
Nominal shear resistance provided by concrete when
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
inclined cracking results from combined shear and
moment.
Flexural Shear
Sections
A quick reminder.
Exactly what are V
ci
and V
cw
?
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
29
Sections
There are two types of shear:
Flexural shear where shear cracks grow from flexural Flexural shear where shear cracks grow from flexural
cracks. This is V
ci
.
Web shear where thin webs crack due to high
principal tensile stresses. This is V
cw
.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Sections
Flexural Shear - V
ci
A prestressed beam will form a flexural crack when the A prestressed beam will form a flexural crack when the
moment at a section reaches M
cre
. The shear at the
section which exists at the time of cracking is called V
cre
.
The shear does NOT cause the cracking. The cracking
is caused by the moment, M
cre
. V
cre
is simply the shear
which is associated with M
cre
.
So how is V found?
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
So how is V
cre
found?
The simplifying assumption is made that V and M
increase proportionally.
30
Sections
Thus, if V and M increase proportionally, V
cre
can be found
from this proportionality. Since M is known, it is possible from this proportionality. Since M
u
is known, it is possible
to find V
u
FOR THE LOADING CASE WHICH CAUSES M
u
.
The equation becomes:
cre
cre
u
u
M
V
M
V
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
cre
u
u
cre
M
M
V
V =
Sections
Experiments have shown that if the shear at the section
increases by (0.02f )b d ksi, the flexural crack will grow increases by (0.02f
c
)b
v
d
v
ksi, the flexural crack will grow
into a shear crack.
The flexural shear at the time the crack grows into a shear
crack can be written as:
' 02 . 0
M
d b f V V
v v c cre ci
+ =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This form of the equation is valid for non-composite
members with uniform loads. It is NOT valid for bridges.
) ( ' 02 . 0 ksi V
M
M
d b f V
u
u
cre
v v c ci
+ =
31
Sections
Flexural Shear - V
ci
It was assumed that the shear and moment increase It was assumed that the shear and moment increase
proportionally. However, in a composite section or a
section with other than uniform loads, the dead load
doesnt increase proportionally, so subtract it out of the
proportionality part of the equation.
Two new terms are defined:
M = Maximum moment at a section caused by all
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
M
max
= Maximum moment at a section caused by all
FACTORED superimposed loads.
V
i
= Shear at the section associated with M
max
.
Sections
If the dead load is taken separately, the equation is:
M V
V
d
= shear due to UNFACTORED dead load noncomposite
section
M
max
= maximum moment at the section due all super-imposed
FACTORED loads.
V FACTORED h t th ti di t M
max
' 02 . 0
M
M V
V d b f V
cre i
d v v c ci
+ + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
i
= FACTORED shear at the section corresponding to M
max
.
b
v
= minimum web width
d
v
= effective shear depth
32
Sections
There is a lower limit to V
ci
:
Near simple supports, the V
ci
equation goes to infinity
' 06 . 0 ' 02 . 0
max
+ + = d b f
M
M V
V d b f V
v v c
cre i
d v v c ci
(5.8.3.4.3-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Near simple supports, the V
ci
equation goes to infinity
because M
max
goes to 0. However, the V
cw
equation is
finite at supports, so it will control.
Sections
How is the cracking moment found?
In a prestressed beam, what will eventually be the tensile
fiber will be in compression due to prestressing forces, f
cpe
.
The beam cracks when enough moment is applied to the
beam to remove the compressive stress and add enough
tension to crack the beam. The usual cracking strength in
flexure is the modulus of rupture, f
r
.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
33
Sections
Assuming an elastic system:
Where S
c
is the section modulus to the tension fiber.
( )
r cpe c cre
c
cre
cre
r cpe
f f S M
S
M
I
c M
f f
+ =
= = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Sections
M
cre
must be adjusted to reflect the fact that the dead load
effect has been accounted for. In the LRFD equation, only effect has been accounted for. In the LRFD equation, only
the non-composite DL is subtracted:
M
dnc
= Moment due to UNFACTORED dead loads applied
to the non-composite or monolithic section
12
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ =
S
M
f f S M
nc
dnc
cpe r c cre
(5.8.3.4.3-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
to the non-composite or monolithic section.
S
dnc
= Section modulus to the tensile fiber of the non-
composite or monolithic section.
In the LRFD equation, M
cre
is in inch-k, but M
dnc
is in ft-k. The 12 converts feet to inches.
34
Sections
Web Shear - V
cw
In a beam, there are shear stresses from flexure. The maximum shear ,
stress occurs at the neutral axis. For most beams, there is no normal
stress at the neutral axis. However, in a prestressed beam there is a
normal stress from the P/A term in the stress equation. In a composite
beam, the neutral axis of the composite is not the same as in the non-
composite. At the neutral axis of the composite section, there will also
be normal stresses from bending, caused by the prestressing and the
dead load applied to the non-composite section.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Sections
Web Shear - V
cw
The normal stress, f
pc
is:
The top sign is used
above the non-composite
pc
P
eff
= effective prestressing force
A
nc
= noncomposite area
I
nc
= noncomposite moment of inertia
y = distance between neutral axis of composite and
dl,nc c
eff eff c
pc
nc nc nc
M y
P P ey
f
A I I
= m
neutral axis, the bottom
sign is used below the
non-composite neutral
axis.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
y
c
= distance between neutral axis of composite and
noncomposite sections
= 0 for noncomposite beams
M
dl,nc
= noncomposite dead loads
e = eccentricity of prestressing
35
Sections
Web Shear - V
cw
V can be calculated using the shearing stress formula:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
cw
can be calculated using the shearing stress formula:
v = (V
cw
Q)/(It)
where v is the shear stress which causes a maximum principal
tensile stress of 4(f
c
)
1/2
when the normal stress is f
pc
.
Sections
Web Shear - V
cw
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
An approximate equation is provided to find V
cw
:
( ) 3 . 0 ' 06 . 0 + + = V d b f f V
p v v pc c cw
(5.8.3.4.3-3)
36
Sections
The shear strength of the beam is:
V = V + V + V < 0.25f b d + V
(5.8.3.3-1 &
5 8 3 3-2)
V
n
V
c
V
s
V
p
0.25f
c
b
v
d
v
V
p
For the simplified method, V
p
is taken = 0 in this equation,
so:
V
n
= V
c
+ V
s
< 0.25f
c
b
v
d
v
V is the lesser of V and V
5.8.3.3-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
c
is the lesser of V
ci
and V
cw
.
V
p
is taken = 0 only in Equations 5.8.3.3-1 and 5.8.3.3-2 and when the
simplified method is used. It is NOT taken = 0 in the equation for V
cw
,
5.8.3.4.3-3
Sections
' 06 . 0 ' 02 . 0
max
+ + = d b f
M
M V
V d b f V
v v c
cre i
d v v c ci (5.8.3.4.3-1)
This is the old V
ci
equation, just adjusted to ksi units, rounded off and
max
12
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ =
S
M
f f S M
nc
dnc
cpe r c cre (5.8.3.4.3-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
with new notations.
0.02f
c
ksi = 0.63f
c
; 0.06f
c
ksi = 1.9f
c
37
Sections
V
d
= Shear force at the section from UNFACTORED
dead load (includes DC and DW) (k-in). dead load (includes DC and DW) (k in).
M
cre
= Moment causing flexural cracking at a section
due to externally applied load (k-in).
M
max
= Maximum factored moment at a section due to
externally applied loads (k-in).
V
i
= Shear force at a section due to factored
superimposed loads which occurs simultaneously
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
superimposed loads, which occurs simultaneously
with M
max
(kip).
M
max
and V
i
are found from the load combination causing
maximum moment at the section.
Sections
f
cpe
= compressive stress in concrete due to effective
prestressing forces only (after loss) at the extreme prestressing forces only (after loss) at the extreme
fiber of the section where externally applied loads
cause tensile stress.
f
r
= modulus of rupture. For this provision:
f f
( ) ksi f f
c r
' 2 . 0 =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note that this definition of f
r
is a new bullet in Article
5.4.2.6 (2007).
This is the old 6f
c
just converted to ksi units.
38
Sections
M
dnc
= total unfactored dead load moment acting on the
non composite or monolithic section (k ft) non-composite or monolithic section (k-ft).
Note that this is k-ft. Thats why theres a 12 in the numerator converts ft. to in.
S
c
= Section modulus to the extreme fiber of the
composite section where tensile stress is caused
by externally applied loads (in
3
).
S f f
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
S
nc
= Section modulus to the extreme fiber of the non-
composite or monolithic section where tensile
stress is caused by externally applied loads (in
3
).
Sections
For composite members, the commentary allows for a
simplification: simplification:
M
max
= M
u
M
d
V
i
= V
u
V
d
(C5.8.3.4.3) 7
th
Paragraph
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note: The ACI-318 code allows a simplification for non-composite
members, however, this simplification was developed for building
beams with UNIFORM loads. This simplification should NOT be
applied to bridge girders, which are loaded with point (axle) loads.
39
Sections
( ) 3 . 0 ' 06 . 0 + + = V d b f f V
p v v pc c cw
(5.8.3.4.3-3)
This is an approximate equation for finding the condition
where the principal tensile stress is 4f
c
Note that V
p
is NOT = 0 in this equation. V
p
is only set =
0 when finding V
n
in equations 5.8.3.3-1 and 2 and when
using the simplified shear method.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
using the simplified shear method.
Again, this is the old V
cw
equation, converted to kip units.
Sections
f
pc
= compressive stress in concrete (after allowance for all
prestress loses) at centroid of cross section resisting prestress loses) at centroid of cross section resisting
externally applied loads or at the junction of the web
and the flange when the centroid lies within the flange
(ksi). In a composite section, f
pc
is the resultant
compressive stress at the centroid of the composite
section (or at the junction of the web and the flange if
the centroid lies in the flange) due to both prestress
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
and the moments resisted by the precast member
acting alone.
40
Sections
Stirrups:
Recall that if = 90
o
(and it almost always is) then: Recall that, if = 90
o
(and it almost always is), then:
If V
ci
< V
cw
(in other words, V
ci
controls), then:
cot = 1
s
d f A
V
v y v
s
cot
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
If V
cw
< V
ci
, (V
cw
controls) then:
8 . 1
'
3 0 . 1 cot
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ =
f
f
c
pc
(5.8.3.4.3-4)
Sections
Simplified Shear - Summary
Basically it is the old V and V method from the Std Basically, it is the old V
ci
and V
cw
method from the Std.
Specifications (and ACI 318).
The equations are slightly different.
Be sure to use the new version of the equations.
The biggest change is needing to find cot for finding V
s
and longitudinal steel requirements.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
If V
ci
controls, cot = 1
If V
cw
controls, cot must be calculated.
41
Lightweight Concrete
This applies to all shear methods, If the splitting strength is
known the term f is replaced by : known the term f
c
is replaced by :
If the splitting strength is not known, substitute:
' 7 . 4
c ct
f f
' 75 . 0 f
All lightweight
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
'
' 85 . 0
75 . 0
c
c
c
f of place In
f
f
g g
Sanded lightweight
Deep Components
Deep Components:
Components may be considered as deep components if: Components may be considered as deep components if:
There is a point of zero shear within a distance of 2d
from the face of the support.
A load causing more than the shear at the support
is within 2d of the face of the support (for segmental
boxes, the limit is 1/3 the shear).
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Design with strut and tie (Article 5.6.3)
Detail according to Article 5.13.2.3
42
5.8.3.5 Longitudinal Reinforcement
As shown in the previous slides, the shear forces cause As shown in the previous slides, the shear forces cause
tensile forces in the longitudinal reinforcement. According
to the commentary in the LRFD Specifications, this tension
becomes larger as becomes smaller and V
c
gets larger.
Therefore, the tensile steel doesnt only have to resist
moment, but it also must resist the tensile component of
the shear. It is possible that these tensile forces might be
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
great enough, when combined with the tensile forces due
to moment and axial load, to fail the longitudinal tensile
steel. Therefore, a check must be made to assure that
there is sufficient tensile steel to resist all the forces.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The longitudinal tensile steel must be able to resist the
tension due to bending and axial load, along with the
tensile component of shear force in the concrete.
43
| |
+
V N
M
f A f A
y s ps ps
Note that is the appropriate strength reduction factor for
that specific load effect (e.g. 1.0 for M
u
in prestressed
concrete, 0.9 for shear, etc.).
cot 5 . 0 5 . 0
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ + V V
V N
d
M
s p
u u
v
u

(5.8.3.5-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
There is also a limit of V
s
< V
u
/
u
torsion. This will be explained later in the torsion section.
At the inside edge of the bearing area of a simple end
support to the section of critical shear: support to the section of critical shear:
cot 5 . 0
|
|
.
|
\
|
+ V V
V
f A f A
p s
u
y s ps ps

(5.8.3.5-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
44
In Equations 5.8.3.5-1 and 5.8.3.5-2, there is a cot term.
The value of cot depends on the method used. If the The value of cot depends on the method used. If the
Sectional Design Model is used, then cot is found using
the value of found from the table.
If the simplified method is used, the value of cot depends
on which value controls. If V
ci
controls, then cot=1. If V
cw
controls then cot must be calculated:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
controls, then cot must be calculated:
cot=1.0+3(f
pc
/f
c
) < 1.8.
Finally, it is necessary to account for any lack of
development of the tensile steel. In the diagram below, the development of the tensile steel. In the diagram below, the
strand/bar may not be fully developed before it reaches the
crack. If so, the terms f
y
and f
ps
must be reduced by the
ratio of the actual length/development length.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
45
The longitudinal reinforcement does not have to be greater
than that required to carry M
u
in cases where there is a
compressive reaction on the flexural compression face.
In other words it is not necessary to check this provision at
the interior supports of a continuous girder. However, it IS
necessary to check this provision for a continuous for live
l d i d
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
load girder.
5.8.4 Interface Shear Transfer Shear Friction
Interface (horizontal) shear must be considered at:
An existing or potential crack An existing or potential crack
An interface between dissimilar materials
An interface between two concretes cast at different
times
The interface between different elements of a cross
section
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This provision appears to be for the vertical interface between
flanges and webs of box girders especially segmental
boxes.
46
The factored interface shear resistance. V
ri
shall be taken as:
ri ni
V V =
(5.8.4.1-1)
The design shall satisfy:
ri ui
V V
(5.8.4.1-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Where:
V
ni
= Nominal Shear Resistance (kip)
V
ui
= Factored interface shear force due to total load
based on the applicable strength and extreme
event load combinations in Table 3.4.1-1 (kip)
= Resistance factor for shear specified in Article
ff f
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
5.5.4.2.1. In cases where different weights of
concrete exist on different sides of the interface, the
lower of the two values of shall be used.
47
The strength of the interface, V
ni
, is:
But not greater than the lesser of:
( 8 4 1 )
(5.8.4.1-4)
(5.8.4.1-3)
ni cv vf y c
ni 1 c cv
V cA A f P
V K f ' A
V K A
( = + +

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.8.4.1-5)
ni 2 cv
cv vi vi
V K A
A b L
=
(5.8.4.1-6)
V
ni
= Nominal shear resistance (k)
A = area of concrete engaged in shear transfer (in
2
) A
cv
area of concrete engaged in shear transfer (in )
A
vf
= area of shear reinforcement crossing the shear
plane (in
2
)
f
y
= yield strength of reinforcement
c = cohesion factor
= friction factor
P = permanent net compressive force normal to the
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
P
c
= permanent net compressive force normal to the
shear plane (k). If tensile, P
c
= 0.
f
c
= 28 day compressive strength of the WEAKER
concrete
48
b
vi
= interface width considered to be engaged in shear
transfer (inch) transfer (inch)
L
vi
= interface length considered to be engaged in shear
transfer (inch)
K
1
= fraction of the concrete strength available to resist
interface shear, as specified in Article 5.8.4.3
K
2
= limiting interface shear resistance specified in
Article 5 8 4 3 (ksi)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Article 5.8.4.3 (ksi)
Based on consideration of a free body diagram and utilizing the
conservative, envelope value of the factored, vertical shear force at
u1
ui
vi v
V
v
b d
=
the section, V
u1
.
(5.8.4.2-1)
Where d
v
is the previously defined shear depth.
The factored interface shear force in kips/ft for a concrete girder/slab
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The factored interface shear force in kips/ft for a concrete girder/slab
bridge may be determined as:
ui ui cv
V v A =
(5.8.4.2-2)
49
If the net (normal) force, P
c
, across the interface shear plane is tensile,
additional reinforcement shall be provided: additional reinforcement shall be provided:
c
vpc
y
P
A
f
=
(5.8.4.2-3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For beams and girders, the longitudinal spacing of the rows of interface
shear transfer reinforcing bars shall not exceed 24 inches.
5.8.4.2 Cohesion and Friction
For concrete placed monolithically
c = 0.40 ksi
= 1.4
K
1
= 0.25
K
2
= 1.5 ksi
For normal weight concrete placed against a clean concrete surface,
free of laitance and intentionally roughened 0.25 inches
c = 0.24 ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= 1.0
K
1
= 0.25
K
2
= 1.5 ksi
50
For concrete anchored to as-rolled structural steel by headed studs
or by rebar where all the steel in contact with the concrete is clean
and free of paint:
c = 0.025 ksi
= 0.7
K
1
= 0.2
K
2
= 0.8 ksi
For concrete placed against clean, hardened concrete not
intentionally roughened but free of laitance and clean
c 0 075 ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
c = 0.075 ksi
= 0.6
K
1
= 0.2
K
2
= 0.8 ksi
For lightweight concrete placed against a clean concrete surface,
c = 0.24 ksi
= 1.0
K
1
= 0.25
K
2
= 1.0 ksi
For a cast-in-place concrete slab on clean concrete girder surfaces,
c = 0.28 ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= 1.0
K
1
= 0.3
K
2
= 1.8 ksi normal weight
K
2
= 1.3 ksi - lightweight
51
A
vf
has a minimum:
(5.8.4.4-1)
cv
vf
y
0.05A
A
f
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For a cast-in-place concrete slab on a clean concrete
girder surface, free of laitance: g
The minimum interface shear reinforcement, A
vf
, need
not exceed the lesser of the amount determined from
equation 5.8.4.1-1 and the amount needed to resist
1.33V
ui
/ as determined using equation 5.8.4.1-3.
The minimum reinforcement provisions shall be
waived for girder/slab interfaces with surface
roughened to an amplitude of 0 25 inches where the
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
roughened to an amplitude of 0.25 inches, where the
factored interface shear stress, v
ui
< 0.210 ksi and all of
the vertical shear reinforcement required by Article
5.8.1.1 is extended across the interface and
adequately anchored in the slab.
52
S TO AASHTO-LRFD
Torsion
5.8.2.1 General
Torsion causes a condition of pure shear, as shown by
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
element a. However, element a can be rotated to show
principal stresses, as shown in element c. For principal
stress, two of the normal stresses are tensile and two are
compressive.
53
5.8.2.1 General
In a torsion test brittle materials, which are weaker in
tension than in shear, will break along surfaces forming a
45 degree angle with the longitudinal axis.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
CONCRETE IS A BRITTLE MATERIAL!!!!!!
5.8.2.1 General
Because concrete is brittle and tension weak, torsion forces
will crack the member diagonally, perpendicular to the
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
maximum principal tensile stress. As a result, concrete
members under torsional loads tend to unwrap.
54
5.8.2.1 General
As with shear, compression struts will occur.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Stirrups will arrest the cracks. As with shear, the presence
of stirrups (in tension) and compression struts forms a
truss, but here the truss is 3-D.
5.8.2.1 General
The important part is this:
Torsion causes shear stresses which are additive to the
flexural shear stresses.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
55
5.8.2.1 General
General Requirements:
T
u
= factored torsional moment
T
r
= factored torsional resistance
T
n
= nominal torsional resistance given in Article 5.8.3.6
= T T
n r
(5.8.2.1-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
T
n
nominal torsional resistance given in Article 5.8.3.6
(k-in)
= 0.9 normal weight concrete
= 0.7 lightweight concrete
5.8.2.1 General
In many cases, torsional stresses are not significant.
Article 5.8.2.1 states that torsional effects may NOT BE Article 5.8.2.1 states that torsional effects may NOT BE
ignored if:
25 . 0 T T
cr u

(5.8.2.1-3)
1 ' 125 0
2
+
|
|
=
f A
f T
pc cp
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.8.2.1-4)
' 125 . 0
1 125 . 0 +
.
\
=
f p
f T
c c
c cr
56
5.8.2.1 General
' 125 0
1 ' 125 . 0
2
pc cp
c cr
f
f A
f T +
|
|
|
=
(5.8.2.1-4)
T
cr
= Cracking torsion (k-in)
A
cp
= Total area enclosed by the outside perimeter of
the concrete cross section (in
2
)
p
c
= length of the outside perimeter of the concrete cross
section (in)
f i t i t ( ft ll f
' 125 . 0
c c
c cr
f
p
f
.
\
(5.8.2.1 4)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
pc
= compressive stress in concrete (after allowance for
all prestress loses) at centroid of cross section
resisting externally applied loads or at the junction of
the web and the flange when the centroid lies within
the flange (ksi). (This is the same as for V
cw
).
5.8.2.1 General
2
A 789 i
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
2
cp
2 2 2 2
c
c
A 789 in
p 26 20 2 8 9 9 23 6 6 8
p 166.4 in
=
(
= + + + + + + + +

=
57
5.8.2.1 General
For cellular structures:
A
2
A
0
= Area enclosed by the shear flow path, including any
holes therein.
v
c
cp
b A
p
A
0
2
2
(5.8.2.1-5)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
5.8.2.1 General
Torsional Design
For torsion, the area of ADDITIONAL transverse
reinforcement is calculated.
The required area of stirrups for shear must be added to
the required area of stirrups for the concurrent torsion
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(Article 5.8.3.6.1).
58
The Commentary (C5.8.3.6.1) explains the use of the
word concurrent. word concurrent .
It is not appropriate to design for the maximum shear
and the maximum torsion (unless they are concurrent).
It is appropriate to examine the area of transverse
reinforcement required for the maximum shear with the
concurrent torsion and the maximum torsion with the
concurrent shear Use the largest area required
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
concurrent shear. Use the largest area required.
When calculating the shear resistance, V
n
, several
equations require the term V
u
. When considering shear q q
u
g
and torsion, the EQUIVALENT factored shear force, V
u
shall be taken as equal to:
(5.8.2.1-6)
2
2
0
:
0.9
2
h u
u
Solid Sections
p T
V
A
B S i
| |
+
|
\ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
p
h
= perimeter of the centerline of the closed, transverse torsion reinforcement.
(5.8.2.1-7)
:
2
u
u
o
Box Sections
T d
V
A
+
59
5.8.3.6.2 Torsional Resistance
The nominal torsional resistance is:
f A A 2
A
t
= Area of one leg of closed transverse reinforcement
provided for torsion in solid members or the total area
of transverse torsion reinforcement in the exterior web
of a cellular member.
s
f A A
T
y t
n
cot 2
0
=
(5.8.3.6.2-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
CAUTION: The Specifications require that the area of transverse
reinforcement for shear be added to that for torsion. However, the transverse
reinforcement for shear, A
v
, includes ALL legs of the stirrups which cross the
plane of the shear crack. For torsion, A
t
is the area of ONE leg. Thus, when
detailing the reinforcement, it is important to add these areas correctly.
5.8.3.6.3 Longitudinal Reinforcement
The longitudinal steel requirements are modified if torsion
must be considered. must be considered.
Solid Sections:
2
45 . 0
5 . 0 cot 5 . 0
2 2
|
.
|
\
|
+
|
.
|
\
|
+ +
+
A
T p
V V
V N
d
M
f A f A
u h
s p
u u
u
y s ps ps

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
2
0 .
\ .
\
A d
s p
v

(5.8.3.6.3-1)
60
5.8.3.6.3 Longitudinal Reinforcement
In box sections, the required amount of ADDITIONAL
longitudinal steel is: longitudinal steel is:
2
0
=
f A
p T
A
y
h n
l (5.8.3.6.3-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Design for Shear and Torsion
Step 1
Determine if torsion must be considered Determine if torsion must be considered.
IF T
u
< 0.25T
cr
, torsion may be ignored.
Step 2
Determine the maximum factored shear and
concurrent factored torsion.
Determine the maximum factored torsion and
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
concurrent factored shear.
61
Design for Shear and Torsion (cont.)
Step 3
Modify V to reflect the presence of torsion Modify V
u
to reflect the presence of torsion.
This is the equivalent factored shear force.
Equations 5.8.2.1-6 or 7
For the Sectional Design Model is used for shear, the
equivalent factored shear force is used for V
u
in the
equations for v
u
and
x
.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Step 4
Determine the area of transverse shear reinforcement Determine the area of transverse shear reinforcement
needed to resist the maximum value of V
u
.
Determine the area of transverse shear reinforcement
needed to resist the value of V
u
concurrent with the
maximum torsion.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
62
Step 5
Determine the area of transverse torsion Determine the area of transverse torsion
reinforcement needed to resist the maximum value of
T
u
.
Determine the area of transverse torsion
reinforcement needed to resist the value of T
u
concurrent with the maximum shear.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Step 6
Add together the areas of transverse reinforcement Add together the areas of transverse reinforcement
required for torsion and shear.
Add the required areas for the cases of maximum shear and
concurrent torsion and maximum torsion and concurrent
shear. Use the maximum.
Remember, the calculated shear area is for ALL the stirrup
legs; the calculated torsion area is for ONE leg. Be sure to
dd th tl
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
add the areas correctly.
63
Check the requirements for longitudinal steel using the
equations modified for torsion. equations modified for torsion.
5.8.3.6.3-1 or 2
Finally, although the specifications do not say it
specifically, it appears that if torsion is present, sectional
design model must be used.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1
S TO AASHTO-LRFD
Continuous for Live Load
New in 2007
5.14.1.4 Bridges Composed on Simple Span Precast Girders
Made Continuous
Article 5.14.1.3 has been extensively revised for 2007.
Results of NCHRP Study 12-53. Results of NCHRP Study 12 53.
NCHRP Report 519 (available on the web at TRB.org)
This article only applies to bridges intended to be
continuous for live load.
This does not apply to bridges designed as simple
spans.
Some states use poor boy continuity. A negative
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Some states use poor boy continuity. A negative
moment connection is provided in the slab, but no
positive moment connection is provided. The bridge
is designed as simple spans. 5.14.1.3 does NOT
apply to this type of bridge.
2
New in 2007
Made Continuous
Construction Sequence
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
New in 2007
Made Continuous
Negative moment reinforcement over a diaphragm
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
3
New in 2007
Made Continuous
A bent strand positive moment connection
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
New in 2007
Made Continuous
Girders carry self weight and slab weight as simple, non-
composite spans. composite spans.
All superimposed DL and LL carried as continuous,
composite spans.
Negative moment connection over pier is usually
reinforced slab.
Creep, shrinkage and temperature may cause girders to
camber up causing positive moment
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
camber up, causing positive moment.
Usually in young girders
Positive moment connection required.
4
New in 2007
Made Continuous
Over time, creep and shrinkage of the girders may cause additional
camber in the girders. This creates a positive moment at the
diaphragm which often causes cracking, so positive moment
connections are needed. These moments are called restraint
moments.
Experimental evidence shows that this behavior is most prevalent
when the girders are very young.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
when the girders are very young.
When the girders are old, theory says shrinkage of the slab causes
the girders to de-camber, resulting in a negative restraint moment at
the diaphragm. However, this is not seen in field measurements.
Field measurements show the girders camber up until the slab is
cast, then every thing locks up no cambering or decambering is
seen.
5.14.1.4.2 Restraint Moments
Methods of analysis are NOT covered in the LRFD
Specifications. Specifications.
Many commercial bridge analysis programs will
calculate positive moments from creep/shrinkage.
PCA EB-14 is a popular hand method.
Q-Con Bridge is available for free from WSDOT.
Current analysis methods are questionable.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Creep and shrinkage properties are extremely
variable.
Analysis results do not match field data for older
girders.
5
5.14.1.4.2 Restraint Moments
The MOST important variable is the age of the girders at
the time continuity is established (Art 5.14.1.4.4). the time continuity is established (Art 5.14.1.4.4).
If the girders are less than 90 days old when continuity
is established:
The engineer must estimate or specify the girder age at
continuity.
Restraint moments must be calculated.
If the girders are SPECIFIED to be no less than 90
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
If the girders are SPECIFIED to be no less than 90
days old when continuity is established:
Provide a specified positive moment connection
No calculations of restraint moments are needed.
5.14.1.4.4 Age of Girder when Continuity is Established
The 90 day specification
At 90 days approximately 70% of the creep and At 90 days, approximately 70% of the creep and
shrinkage has occurred in the girder. This limits
positive moment formation.
Experimental evidence shows that girders with a
positive moment connection which will resist 1.2M
cr
can still provide continuity even if some cracking is
present
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
present.
Using the 90 day rule greatly simplifies design.
The 90 day rule is verified by experience in several
states.
6
5.14.1.4.4 Age of Girder when Continuity is Established
To use the 90 day rule, the 90 day wait must be in the
contract documents.
Waiting 90 days may not be practical
Precasters do not want to store for 90 days.
Production schedules may be significantly altered if a
long lead is needed.
In some states, precasters are paid for storage.
The commentary allows the owner to change the 90 day
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The commentary allows the owner to change the 90 day
wait to the time when k
td
= 0.7 (Art. 5.4.2.3.2 and
5.4.2.3.3).
5.14.1.4.5 Degree of Continuity at Various Limit States
When the positive moment connection cracks, some degree of
continuity may be lost.
In general, the girders act as simple spans until the cracks close;
then act as continuous after the crack closes.
The design must consider possible loss of continuity.
If the calculated stress at the bottom of the continuity diaphragm for
the combination of superimposed permanent loads, settlement,
creep, shrinkage, 50% live load and temperature gradient, if
applicable, is compressive, the spans may be considered as fully
continuous for all limit states.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
If the girders are specified to be at least 90 days old when continuity
is established, the spans may be assumed fully continuous for all
limit states.
Negative moment deck cracking may be neglected.
7
5.14.1.4.6 Service Limit State for Girder Stress Limits
For loads carried as simple spans (including release of
prestressing force), the girders must satisfy the tensile prestressing force), the girders must satisfy the tensile
stress requirements for prestressed girders (Art. 5.9.4).
For the top of the girder at an interior support at service
limit state after losses, either:
Treat it as a prestressed girder. Use the prestressed
tensile limits and Service III, as applicable.
Treat it as a reinforced concrete section
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Treat it as a reinforced concrete section.
A cast-in-place composite deck slab shall not be subject
to the tensile stress limits for the service limit state after
losses specified in Table 5.9.4.2.2-1.
5.14.1.4.7 Strength Limit State
The negative moment connection must be able to resist
the factored negative moment at the section. the factored negative moment at the section.
The positive moment connection must be able to resist
the factored restraint moments.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
8
5.14.1.4.8 Negative Moment Connections
The most common negative moment connection is a
reinforced concrete slab on top the girders. reinforced concrete slab on top the girders.
This is designed as a reinforced concrete section and
must meet all applicable provisions.
Bars must be properly anchored and splices must be
staggered.
Other types of connections are permitted if verified by
testing
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
testing.
5.14.1.4.9 Positive Moment Connections
Positive moment connections resist restraint moments
caused by creep and shrinkage of the girders. caused by creep and shrinkage of the girders.
Without positive moment connections, the
girder/diaphragm interface cracks and continuity is lost.
Continuous for Live Load Bridges MUST have positive
moment connections.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
9
Three types permitted:
Leave some of the strand extended from the end of Leave some of the strand extended from the end of
the girder and bend it to a 90
o
angle.
Embed mild steel bars in the end of the girder. These
bars have either 90
o
or 180
o
hooks into the
diaphragm.
Any connection verified by analysis/testing to provide
adequate resistance Mechanical connections would
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
adequate resistance. Mechanical connections would
be permitted under this section.
The positive moment connection must be designed to
resist the factored restraint moments unless the 90 day resist the factored restraint moments unless the 90 day
rule is used.
If the connection is designed using restraint moments,
the capacity of the connection must be between 0.6 M
cr
and 1.2 M
cr
.
M
cr
is the cracking moment of the gross composite
girder cross section at the diaphragm
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
girder cross section at the diaphragm.
M
cr
is calculated using the strength of the diaphragm
concrete.
10
If the connection is designed using the 90 day rule, the
capacity of the connection must be at least 1.2 M . capacity of the connection must be at least 1.2 M
cr
.
IMPORTANT The 1.2 M
cr
capacity referred to here IS
NOT the same 1.2 M
cr
referred to in Art. 5.7.3.3.2 (which
states that prestressed elements must have a minimum
capacity of 1.2 M
cr
). Art. 5.7.3.3.2 does NOT apply to
positive moment connections.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Bent Bar Type Connection:
Connection is made by embedding mild steel in the end Connection is made by embedding mild steel in the end
of the girder.
Use the provisions for development of straight and bent
bar (Art. 5.11) to design the bars. The critical section is
the girder/ diaphragm interface.
Stagger the ends of the bars in the girder to prevent
stress concentrations
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
stress concentrations.
11
Bent Bar type
connection.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Bent Bar Type Connection:
Often the bars cannot be installed pre bent (especially Often, the bars cannot be installed pre-bent (especially
in Bulb-T and I sections). It may be necessary to field
bend. Field bend specifications are needed.
Embedded bars may increase end zone congestion.
To mesh the bars in the diaphragm, the bars must be
offset. However, an excessively asymmetrical
connection detail will cause uneven bar stress The
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
connection detail will cause uneven bar stress. The
connection should be kept as symmetrical as possible
while still allowing meshing.
12
This shows that bent
bars extend above the
top of the flange.
They cannot be
installed bent or the
forms cannot be
closed. They must be
installed straight and
field bent.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Bent Strand Type Connection:
This connection is made by leaving a length of strand This connection is made by leaving a length of strand
extend from the end of the beam.
The strand may be left straight and developed into the
diaphragm.
The strand may be bent into a 90
o
hook.
This connection develops the strand for the purposes of
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Art. 5.8.3.6.3 (Longitudinal reinforcement).
The strands should be symmetrical about the vertical
axis of the cross section.
13
Strand stress in bent strand connections is found from:
f
psl
= (
dsh
8)/0.228 < 150 ksi
(5.14.1.4.9-1)
psl
(
dsh
)
f
pul
= (
dsh
8)/0.163
where:

dsh
= total length of extended strand (IN)
f
psl
= stress in the strand at the SERVICE limit state.
Cracked section shall be assumed. (KSI)
f = stress in the strand at the STRENGTH limit state
(5.14.1.4.9-2)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
pul
= stress in the strand at the STRENGTH limit state.
(KSI)
Strands shall project at least 8 IN from the face of the
girder before they are bent.
5.14.1.4.10 Continuity Diaphragms
The design of continuity diaphragms at interior supports may be
based on the strength of the concrete in the precast girders.
Precast girders may be embedded into continuity diaphragms.
If horizontal diaphragm reinforcement is passed through holes in the
precast beam or is attached to the precast element using
mechanical connectors, the end precast element shall be designed
to resist positive moments caused by superimposed dead loads, live
loads, creep and shrinkage of the girders, shrinkage of the deck
slab, and temperature effects. Design of the end of the girder shall
account for the reduced effect of prestress within the transfer length.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Where ends of girders are not directly opposite each other across a
continuity diaphragm, the diaphragm must be designed to transfer
forces between girders. Continuity diaphragms shall also be
designed for situations where an angle change occurs between
opposing girders.
1
AASHTO AASHTOLRFD Bridge Design Specifications
Design Example 1
Simple Span Prestressed
Adjacent Box Bridge
RICHARD MILLER
th
Edition.
Design Example - Simple-Span Adjacent Box Girder Bridge
Problem Statement and Assumptions
This design example demonstrates the design of a single span, 65 ft. long
adjacent box girder bridge with a 30
o
right forward skew, as shown below. This
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
References:
Precast Prestressed Concrete Bridge Design Manual, Published by Precast/Prestressed concrete Institute
j g g g ,
example illustrates the design of typical interior and exterior beams at the critical
sections in positive flexure, shear and deflection due to prestressing, dead load,
and live load.
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This problem was chosen to illustrate skew bridge design.
Note: Table 4.6.2.2.2e-1 has an inconsistency. It does not
include this type of bridge in the description in the first
column, but names it as a cross section type in the second
column.
It is assumed the skew factor applies to this structure.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
It is assumed the skew factor applies to this structure.
3
1.2.1 Precast Beams
Ohio B33-48 box girder as shown
f
c
= 7.0 ksi @ 28 days
f 5 0 k i f
ci
= 5.0 ksi
ODOT Bridge
Design Manual
(BDM) allows a
range of strengths.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g g
These are chosen
from that range.
[BDM 302.5.1.7]
Selecting the Girder Size
The LRFD Specifications were checked
against the old Standard Specifications against the old Standard Specifications.
LRFD should give a more refined design, but
not a radically different design.
For prestressed concrete, the difference is
usually a few strands one way or the other.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Design tables developed for Standard
Specifications can usually be used to
approximate the section for initial sizing.
4
When using tables based on the Standard
Specifications try to stay in the middle of the design Specifications, try to stay in the middle of the design
range. Sections near either end of the design range
may be inadequate.
The Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (PCI)
publishes preliminary design tables in their Bridge
Design Manual.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
These work when ODOT uses the AASHTO standard
section (e.g. Type IV)
It will give an approximate section for cases where the
ODOT section is not AASHTO standard (boxes).
The B33-48 section was chosen from preliminary
design charts in ODOT Design Data Sheets Group design charts in ODOT Design Data Sheets. Group
B Design (roadway width 36 ft. to 48 ft.).
The span of 65 ft is the midrange for this section.
The design data sheet suggests using 20 strands,
diameter.
ODOT requires the use of minimum span to depth
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
ODOT requires the use of minimum span to depth
ratios given in LRFD Article 2.5.2.6.3. For a precast
box, the limit is 0.03L = 0.03(65ft)(12in/ft) =23.4
inches < 33 inches OK
5
1.2.3 Prestressing Strand
in diameter, low-relaxation ASTM A 415
[ODOT BDM 302.5.1.2a]
ODOT BDM allows either inch or 0.6 inch. Here,
inch diameter is chosen.
Area of one strand = 0.153 in
2
Ultimate strength, f
pu
= 270.0 ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1.2.4 Reinforcing Bars
GR 60; Yield strength, f
y
= 60 ksi [BDM 302.5.1.8]
Modulus of elasticity, E
s
= 29,000 ksi
1.2.5 Loads
Diaphragms: 2 - 12 wide at 1/3 points
(ODOT Std. Drawings)
Future wearing g
surface: 0.060 ksf (ODOT Std. Drawings)
Barriers: 0.090 k/ft each (ODOT Design Data Sheets)
Truck: HL 93, including dynamic allowance
1 2 6 Bridge Parameters
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Single Span
Overall Length: 67 ft.
c/c Span: 65 ft.
Support: Elastomeric Bearing Pad
1.2.6 Bridge Parameters
6
1.3.1 Non-Composite Section Properties
Area in
2
733.5
Weight (k/ft) 0.764
h (in) 33
y
b
(in) 16.61
y
t
(in) 16.39
I (in
4
) 108,150
S
b
(in
3
) 6,511
S
t
(in
3
) 6,599
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1.5
1
33, 000 '
C C c
E K w f =
(5.4.2.4-1)
1.5
33, 000 1.0 0.150 5.0 4, 300
C
E ksi = =
1.5
33, 000 1.0 0.150 7.0 5, 072
C
E ksi = =
At Transfer
At Service Loads
Material Properties
It is important to remember that the LRFD
Specifications use KSI units The formula Specifications use KSI units. The formula
given for E is the old E=33w
1.5
f
c
, just
adjusted to ksi units.
The K
1
factor was added for high strength
concrete, but it applies to all concrete. E is
heavily influenced by aggregates. At high
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
y y gg g g
strengths, E is limited by aggregate stiffness.
The K
1
factor allows the owner or designer to
adjust E based on experimental evidence.
7
1.3.2 Assumptions
The current ODOT standard is to tie the girders
together with tie rods tightened enough to bring the together with tie rods, tightened enough to bring the
girders together, but not providing significant lateral
post-tensioning. According to the commentary in the
LRFD Specifications, for this bridge to be considered
to have the girders sufficiently connected, a lateral
post-tensioning force causing a stress of 0.25 ksi
across the keyway is needed Therefore this bridge
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
across the keyway is needed. Therefore, this bridge
will be considered as not being sufficiently
connected. This changes the distribution factor
significantly.
1.4.1 Dead Loads
DC = Dead load of structural components and
non structural attachments non-structural attachments
DC Dead Loads carried by the girders:
Beam Weight: 0.764 klf
Diaphragms: 2 at each 1/3 point
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
d 2 2
33in 10.5in 48in 11in
DC 1 ft 2 diaphragms 0.150kcf 1.75k

= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
ODOT specifies a MINIMUM of 3 inches in the Bridge Design Manual, but
the Design Data Sheets use a 3.5 inch average to account for camber
along the length of beam.
( ) ( ) ( )
d 2 2
DC 1 ft 2 diaphragms 0.150kcf 1.75k
144in / ft
8
1.4.1 Dead Loads
DC Dead Loads carried by the girders (cont):
Asphalt Wearing Surface: at Construction Asphalt Wearing Surface: at Construction
DW= future wearing surfaces and future DL
( )( )
3.5
4 0.120 0.140
12 /
ws
in
DC ft kcf klf
in ft
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
DW future wearing surfaces and future DL
FWS: (0.060 ksf)(4 ft) = 0.240 klf
1.4.1 Dead Loads
An important note on the asphalt wearing surface:
The ODOT standards call for a minimum 3 inch
asphalt surface.
However, the ODOT Design Data Sheets call for a
3.5 in surface. Actually, this is the average surface
thi k D t b th f b
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
thickness. Due to camber, the surface may be
thicker at the ends of the girder. The surface may
be thicker on an individual girder due to differential
camber.
9
1.4.1 Dead Loads
f Rails: 0.090 klf applied to exterior girders.
In other example problems, barrier/railing loads are
distributed equally to all the girders, but Article 4.6.2.2
appears to require a deck to distribute the load equally to
all girders. Here, assume the railing load is applied only
to the exterior girders
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
to the exterior girders.
1.4.1.1 DL-Unfactored Shear Forces & Bending Moments
Since this is a simple span beam, the most critical moment
is at midspan: s at dspa
( )( )
( )( )
ft k 8 . 126
8
ft 65 klf 240 . 0
M
ft k 3 . 515 k 75 . 1
3
ft 65
8
ft 65 klf 140 . 0 klf 764 . 0
M
2
DW
2
DC
= =
=
|
.
|
\
|
+
+
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
8
10
1.4.2 Live Loads
According to LRFD Article 4.6.1.2.1 vehicular live loading
on the roadways of bridges or incidental structures, y g
designated HL-93, shall consists of a combination of the:
Design truck or design tandem with dynamic allowance. The
design truck shall consists of an 8.0 kip front axle and a pair of
32.0 kip back axles. The first and second axle are spaced 14-0
apart. The space between the rear axles shall be varied between
14.0 and 30.0 to produce extreme force effects. The design
tandem shall consist of a pair of 25 0 kip axles spaced 4 0 apart
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
tandem shall consist of a pair of 25.0 kip axles spaced 4.0 apart.
[LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.2 and 3.6.1.2.3]
Design lane load shall consist of a load of 0.64 kip/ft uniformly
distributed in the longitudinal direction. [LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.4]
1.4.2 Live Loads
Since this is a simple span, the maximum moment from the
LANE LOAD occurs when the girder is fully loaded. Thus: LANE LOAD occurs when the girder is fully loaded. Thus:
The HL-93 truck controls for this span length and, since this
is a simple span, the maximum moment is:
( )( )
ft k 338
8
ft 65 klf 640 . 0
M
2
Lane , LL
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
896
LL,Truck
M k ft =
11
1.4.2 Live Loads
A note on live loads:
The lane load is just a uniform load, so for a simple
span the moment is:
M = 0.5wx(L-x)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
w = load (klf)
L = total span
x = point where moment is calculated.
1.4.2 Live Loads
The HL-93 Truck is treated as a series of axle loads. For a
SIMPLE SPAN (only), the maximum moment occurs when
th id f th b i b t th lt t the midspan of the beam is way between the resultant
load and the nearest axle load:
The resultant is used
only for positioning the
loads. It is NOT
included in the
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
analysis.
Dont you wish you would have
paid more attention in Structural
Analysis?????
12
1.4.2 Live Loads
The HL-93 has the same axle loads as the old HS-20 truck.
The Standard Specifications published moments for simple p p p
spans under the old HS-20 loading in Appendix B.
BE CAREFUL Appendix B gives the moment for the
controlling load case which might be either the truck load or
the lane load!! Recall that the Standard Specifications use
EITHER Lane or Truck; LRFD uses BOTH.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The HS 20 lane load is NOT the same as the HL-93 truck
or HL-93 lane!!! (Standard Specification Lane Load has a
point load!)
1.4.2.1 Distribution Factors
The live load bending moments and shear forces are
determined by using the simplified distribution factor
f l [LRFD 4 6 2 2] T th i lifi d li l d formulas [LRFD 4.6.2.2]. To use the simplified live load
distribution factor formulas, the following conditions must
be met [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1]
Width of deck is constant. OK
Number of beams, N
b
> 4. OK
Overhang part of the roadway < 3 ft OK
d
e
= 0.23 ft
Curvature in plan < Article 4.6.1.2 OK
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Curvature in plan Article 4.6.1.2 OK
Beam parallel and of same stiffness OK
Cross Section listed in Table 4.6.2.2.1-1 OK
For a precast concrete box beam with an asphalt
surface , the bridge type is (g).
13
1.4.2.1 Distribution Factors
The number of design lanes should be
determined by taking the integer part of the ratio determined by taking the integer part of the ratio
w/12, where w is the clear roadway width in feet
between curbs and/or barriers.
w = 48 feet
Number of design lanes = integer part of (48/12) = 4
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(3.6.1.1.1)
1.4.2.1.1 Distribution Factors for Bending Moment
DFM = S/D
S = width of precast beam (ft) S = width of precast beam (ft)
D = (11.5 -N
L
)+1.4N
L
(1-0.2C)
2
when C < 5
D = (11.5 -N
L
) when C > 5
Range of Applicability:
(Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
6
L
N
45 Skew
14
Where:
N
L
= Number of Lanes = 4
C = K(W/L) < K
W= Clear width of the bridge = 48 ft.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
J
I 1
K
+
=
J is not published for ODOT girders. However, it
can be approximated by: can be approximated by:
( )
= = =
| |
+ +
|
\ .
2
2
2
4
4 1180in
4A
J 211625in
S
27.75in 42.5in 42.5in
2
t
5.5in 5.5in 5in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
A is the area enclosed by the centerline of the box walls.
t is the wall thickness
S is the length of the centerline of a box wall.
15
( )
+
= =
4
4
1 0.2 108150in
K 0.783
211625in
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
| |
= =
|
\ .
= + =
= =
2
211625in
48 ft
C 0.783 0.578
65 ft
D 11.5 4Lanes 1.4 4Lanes 1 0.2 0.578 11.9
S 4 ft
0 336
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= = 0.336
D 11.9
= Poissons Ratio = 0.2 [LRFD 5.4.2.5]
Note that for boxes, K can be conservatively taken
as 1 The DFM = 0 361 a difference of 8% as 1. The DFM 0.361, a difference of 8%.
Also note that there is only one distribution factor
for this case. This is different from other cases
where there are factors for one lane loaded and
two lanes loaded.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
16
1.4.2.1.2 Distribution Factors for Shear Force
Two Lanes Loaded:
DFV = (b/156)
0.4
(b/12L)
0.1
(I/J)
0.05
(b/48)
One Lane Loaded:
DFV = (b/130L)
0.15
(I/J)
0.05
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
DFV (b/130L) (I/J)
(Table 4.6.2.2.3a-1)
Where DFV = distribution factor for moment for
interior beam Provided: interior beam. Provided:
5< N
b
< 20 N
b
= 12 OK N
b
= number of beams
35 < b < 60 b = 48 OK b = beam width, in
20 < L < 120 L = 65 OK L = beam span, ft
25,000 < J <
610,000
J = 211,625 OK
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
40,000 < I <
610,000
I = 108,150 OK
17
For two or more lanes loaded:
0 1
For one design lane loaded:
( )
0.1
0.4 0.05
48 48 108150 48
0.456
156 12 65 211625 48
| |
| | | | | |
= =
|
| | |
|
\ . \ . \ .
\ .
DFV
0.15
0.05
48 108150
DFV 0 445
| |
| |
|
|
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Because I/J is raised to a very small power, assuming I/J = 1 changes
the DFV very little. Here, the DFV is about 4% higher if I/J = 1.
( )
DFV 0.445
130 65 211625
| |
= =
|
|
|
\ .
\ .
1.4.2.2 Dynamic Allowance
IM = 33%
Where:
IM = dynamic load allowance, applied only to truck load
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
18
1.4.2.3 Moment Reduction Factor for Skew
For 0 60 1.05 0.25tan 1.0 g =
The specifications state that the MOMENT
DISTRIBUTION FACTOR in a skewed bridge MAY
( )
1.05 0.25tan 30 0.905 = =
o
g
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g
be reduced by this factor.
(Table 4.6.2.2.2e-1)
Note: Table 4.6.2.2.2e-1 has an inconsistency. It does not include this type of
bridge in the description in the first column, but names it as a cross section type
in the second column. It is assumed the skew factor applies to this structure.
1.4.2.4 Unfactored Bending Moments
Unfactored bending moment due to HL-93 truck,
per beam: per beam:
M
LL,Truck
= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(1+IM)(skew factor)
= (bending moment per lane)(0.336)(1.33)(0.905)
= (bending moment per lane)(0.404)
= 896 k-ft (0.404) = 362.3 k-ft
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
19
1.4.2.4 Unfactored Bending Moments
U f d b di d HL 93 l l d Unfactored bending moment due to HL-93 lane load,
per beam:
M
LL,Lane
= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(skew factor)
= (bending moment per lane)(0.336)(0.905)
= 338 k-ft (0.304) = 102.7 k-ft
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(Impact is not applied to lane loads.)
1.4.3 Load Combinations
The following limit states are applicable:
Service I:
(3.4.1)
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)
Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)
Strength I:
Maximum Q = 1.25(DC) + 1.50(DW) + 1.75(LL + IM)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Fatigue: Does not need to be checked for pretensioned
beams designed using the Service III load combination.
20
1.5.1 Service Load Stresses at Midspan
Bottom tensile stress due to applied dead and live loads using load
combination Service III:
Where:
b
I LL DW DC
b
S
M 8 . 0 M M
f
+
+ +
=
f
b
= Bottom tensile stresses ksi
M
DC
= Unfactored bending moment due to DC loads kip-ft
M
DW
= Unfactored bending moment due to DW loads kip-ft
M
LL+I
= Unfactored bending moment due to design vehicular live kip-ft
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Box girders are usually controlled by Strength I, but it is difficult to estimate number of
strands using Strength I. It is easier to estimate the number of strands using Service III
and add a few strands. Final strand patterns can be adjusted, if needed, later.
load including impact,
S
b
= Section modulus to the bottom fiber in
3
1.5.1 Service Load Stresses at Midspan
( )
{ }
( ) 515 3 126 8 0 8 362 3 102 7 12 k f i / f (
( )
{ }
( )
3
515 3 126 8 0 8 362 3 102 7 12
1 87
6511
b
. . . . . k ft in / ft
f . ksi
in
( + + +

= =
Remember! For Service III (which applies ONLY to tension
in fully prestressed members), the LL factor is 0.8!
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
21
1.5.2 Tensile Stress Limits for Concrete
'
0.19
r c
f f =
(Table 5.9.4.2.2-1)
0.19 7.0 0.503
r
f ksi = =
1.5.3 Required Number of Strands
The first step is determine the required amount of
prestressing stress at the tensile fiber:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
(1.87 0.503) 1.37
pb b r
pb
f f f
f ksi
=
= =
prestressing stress at the tensile fiber:
Assume the strands are 2 inches from the bottom
of the girder So the strand eccentricity at the of the girder So the strand eccentricity at the
midspan is:
If P
pe
is the total prestressing force, the stress at
the bottom fiber due to prestress is:
( ) (16.61 2.0) 14.61
c b bs
e y y in = = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
p
pe pe c
pb
b
P P e
f
A S
= +
22
Now plug in the required recompression stress, f
pb
and solve for P : and solve for P
pe
:
kips 380
in 6511
in 61 . 14
in 5 . 733
1
ksi 37 . 1
P
3 2
pe
=
|
.
|
\
|
+
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Final prestress force per strand
( f t d)(f )(1 l %) = (area of strand)(f
pi
)(1-losses, %)
where f
pi
= initial prestressing stress before
transfer, ksi = 0.75f
pu
= 202.5 ksi
Assuming 25% loss of prestress the final
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Assuming 25% loss of prestress the final
prestressing force per strand after losses is:
(0.153)(202.5)(1 0.25) 23.2kips =
23
Number of strands required:
This shows a need for at least (18) in
380
16.4
23.2
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This shows a need for at least (18) in
diameter, 270 ksi, low-lax strands as the
strand pattern must be symmetrical.
1.5.4 Strand Pattern
At midspan:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The ODOT design data sheets recommend 20 strands.
Use 20 strands.
24
1.5.4 Strand Pattern
Why 20 strands?
1) Boxes tend to be controlled by strength design, but it is
hard to use that for strand estimation. It is easier to use
Service III and add a few extra strands.
2) The exterior girders will probably require more strand
(maybe starting with the exterior would be a better idea!).
It is poor design practice to have the exterior girders have
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
more strand than the interior. This causes fabrication
problems. The interior and exterior girders cannot be
made on the same bed at the same time.
2.1 Prestress Losses
Total Prestress Losses:
f f f
Where:
f
pES
= loss due to elastic shortening, ksi
f = loss due to long-term shrinkage and creep of
(5.9.5.1-1)
pT pES pLT
f f f = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
pLT
loss due to long term shrinkage and creep of
concrete, and relaxation of the steel, ksi
25
2.1.1 Elastic Shortening
Where:
p
pES cgp
ct
E
f f
E
=
(5.9.5.2.3a-1)
Where:
f
cgp
= The concrete stress at the center of gravity of
prestressing tendons due to the prestressing
force immediately after the transfer and the self-
weight of the member at the section of the
maximum moment (ksi).
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
2
g c
i i c
cgp
M e
P Pe
f
A I I
= +
E
p
= Elastic Modulus of the prestressing steel (ksi).
E
ct
= Elastic Modulus of the concrete at the time of
transfer or time of load application (ksi).
M
g
= girder self weight at release
( )( )
2
0 764 65
65
1 75 441 4 5300
. klf ft
ft
M k k ft k in
| |
= + = =
|
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1 75 441 4 5300
8 3
g
M . k . k ft k in = + = =
|
\ .
26
In the calculation of M
g
c/c bearing is used for length. Some
designers use overall length, based on the assumption that
th i d ill it it d h l d O ll l th the girder will sit on its ends when released. Overall length
gives a more accurate M
g
. But consider this:
In this case, the difference in the moment between overall
length and c/c bearing is 6%.
M is used for ES losses which includes E E is based on
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
M
g
is used for ES losses, which includes E
ci
. E
ci
is based on
release strength, which is unknown (what is specified is the
MINIMUM; the actual will be above this). The formula for E
is accurate to, at best, + 10%.
The ES loss is added to the long term losses and the creep
and shrinkage equations used to find the long term losses and shrinkage equations used to find the long term losses
are stated in the commentary to only be accurate + 50%.
The weight of the beam is based on ideal cross section and
a UW of 150 pcf. Real concrete has UW varying from 140-
160 pcf and there are tolerances in the cross section.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
M
g
based on c/c bearing is conservative (the M
g
term
subtracts, so using c/c bearing INCREASES ES) and it will
be needed later so why not just use it here??
27
( )( )
( )
2
20 0.9 202.5 0.153 558
i
P strands ksi in k = =
( ) ( )
( )
2
2 4 4
558 14.61 5300 14.61
558
1.15
733.5 108150 108150
28500
1 15 7 6
cgp
k in k in in
k
f ksi
in in in
ksi
f ksi ksi
= + =
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
1.15 7.6
4300
pES
f ksi ksi
ksi
= =
In the calculation of f
cgp
, the initial stress is assumed to be
Thi i i d b A i l 9 2 3 0.9 f
pi
. This is permitted by Article 5.9.5.2.3a.
In lieu of this, the commentary permits the calculation of the
elastic shortening losses using transformed section. The
commentary gives the following equation:
2
( ) +
ps pi g m g m g g
A f I e A e M A
f
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
2
( )
( )
=
+ +
ps pi g m g m g g
pES
g g ci
ps g m g
p
f
f
A I E
A I e A
E
(C5.9.5.2.3a-1)
28
2.1.2 Long-Term Losses
For standard, precast, pretensioned members subject to
normal loading and environmental conditions: g
In which:
(5.9.5.3-1)
(5.9.5.3-2)
10 12
pi ps
pLT h st h st pR
g
f A
f f
A
= + +
1.7 0.01
h
H =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.9.5.3-3)
h
5
1 '
st
ci
f
=
+
H = The average annual ambient relative humidity (%)
h
= Correction factor for relative humidity of the ambient
air
hst
= Correction factor for specified concrete strength at
time of Prestress transfer to the concrete member
f
pR
= An estimate of relaxation loss taken as 2.5 ksi for
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
low relaxation strand
29
Assume H = 70%
1 7 0 01(70) 1 00
So:
1.7 0.01(70) 1.00
h
= =
5
0.83
1 5.0
st
= =
+
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
2
202.5 20 0.153
10 1 00 0 83 12 1 00 0 83 2 5
ksi in
f = + +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
2
10 1.00 0.83 12 1.00 0.83 2.5
733.5
7.0 10.0 2.5 19.5
pLT
pLT
f
in
f ksi
= + +
= + + =
2.1.3 Total Losses at Service Loads
f f f (5.9.5.1-1)
( )
7 6 19 5 27 1
27 1
100 13 3
202 5
202 5 27 1 175 4
pT pES pLT
pT
f f f
f . . . ksi
. ksi
Loss % . %
. ksi
f ksi ksi ksi
= +
= + =
= =
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Loss is less than the 25% initially assumed, so OK.
202 5 27 1 175 4
pe
f . ksi . ksi . ksi = =
30
2.2 Compression Stress Limit States
(Table 5.9.4.2.1-1)
Sum of effective prestress + permanent
loads
< 0.45f
c
1/2(Sum of effective prestress +

permanent loads) + live load
< 0.4 f
c
Sum of effective prestress + permanent < 0 6 f

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Sum of effective prestress + permanent
loads + transient loads
< 0.6
w
f
c
So what is this
w
term?
It is a modifier for sections with thin webs or
flanges. It is actually defined in the section for
hollow, rectangular compression members (Art.
5.7.4.7).
It i b d th fl b l th/thi k
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
It is based on the flange or web length/thickness
ratio. Since this is for sections with thin
webs/flanges,
w
term will usually be = 1 for most
beams.
31
u
w
X
t
=
(5.7.4.7.1-1)
(5.7.4.7.2c-1)
( )
w w
w w w
w w
If 15 1.0
If 15 25 1 0.0025 15
If 25 35 0.75

=
< =
< =
( )
(5.7.4.7.2c-2)
(5.7.4.7.2c-3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
u
X b lesser of 2z or 2y =
2.2.1
w
Find the web and flange slenderness ratios:
(5.7.4.7.1-1)
X
u
=
Where:
(5.7.4.7.1 1)
t
w
=
X
u
= the clear length of the constant thickness portion of the wall
between other walls or fillets
t = wall thickness
( ) ( ) 48 2 5 5 2 3
6 2
in . in in
. Bottom Flange

= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The top flange
w
< 15 by inspection. If
w
< 15,
w
= 1.0 (5.7.4.7.2c-1)
( ) ( )
6 2
5
33 5 5 5 2 3
2 9
5 5
w
w
. Bottom Flange
in
in . in in in
. Web
. in

= =
32
2.2.2 Service Load Stresses
P
e
=20 strand (0.153in
2
)(202.5 ksi 27.1 ksi) = 537 kips
( ) | |( )
ksi 17 . 1
in 6599
ft / in 12 ft k 8 . 126 3 . 515
f
3
top , cDL
=
+
=
( )
cp,top
2 3
537k 14.61in
537k
f 0.457ksi
733.5in 6599in
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) { }( )
3
362 3 102 7 12
0 85
6599
cLL,top
. . k ft in / ft
f . ksi
in
+
= =
2.2.3 Service Load Compression Stress Check Service I
( )
0 457 1 17 0 713
0 45 0 45 7 3 15
cp,top cDL,top
c
f f . ksi . ksi . ksi
. f ' . ksi . ksi
+ = + =
< = = ( )
0 713
0 85 1 21
2 2
0 4 7 2 8
c
cp,top cDL,top
cLL,top
f
f f
. ksi
f . ksi . ksi
. ( ksi ) . ksi
+
+ = + =
< =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Compression stresses OK
( )( )
0 713 0 85 1 56
0 6 1 0 7 4
cp,top cDL,top cLL,top
f f f . ksi . ksi . ksi
. . ksi
+ + = + =
< = 2 . ksi
33
2.3.4 Service Load Tensile Stress Check Service III
The Service III stress at the bottom due to dead and live
loads, f
b
, was calculated previously. The allowable tensile loads, f
b
, was calculated previously. The allowable tensile
stress of 0.530 ksi was also calculated previously.
( )
2 3
537 14 61
537
1 94
733 5 6511
1 87
1 94 1 87 0 07 0 07
pb
b
k . in
kips
f . ksi
. in in
f . ksi
f f k i k i k i k i COMPRESSION
= + =
=
+ +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The section is in COMPRESSION, so the tensile allowable
does NOT apply.
1 94 1 87 0 07 0 07
pb b
f f . ksi . ksi . ksi . ksi COMPRESSION + = = + =
Because the bottom of the girder is in compression,
check with Service I:
( )
2 3
537 14 61 537
1 94
733 5 6511
2 04
1 94 2 04 0 1 0 1
= + =
=
pb
b
k . in kips
f . ksi
. in in
f . ksi
f f k i k i k i k i TENSION
( ) { }( )
3
515 3 126 8 362 3 102 7 12
2 04
6511
+ + + (

= =
b
. . . . k ft in / ft
f . ksi
in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1 94 2 04 0 1 0 1 + = = =
pb b
f f . ksi . ksi . ksi . ksi TENSION
Now its in tension, which is Service III ?!?!?!?!
34
So what gives?? Is this a Service III or Service I load g
case??
Actually, it is sort of both. For all intents and purposes, the
stress at the bottom of the girder is 0 and this is a
dividing line between Service I and Service III. Because of
the 0.8 factor on the LL, there is an inconsistency between
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
the two load cases. However the stress is so low, that really
doesnt matter we satisfy all allowables in all cases.
3.1 Factored Moment
Strength I:
Q 1 25(DC) 1 50(DW) 1 75(LL IM) Q = 1.25(DC) + 1.50(DW) + 1.75(LL + IM)
Since the truck load and lane load have been
distributed and impact is included:
Q = 1.25(DC) + 1.50(DW) + 1.75(Truck + Lane)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) ( ) ( )
1.25 515.3 1.50 126.8 1.75 362.3 102.7
1648 19780
u
u
M
M k ft k in
= + + +
= =
35
3.2 Steel Stress at Strength Limit State
Average stress in prestressing steel when :
| |
Where:
(5.7.3.1.1)
1
ps pu
p
c
f f k
d
| |
=
|
|
\ .
f
ps
= Average stress in prestressing steel ksi
k = 0.28 for low relaxation strands
d Di f i fib
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
d
p
= Distance from extreme compression fiber to
the centroid of the prestressing tendons = 31 in.
c = Distance between the neutral axis and the
compressive face
in.
(5.7.3.1.1-4)
' '
'
0 85
ps pu s y s y
pu
A f A f A f
c
f
f b kA
+
=
+
Where:
0.85
p
c ps
p
f b kA
d
+
A
ps
= Area of prestressing steel in
2
f
pu
= Specified tensile strength of prestressing
steel = 270 ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
A
s
= Area of mild steel tension reinforcement =
0.0 in
2
f
y
= Yield strength of tension reinforcement =
60.0 ksi
36
A
s
= Area of compression reinforcement = 0.0 in
2
f
y
= Yield strength of compression reinforcement
= 60.0 ksi
f
c
= Compressive strength of concrete = 7.0 ksi
1
= Stress block factor specified in LRFD 5.7.2.2
= 0.70
b = Effective width of compression flange = 48 in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
b = Effective width of compression flange = 48 in.
To compute c, assume rectangular section behavior, and check if the depth of the
equivalent compression stress block, a, is equal to or less than t
s
: Where a =
1
c
( )
2
20 0 153 270 0 0
3 98 5 5
. in ksi
c in in
+
= = <
( )( )( ) ( )( )
2
3 98 5 5
270
0 85 7 0 7 48 0 28 20 0 153
31
3 98
270 1 0 28 260
31
ps
c . in. . in.
ksi
. ksi . in . . in
in
. in
f ksi . ksi
in
<
+
| |
= =
|
\ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
c is also the neutral axis depth, so the stress block depth,
a =
1
c = 0.7(3.98) = 2.79 inches. Since c < h
f
, the stress
block is entirely in the flange so the beam may be treated
as rectangular.
37
3.3 Flexural Resistance
( )
f
f
h
a a a a
M A f d A f d A' f ' d ' 0.85f ' b b h
| |
| | | | | |
= + +
| | | |
\ . \ . \ .
The moment equation in the LRFD Specification looks like this:
( )
n ps ps p s y s s y s c w f
M A f d A f d A f d 0.85f b b h
2 2 2 2 2
+ +
| | | |
\ . \ . \ .
\ .
|
.
|
\
|

|
.
|
\
|
+
|
.
|
\
|
=
2
' ' '
2 2
a
d f A
a
d f A
a
d f A M
s y s s y s p ps ps n
(5.7.3.2.2-1)
If the section is rectangular (b=b
w
), the equation becomes:
If th i i ild t i t l th ti
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
n ps ps p
a
M A f d
2
| |
=
|
\ .
If there is no compression or mild tension steel, the equation
becomes:
Since c < h
f
, the section may be treated as rectangular.
(5.7.3.2.2-1)
( )
2.79
2
2 79
n ps ps p
a in
a
M A f d
in
=
| |
=
|
\ .
| |
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
( )
2
2.79
20 0.153 260 31 23550
2
n
in
M in ksi in k in
| |
= =
|
\ .
38
The nominal flange width of 48 inches was used for b.
In reality, the flange area is reduced by the shear key cut-
out. However, this is often ignored as this would require
an iterative procedure. If the area is adjusted for the
shear key, the nominal moment, M
n
changes by only
0.10%. It may not be appropriate to reduce the area by
the shear key cut-out as this will be filled with grout and
the grout may act with the base concrete to effectively
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
the grout may act with the base concrete to effectively
provide the complete flange width. All of this is a matter of
engineering judgment.
3.4 Determination of Phi
To determine , it is necessary to calculate the steel strain
at the level of the extreme tensile steel. at the level of the extreme tensile steel.
c = 3.98 inches (calculated above)
d
t
is the distance to the extreme tensile steel. Since
there is only one row of steel, d
t
= d
p
.
t
t
d c
0.003
c
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
t
c
31in 3.98
0.003 0.0204
3.98
= =
39
3.4 Determination of Phi
Since
t
=0.0204 > 0.005,
the section is tension controlled.
= 1.0 (5.5.4.2.1)
(5.7.2.1)
This is a big change from the old
balanced
method.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
However, this now makes the LRFD Specifications
consistent with ACI 318. This replaces the
maximum reinforcement provisions.
3.5 Determination of Flexural Strength
u n
M M
( )( )
19, 780 1.0 23550 k in k in OK <
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
40
3.6 Minimum Reinforcement
For minimum reinforcement, the resistance moment, M
r
must be at least the lesser of 1.2 times the cracking g
moment or 1.33 times the factored applied moment.
1.33M
u
= 1.33(19780 k-in) = 26310 k-in
For the cracking moment, find the modulus of rupture:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
r c
f 0.37 f ' 0.37 7ksi 0.979ksi = = = (5.4.2.6)
Note that this is a new MOR for minimum reinforcement. It is
equal to 11.5f
c
in psi; which is the upper bound for MOR.
3.6 Minimum Reinforcement
Next, determine the stress at the bottom of the box due
to effective prestressing force: to effective prestressing force:
( )
cpe
2 3
537k 14.61in
537kips
f 1.94ksi
733.5in 6511in
= + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
41
3.6 Maximum and Minimum Reinforcement
Since this is a non-composite section:
1 2M 1 2(19000k i ) 22800 k i 1 33M
(5.7.3.3.2-1)
( )
cr b r cpe
M S f f = +
( )
3
cr
M 6511in 0.979ksi 1.94ksi 19000k in = + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1.2M
cr
= 1.2(19000k-in) = 22800 k-in < 1.33M
u
M
r
= M
n
= 1.0(23550) k-in = 23550 k-in >
22800 k-in OK
3.6 Maximum and Minimum Reinforcement
Note: When the number of strands was selected it Note: When the number of strands was selected, it
was determined that 18 strands would be needed,
but 20 were used. If 18 strands had been used,
M
n
= 21400 k-in, so 18 strands would NOT meet
the minimum requirement.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
42
4.1 Steel Stress at Transfer
Assume the stress at transfer is 0.9f
pi
P
i
= 20 strand(0.153in
2
)(0.9)(202.5 ksi)=558 kips
Tension:
4.2 Allowable Stress at Transfer
(Table 5.9.4.1.2-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Tension:
0.0948f
ci
< 0.2 ksi w/o bonded reinforcement
0.24f
ci
w/ bonded reinforcement
Compression: 0.6f
ci

4.3 End Stress at Transfer
( )
ksi 474 . 0
in 6599
in 61 . 14 k 558
in 5 733
kips 558
f
3 2
pt
= =
These stresses should be calculated at the end of the
( )
ksi 01 . 2
in 6511
in 61 . 14 k 558
in 5 . 733
kips 558
f
in 6599 in 5 . 733
3 2
pb
= + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
transfer length = 60d
b
=30 in. The dead load stresses 30
inches from the support should be added. However, these
stresses will not be large so it is conservative to use just the
stress due to prestressing.
(5.11.4.1)
43
4.3 End Stress at Transfer
f
pt
= 0.474 ksi tension < 0.24f
ci
= 0.245 ksi = 0.537 ksi
OK w/bonded steel
f
pb
= 2.01 ksi compression < 0.6f
ci
= 0.6(5 ksi) = 3 ksi OK
Because the stress is OK, no debonding is needed. If this calculation had
shown debonding was needed, it would have been prudent to recalculate
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
shown debonding was needed, it would have been prudent to recalculate
stresses at the end of the transfer length (include the gravity moment) to
see if debonding is still needed. If debonding is needed, no more that
25% of the total number of strands could be debonded and no more than
40% in one row can be debonded.
4.3.1 Bonded Steel
Bonded steel is needed at the top of the girder at the end to
take the tensile forces. This steel must resist the total
t i i th t fl ith t f th 0 5f tension in the top flange with a stress of no more than 0.5f
y
but not more than 30 ksi. (Table 5.9.4.1.2-1)
The first step it to find the tension in the flange. This requires
the location of the neutral axis to be determined. From the
top and bottom stresses at the end, the neutral at the end is:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
in 30 . 6
ksi 01 . 2 474 . 0
in 33 ksi 474 . 0
x =
+
=
44
4.3.1 Bonded Steel
The top flange is 5.5 inches, so the stress at the bottom of
the top flange is: the top flange is:
( ) ksi 0602 . 0 in 5 . 5 in 3 . 6
in 30 . 6
ksi 474 . 0
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
4.3.1 Bonded Steel
( )( )( )( )
0.5 6.30 0.474 5.5 2 T in ksi in =
Again, this tension could be reduced by
calculating the force at the end of the
transfer length (including the gravity
( )( )( )( )
( ) ( ) ( )
0.474 0.060
5.5 48 2 5.5
2
70.8
ksi ksi
in in in
T kips
+
+
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g ( g g y
moment). Including the gravity moment will
reduced the calculated tension, but because
bars only come in certain sizes, the
reduction may not change the number of
bars needed.
45
4.3.1 Bonded Steel
The bonded steel must resist the total tensile force with a
stress not exceeding the lesser of 0.5f or 30 ksi. stress not exceeding the lesser of 0.5f
y
or 30 ksi.
Use 8 #5
(5.9.4.1.2-1)
2
s
in 36 . 2
ksi 30
kips 8 . 70
A = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The length of the bar is determined by the point where
bonded steel is no longer required. Since 0.0948f
ci
=
0.212 ksi > 0.2ksi; find the point where the dead load drops
the stress below 0.2 ksi.
4.3.1 Bonded Steel
For simplicity, just consider the beam weight and ignore
diaphragms. p g
M = f
c
S
t
= (0.474 ksi 0.200 ksi) 6599 in
3
= 1808 k-in = 150.7 k-ft
( ) ( )
x 382 . 0 x 83 . 24 ft k 7 . 150
x ft 65 x klf 764 . 0 5 . 0 ft k 7 . 150 M
2
=
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This is from center of bearing, so extend steel 7.75 ft. from
each end and then add development length.
ft 25 . 58 ; ft 75 . 6 x
x 382 . 0 x 83 . 24 ft k 7 . 150
=
46
4.3.1 Bonded Steel
(5.11.2.1.1)
y b
c
y b
d
f d 4 . 0
' f
f A 25 . 1
= l
Where:
A
b
= Area of the bar
d
b
= diameter of bar
f = compresive strength of concrete at release
( )
( )( )
2
d
1.25 0.31in 60ksi
10.4in 0.4 0.625in 60ksi 15in
5ksi
= = < = l
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
c
= compresive strength of concrete at release
Top bar factor = 1.4 : 1.4(15 inches) = 21 inches
So the minimum bar length = 7- 9 + 1 9 = 9 6
4.4 Midspan Stress at Transfer
M
g
= 5300 k-in (previously calculated)
in k 5300
ksi 329 . 0 ksi 803 . 0 ksi 474 . 0 f
ksi 814 . 0
in 6511
in k 5300
f
ksi 803 . 0
in 6599
in k 5300
f
top
3
DL , b
3
DL , t
= + =
=

=
=
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
By inspection, both are below the compression limit.
ksi 20 . 1 ksi 814 . 0 ksi 01 . 2 f
f
bot
top
= =
47
5.1 Critical Section - Shear
The critical section is at d
v
from the face of the support for a
section where the reaction force in the direction of the section where the reaction force in the direction of the
applied shear introduces compression into the end region
of the member.
For this member with only a single layer of prestressing
steel:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.8.3.2)
v e
a 2.79in
d d 31in 29.6inches
2 2
= = =
5.1 Critical Section - Shear
The term d
v
is not taken less than:
0.9d
e
= 0.9(31 inches) = 27.9 inches < 29.6 inches
or
0.72h = 0.72(33 inches) = 23.76 inches < 29.6 inches
Assuming a 1 ft. long bearing pad, the critical section is:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
29.6 + 6 = 35.6 inches from center of bearing.
For calculations, use 36 inches = 3 ft. The difference is
only a few percent.
48
5.2.1 Basic Shear Forces and Moments at the Critical Section
DC:
For beam weight: For beam weight:
For the diaphragm, V = 1.75k (shear is constant),
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )( )( ) ft k 0 . 71 ft 3 ft 65 ft 3 klf 764 . 0 5 . 0 x L wx 5 . 0 M
k 54 . 22 ft 3 ft 65 5 . 0 klf 764 . 0 x L 5 . 0 w V
g
g
= = =
= = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For the diaphragm, V 1.75k (shear is constant),
M = 1.75(3) = 5.25k-ft
For the DC wearing surface:
( ) ( )
( )( )( )
0.140 0.5 65 3 4.13
0.5 0.140 3 65 3 13
ws
ws
V klf ft ft k
M klf ft ft ft k ft
= =
= =
For the DW wearing surface:
( ) ( )
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
fws
fws
V 0.240klf 0.5 65 ft 3 ft 7.08k
M 0.5 0.240klf 3 ft 65 ft 3 ft 22.3k ft
= =
= =
49
The shear at x is maximized
Live Load: Consider the influence line for shear
The shear at x is maximized
by placing the rear wheel of
the truck at x and loading
the right part of the beam
with the uniform load. (Note
that influence lines are NOT
used for dead loads.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Obviously, it is not possible
to have the DL on only part
of the beam!)
Now dont you REALLY wish you wouldnt have slept in Analysis class?????
Using a standard structural analysis program, at the critical
section: section:
V
LL,Lane
= 18.92 k
V
LL,Truck
= 58.33 k
M
LL,Lane
= 56.76 k-ft
M
LL,Truck
= 175.0 k-ft
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
LL,Truck
50
5.2.2 Skew Factor
This is a multibeam bridge. The shear at the obtuse corner
of each girder MUST be increased by: of each girder MUST be increased by:
Note that this factor applies to the distribution factor.
(Table 4.6.2.2.3c-1)
( )
( )
( ) 20 . 1 30 tan
in 33 90
ft 65 12
1 tan
d 90
L 12
1 = + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Since the critical section is only 3 feet from the support,
apply the skew factor.
5.2.3 Factored Moments and Shears
As calculated in Section 1.4.2.1.1 of this example:
DFV 0 456 DFV = 0.456
DFM = 0.336
The moment MAY be multiplied by the skew factor
for moment, 0.905.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The shear MUST be increased by skew factor,
1.20.
51
5.2.3 Factored Moments and Shears
V 0 456(1 2)[58 33(1 33) 18 92] 52 5 ki V
LL+IM
= 0.456(1.2)[58.33(1.33)+18.92] = 52.5 kips
V
u
= 1.25(22.54k + 1.75k + 4.13 k) + 1.50(7.08 k) + 1.75(52.5 k)=
138.0 kips
M
LL+IM
= DF(SF)[Truck x IM + Lane]
M = 0 336(0 905)[175 k ft(1 33)+56 76] = 88 0 k ft
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
M
LL+IM
= 0.336(0.905)[175 k-ft(1.33)+56.76] = 88.0 k-ft
M
u
= 1.25(71.0 k-ft + 5.25 k-ft + 13.0 k-ft)
+1.5(22.3 k-ft) +1.75(88.0 k-ft) = 299.0 k-ft = 3588 k-in
5.3 Shear Design
For shear design, the shear forces at various points along
the girder should be calculated. Normally, this is done at the girder should be calculated. Normally, this is done at
the critical section, at points where strands are debonded
or harped and then at every 0.1L.
For this design example, only the shear at the critical
section is analyzed. The same procedure for the remaining
points would be used
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
points would be used.
52
5.3 Shear Design
The LRFD Specifications adopted the modified compression
field theory for shear design with Version 1. This was called
the Sectional Design Model.
In Version 4 (2007), the Simplified Method was added. The
Simplified Method restores the old V
ci
and V
cw
from the
Standard Specifications.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Both methods will be illustrated in this example.
5.3 Sectional Design Model
The sectional design model requires the calculation of two
factors: factors:
Concrete strain at :
x
Average shear stress in the concrete: v
These two values are used to find and ; which are then
2
v
d
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
These two values are used to find and ; which are then
used to find the strength of the concrete and the strength of
the stirrups.
53
5.3.1.1 Finding
x
Strain at is:
2
v
d
(5.8.3.4.2-1)
0.5 0.5 ( ) cot
0.001
2( )
+ +
=
+ +
u
u u p ps po
v
x
s s p ps c c
M
N V V A f
d
E A E A E A
This equation assumes the section is uncracked. If the

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
q
section is cracked, A
c
in the equation above is =0.
This equation also assumes at least minimum stirrups are
used.
5.3.1.1 Finding
x
N
u
= Applied factored normal force at the specified
section = 0
kips
section 0
V
p
= Component of the effective prestressing force in
the direction of the applied shear = 0
kips
f
po
= ksi
A
ps
= Area of prestressing steel on the flexural
t i id f th b 20(0 1 3) 3 06
in
2
.70 0.70(270.0) 189
pu
f = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
tension side of the member = 20(0.153) = 3.06
A
s
= Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural
tension side of the member = 0
in
2
54
5.3.1.1 Finding
x
E
p
= 28,500 ksi
A = Area of concrete on the tension half of the in
2
A
c
Area of concrete on the tension half of the
beam
2(5.5in)(33in)(0.5) + (48in-11in)(5in) = 366.5
in
d
v
= 29.6 in
Tension Half of the Box
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Tension Half of the Box
5.3.1.1 Finding
x
Note that is unknown at this point. However, the
commentary allows 0 5cot=1 as a simplification commentary allows 0.5cot=1 as a simplification.
Assuming the section is uncracked, the strain at d
v
/2 is:
( )
( ) ( )
2
6 3
2 2
3588
138 3.06 189
29.6
82 10 0.08 10
2 28500 3.06 5072 366.5

+
= =
(
+

x
k in
k in ksi
in
x x
ksi in ksi in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Negative means uncracked, so the assumption of
uncracked is correct.
( ) ( )

55
5.3.1.2 Finding v
u
u p
u
V V
v
b d
=
(5.8.2.9)
Where:
v v
b d
v
u
= Shear stress in concrete Ksi
b
v
= Effective web width of the beam = 5.5 in
V
p
= Component of the effective prestressing
force in the direction of the applied shear = 0
kips
( )
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
force in the direction of the applied shear = 0
138
0.469 0.18 ' 1.26
0.9(2)(5.5)(29.6)
= = < =
u c
v ksi f ksi
5.3.1.3 and
From LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
| |
'
0.469
0.067
7.0
u
c
v
f
| |
= =
|
\ .
3
0.08 10
x
x

=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= 21.0
= 4.10
56
5.3.1.3 and
v/f'c
x
* 1,000
22.3 20.4 21.0 21.8 24.3 26.6 30.5 33.7 36.4 40.8 43.9
6.32 4.75 4.10 3.75 3.24 2.94 2.59 2.38 2.23 1.95 1.67
18.1 20.4 21.4 22.5 24.9 27.1 30.8 34.0 36.7 40.8 43.1
3.79 3.38 3.24 3.14 2.91 2.75 2.50 2.32 2.18 1.93 1.69
19.9 21.9 22.8 23.7 25.9 27.9 31.4 34.4 37.0 41.0 43.2
3.18 2.99 2.94 2.87 2.74 2.62 2.42 2.26 2.13 1.90 1.67
21.6 23.3 24.2 25.0 26.9 28.8 32.1 34.9 37.3 40.5 42.8
2.88 2.79 2.78 2.72 2.60 2.52 2.36 2.21 2.08 1.82 1.61
23.2 24.7 25.5 26.2 28.0 29.7 32.7 35.2 36.8 39.7 42.2
2.73 2.66 2.65 2.60 2.52 2.44 2.28 2.14 1.96 1.71 1.54
<-0.2 <-0.1
<0.125
<0.15
<0.175
v/f c
<0.075
<0.1
<2 <0.25 <0.5 <0.75 <-0.05 <0 <0.125 <1 <1.5
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
24.7 26.1 26.7 27.4 29.0 30.6 32.8 34.5 36.1 39.2 41.7
2.63 2.59 2.52 2.51 2.43 2.37 2.14 1.94 1.79 1.61 1.47
26.1 27.3 27.9 28.5 30.0 30.8 32.3 34.0 35.7 38.8 41.4
2.53 2.45 2.42 2.40 2.34 2.14 1.86 1.73 1.64 1.51 1.39
27.5 28.6 29.1 29.7 30.6 31.3 32.8 34.3 35.8 38.6 41.2
2.39 2.39 2.33 2.33 2.12 1.93 1.70 1.58 1.50 1.38 1.29
<0.25
<0.2
<0.225
5.3.2 Shear Strength of Concrete
The contribution of the concrete to the nominal shear
resistance is: resistance is:
(5.8.3.3-3)
'
0.0316 =
c c v v
V f b d
( ) ( )( )
c
V 0.0316 4.1 7ksi 11in 29.6in 111.6k = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Since V
u
= 138k > V
c
= 0.9(111.6k) = 100 k; at least
minimum stirrups are needed for strength.
The equations for and assumed minimum stirrups.
57
5.3.3 Minimum Stirrups
(5.8.2.7) ( )
u c
v 0.469ksi 0.125f ' 0.125 7ksi 0.875ksi = < = =
s
max
= 23.7 in.
Calculate minimum area of steel using a 12 inch
spacing to get area of steel per foot:
( )
max v
s 0.8d 0.8 29.6in 23.7in 24in = = = < (5.8.2.5)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )( )
2 v
v c
y
11in 12in
b s
A 0.0316 f ' 0.0316 7ksi 0.184in
f 60ksi
= =
5.3.3 Minimum Stirrups
ODOT uses #4 bars with 2 legs as standard (A
v
= 2(0.2
in
2
) = 0.4 in
2
) @ 12 inch o.c.
This is adequate to meet minimum.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
58
5.3.4 Shear Strength of the Girder
( )
v y v
s
A f d cot cot sin
V
+
=
(5.8.3.3-4)
The stirrups are perpendicular to the main steel so = 90
o
;
cot = 0, sin=1; = 21
o
s
s
( )
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
v y v
s
2
A f d cot cot sin
V
s
0 4in 60ksi 29 6 cot 21 0 1
+
=
+ (

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
s
s
0.4in 60ksi 29.6 cot 21 0 1
V
12in
V 154.2k
+ (

=
=
5.3.4 Shear Strength of the Girder
n c s p
V V V V 111.6k 154.2k 0 265.8k = + + = + + =
( )
p
u n
V 138k V 0.9 265.8k 239.2k = < = =
#4 @12 inches is OK. Girder is OK in shear.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
#4 @ 12 inches is OK. Girder is OK in shear.
59
5.3.5 Maximum Nominal Shear Resistance
The upper limit of V
n
, given by following equation,
is intended to ensure that the concrete in the web is intended to ensure that the concrete in the web
of the beam will not crush prior to yield of the
transverse reinforcement.
With V
p
=0:
(5.8.3.3-2)
'
0.25
n c v v p
V f b d V +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
OK
'
0.25
111.6 154.2 0.25(7)(11)(29.6)
265.8 569.8
+
+
c s c v v
V V f b d
5.4 Simplified Shear
In the 2007 LRFD Specification, the simplified shear
method is introduced.
This method brings back V
ci
and V
cw
from the Standard
Specification.
V
cw
(web shear) usually controls near the support, so
V
cw
will be checked at the critical section.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
ci
(flexural shear) doesnt control near the support,
so for this example, V
c
will be calculated at 0.2L.
However, in practice V
c
and V
cw
must be checked at
all appropriate sections.
60
5.4.1 V
cw
( )
cw c pc v v p
V 0.06 f ' 0.3f b d V = + +
(5.8.3.4.3-3)
Where:
f
pc
= compressive stress in concrete (after allowance for
all prestress loses) at centroid of cross section
resisting externally applied loads or at the junction
of the web and the flange when the centroid lies
within the flange (ksi)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
within the flange (ksi).
For a composite section, this is the compressive stress in the
non-composite section at the composite centroid. For a non-
composite section, it is the stress at the centroid.
5.4.1 V
cw
Since this is a non-composite section, the only stress at
the centroid is the compressive stress due to the axial the centroid is the compressive stress due to the axial
component of prestressing:
e
pc
2
P 537k
f 0.732ksi
A 733.5in
= = =
( )
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
( )
( ) ( )
cw
V 0.06 7ksi 0.3 0.732ksi 11in 29.6in 123.2kips = + =
61
5.4.1 V
cw
The critical section is 29.6 inches from the face of the
support. Assuming a 1 ft bearing pad, the critical section is support. Assuming a 1 ft bearing pad, the critical section is
approximately 3.5 feet from the end of the beam. The
transfer length is 60 bar diameters = 30 inches. Thus, the
critical section is past the transfer length, so f
pc
does not
have to be reduced for lack of bond.
If the critical section is within the transfer length f is
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
If the critical section is within the transfer length, f
pc
is
reduced linearly.
5.4.1 V
cw
One difference between LRFD and Standard Specifications
is that LRFD uses cot in the V calculation For V the
(5.8.3.4.3-4)
is that LRFD uses cot in the V
s
calculation. For V
cw
, the
term cot must be calculated:
pc
c
f
cot 1.0 3 1.8
f '
= +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
o
0.732ksi
cot 1.0 3 1.83 1.8; so use 1.8
7ksi
29
= + = >
=
62
5.4.1 V
cw
The minimum stirrup area and maximum spacing
calculated in the Sectional Model still apply here. calculated in the Sectional Model still apply here.
Assuming #4 stirrups @ 12 in:
( )
( ) ( ) ( )
2
s
0.4in 60ksi 29.6in 1.8
V 106.5k
12in
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
u
V 138k 0.9 123.2k 106.5k 207k = < + =
5.4.2 V
ci
V
ci
does not control near supports of simply supported
beams. It will be calculated at 0.2L = 13 ft from the beams. It will be calculated at 0.2L 13 ft from the
center of the support.
DC:
Beam Self-weight:
( ) ( ) ( )
V w 0 5L x 0 764klf 0 5 65ft 13ft 14 9k = = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )( )( )
g
g
V w 0.5L x 0.764klf 0.5 65ft 13ft 14.9k
M 0.5wx L x 0.5 0.764klf 13ft 65ft 13ft 258k ft
= = =
= = =
63
5.4.2.1 Unfactored Dead Loads
DC:
For the diaphragm: V = 1 75 k (shear is constant) For the diaphragm: V = 1.75 k (shear is constant),
M = 1.75(13) =22.8 k-ft
For the wearing surface:
( ) ( )
( ) ( ) ( )
ws
V 0.140klf 0.5 65ft 13ft 2.73k = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) ( ) ( )
ws
M 0.5 0.140klf 13ft 65ft 13ft 47.3k ft = =
5.4.2.1 Unfactored Dead Loads
DW:
( ) ( )
V 0 240klf 0 5 65ft 13ft 4 68k
The total UNFACTORED dead load shears and
moments are:
( ) ( )
( )( )( )
fws
ws
V 0.240klf 0.5 65ft 13ft 4.68k
M 0.5 0.240klf 13ft 65ft 13ft 81.1k ft
= =
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
d
= 14.9k + 1.75k + 2.73k + 4.68k = 24.1k
M
d
= 258.0k-ft + 22.8k-ft +47.3k-ft + 81.1k-ft
= 409.2 k-ft = 4910 k-in
64
5.4.2.1 Factored Dead Loads
The FACTORED shears and moments are:
V
ud
= 1.25(14.9 k + 1.75 k + 2.73 k) + 1.50(4.68 k) = 31.3 k
M
ud
= 1.25(258.0k-ft + 22.8k-ft +47.3k-ft) + 1.5(81.1k-ft)
531 8 k ft 6381 k i
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= 531.8 k-ft = 6381 k-in
5.4.2.2 Live Load
This method requires two sets of shears and moments for
Live Load. The first is the loading where the shear is
maximum and the second is where the moment is
maximum.
For the lane load, the shear is maximum when the lane
load is on the right 52 ft. of the girder (see the influence line
from the sectional model):
V
Lane1
= 13.3k and M
Lane1
= 173 k-ft = 2076 k-in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The maximum moment occurs when the lane load is on the
entire girder:
V
Lane2
= 12.5k and M
Lane2
= 216.3 k-ft = 2596 k-in
65
5.4.2.2 Live Load
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
5.4.2.2 Live Load
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Clearly, the moment is maximum when the lane load is placed along the entire
beam. The truck load is less certain. The moment at X is the value of the
point load times the ordinate of the influence line. Unfortunately, it is not clear
where this product will be maximum!
66
5.4.2.2 Live Load
For the truck, it is again necessary to consider two
placements: p
Placed for maximum shear
Placed for maximum moment
In this case, it just happens that both are the same the
rear axle placed at 0.2L as shown in the previous slide.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
However, this is not always the case. It just happened that
way in this example.
5.4.2.2 Live Load
For the truck load, the maximum shear at the section and
the maximum moment at the section happen to occur the maximum moment at the section happen to occur
under the same loading the rear wheel of the truck 13 ft.
from the support. In this case, the maximum shear loading
and the maximum moment loading are the same, but that is
NOT always the case. Be sure to carefully check all
reasonable load conditions.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
67
5.4.2.2 Live Load
V
Truck
= 47.2 k and M
Truck
= 613 k-ft = 7356 k-in
V
u,LL
= 1.75[V
truck
(1+IM) + V
Lane
](DFV)
V
u,LL
= 1.75[47.2k(1.33) + 13.3k]( 0.456) = 60.7k
Note that the skew factor is NOT applied. The
skew factor is applied only at the obtuse corner
and at 0 2L the section is not at the obtuse corner
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
and at 0.2L, the section is not at the obtuse corner.
5.4.2.2 Live Load
M
u,LL
= 1.75[M
truck
(1+IM) + M
Lane
](DFM)(skew factor)
M
LL
= 1 75[613 k-ft(1 33) + 216 3 k-ft](0 336)(0 905) M
u,LL
1.75[613 k ft(1.33) + 216.3 k ft](0.336)(0.905)
= 549.0 k-ft = M
max
Note that the Skew Factor IS Applied to moment
The shear associated with maximum moment is:
V
i
= 1.75[47.2k(1.33) + 12.5k]( 0.456) = 60.0 k
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Why isnt V
i
= V
u
? V
i
is the shear associated with maximum moment. For the
truck, the same position produced both maximum moment and shear, so V
i
for
the truck is the same. For the lane, maximum shear occurs with the beam
partially loaded, but maximum moment occurs when the beam is fully loaded.
Thus, V
i
is different for the lane load.
68
5.4.2.3 Determination of Cracking Load for Shear
First, find the modulus of rupture:
(5 4 2 6)
f 0 2 f ' 0 2 7k i 0 529k i
Note that LRFD has 3 different MORs be sure to use the
correct one!
Next, determine the stress at the bottom of the box due to
(5.4.2.6)
r c
f 0.2 f ' 0.2 7ksi 0.529ksi = = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
effective prestressing force:
( )
cpe 2 3
537k 14.61in
537kips
f 1.94ksi
733.5in 6511in
= + =
(5.8.3.4.3-2)
dnc
cre c r cpe
12M
M S f f
S
| |
= +
|
\ .
Where:
( )
nc
S
\ .
M
dnc
=
Unfactored moment due to dead load on the non-
composite or monolithic section = 409.2 k-ft
(note in k-ft; 12 in numerator converts to inches)
S
nc
= non-composite section modulus
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
S
c
= composite section modulus = S
nc
since this is a non-
composite structure
69
( )
( )
3
cre
3
cre
12 409.2k ft
M 6511in 0.529ksi 1.94ksi
6511in
M 11165k in 930.5k ft
| |
= +
|
\ .
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
5.4.2.4 V
ci
i cre
i d
VM
V 0.02 f 'b d V 0.06 f 'b d = + +
ci c v v d c v v
max
V 0.02 f b d V 0.06 f b d
M
+ +
(5.8.3.4.3-1)
( )( )
( )( )
ci
60.0k 930.5k ft
V 0.02 7ksi 11in 29.6in 24.1k 143.0k
549k ft

= + + = >
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )( )
549k ft
0.06 7ksi 11in 29.6in 51.7k =
70
5.4.2.5 Check Shear Strength
u
V 31.3k 60.7k 92k = + =
Assuming #4 @ 12; It is stated that cot=1 for V
ci
(5.8.3.4.3)
( )
( )( )( )
2
s
0.4in 60ksi 29.6in 1.0
V 59.2k
12in
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The section is adequate in shear.
( )
u n
V 92.0k V 0.9 143.0k 59.2k 182.0k = < = + =
5.4.2.5 Check Shear Strength
If s=18
s
V 39.5kips =
( )
u n
V 92.0k V 0.9 143.0k 39.5k 164k = < = + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
71
Shear Strength
Why are there different values for V
s
?
Sectional Model: V = 154 2k Sectional Model: V
s
= 154.2k
Simplified Model for V
cw
; V
s
= 105k
Simplified Model for V
ci
; V
s
= 59.2k
The answer is the angle. For sectional model, =21
o
. For
V
cw
, =29
o
and for V
ci
, =45
o
. This affects the number of
stirrups which cross the shear crack. The smaller the angle,
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
p g ,
the more stirrups which cross the crack and the higher V
s
.
5.6 Minimum Longitudinal Steel
At each section:
M
0 5N V
| |
For this example, the minimum longitudinal steel will be
checked at the critical section. The critical section 29.6
inches from the face of the support. Allowing for a 1 ft.
bearing pad and one foot from center of bearing to the end
(5.8.3.5-1)
u
u u
ps ps s y p s
v
M
0.5N V
A f A f V 0.5V cot
d
| |
+ + +
|

\ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
of the girder, the critical section is 47.6 inches from the end
of the girder. However, it is necessary to see if the strand
stress is reduced by lack of development.
72
The development length equation is unchanged for strand
from Standard Specifications, except that a factor, is
dd d Thi f t i th lt f O t b 1988 FHWA
(5.11.4.2)
added. This factor is the result of an October, 1988 FHWA
memorandum suggesting the need for this conservative
multiplier because of strand/bond problems:
( ) ( )
2 2
1 6 260 175 4 0 5 114 5
3 3
d ps pe b
f f d . . . . in
| | | |
= = =
| |
\ . \ .
l
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
The terms f
ps
(steel stress at strength limit) and f
pe
(effective
prestressing stress after losses) were calculated previously.
= 1.6 for member over 24 inches deep (5.11.4.2).
The critical section occurs at 47.6 inches from the end of
the beam, but the development length is 114.5 inches.
Thus, the steel stress MUST be reduced to account for
lack of development.
( )
px b
px pe ps pe
60d
f f f f
= +
l
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.11.4.2-4)
( )
px pe ps pe
d b
60d l
73
( )
px b
60d
f f f f
+
l
( )
47 6 30
174 5 260 0 174 5 192 0
114 5 30
= + =
px
. in in
f . ksi . ksi . ksi . ksi
. in in
( )
p
px pe ps pe
d b
f f f f
60d
= +
l
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The following values were previously calculated or
determined:
A = (0 153in
2
)(20)(260ksi)= 3 06 in
2
A
ps
= (0.153in
2
)(20)(260ksi)= 3.06 in
2
M
u
= 3588 k-in
V
u
= 138 k
= 21
o
(Sectional Design Model)
V
s
= 153 k (Sectional Design Model)
N
u
= V
p
= 0
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= 1 for moment; 0.9 for shear
A
s
f
y
= assumed 0 (ignore any mild steel)
f
pe
= 175.4 ksi
f
ps
= 260.0 ksi
74
u
u u
ps ps s y p s
M
0.5N V
A f A f V 0.5V cot
d
| |
+ + +
|

\ .
OK
( )
( )
( )
2
3 06 192 0 588
3588 138
0 5 153 21 321
1 0 29 6 0 9
=
| |
> + =
|
\ .
. in . ksi k
k in k
. ( k ) cot k
. . in .
v
d
\ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
OK
Note that before the 2005/06 interim, the steel stress was assumed linear with
development length, not bilinear. If the stress were assumed linear here, mild
steel would need to be added. Also note that V
s
< V
u
/ = 153k
Check the inside face of the bearing pad. Assuming a 12 in
pad and one foot from center of bearing to the end, the
i id f th d i 12 6 18 i h f th d f th
0 5
u
p ps s
V
A f . V cot
18
174 5 104 7
30
| |
= =
|
\ .
px
in
f . ksi . ksi
in
inside of the pad is 12+6 = 18 inches from the end of the
girder. This is inside the transfer length:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) ( )
2
138
3 06 104 7 320 0 5 153 21 199
0 9
| |
= > =
|
\ .
p p
k
. in . ksi k . ( k ) cot k
.
OK
75
If the stirrup spacing is increased to 18, V
s
= 103 k
( ) ( )
2
0 5
138
3 06 104 7 320 0 5 103 21 265
0 9

| |
= > =
|
\ .
u
p ps s
V
A f . V cot
k
.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
OK
5.7 Anchorage Zone Bursting Stirrups
As in the Standard Specification, LRFD requires
bursting stirrups which can resist at least 4% of the
20(0.153)(202.5)(0.04) 24.8
r
P = =
g p
initial prestressing force, with a stress of no more
than 20ksi:
24.8
1.24
20
= =
s
A
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This steel must be distributed over h/4 from the end. For this girder,
h/4=33/4=8.25 inches. Four #4 double leg stirrups @ 3 provides 1.60
in
2
over 8 inches.
76
6.1 Exterior Girder - Moment
The exterior girder takes the railing load (DC):
( )
2
0 090 65 klf ft ( ) 0 090 65
47 5 570
8
b
. klf ft
M . k ft k in = = =
Note: Article 4.6.2.2.1 allows the rail load to be equally
distributed to all the girders. However, it does not have to
be and, in this case, it is probably more correct to assign the
railing to the exterior girder.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g g
The live load moments must be multiplied by the exterior
girder factor.
ext int
e
g eg
d
e 1.04 1
25
=
= + >
Since the rail is right at the edge of the box d = half the
(Table 4.6.2.2.2d-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Since the rail is right at the edge of the box, d
e
= half the
web width = 2.75 inches = 0.23 ft.
0.23
e 1.04 1.049
25
= + =
77
One lane loaded:
ext int
g eg =
(Table 4 6 2 2 2d-1)
Controls
e
d
e 1.125 1
30
= + >
(Table 4.6.2.2.2d-1)
0.23
e 1.125 1.133
30
= + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) ( ) ( )( ) 1 25 515 3 47 5 1 50 126 8 1 75 362 3 102 7 1 133
1815 21790
u
M . . . . . . . . .
M k ft k in
= + + + +
= = 1815 21790
u
M k ft k in = =
For the interior box with 20 strands, M
n
= 23550 k-in so
OK for M
u
.
Note that there is only one DFM, so the one lane e is multiplied by the
DFM. In the equation above, the truck load (362.3 k-ft) is already
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
t e equat o abo e, t e t uc oad (36 3 t) s a eady
multiplied by the interior DFM and the impact factor; the lane load
(102.7 k-ft) is multiplied by the DFM (no impact on lane load). Thus, it
is only necessary to multiply by the increasing factor.
78
Stresses at transfer do not need to be checked as
these stress occur during fabrication are independent
of the railing load and the live load.
The check performed on the interior girders is
sufficient.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Service load stresses should be checked. It is clear by
inspection that service load compression stresses are OK inspection that service load compression stresses are OK
(see Section 2.3.3). Check Service III:
( ) ( ) ( )( )
3
515 3 47 5 126 8 0 8 362 3 102 7 1 133 1111 13330
13330
2 05
6511
bottom
M . . . . . . . k ft k in
k in
f . ksi
in
= + + + + = =
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
pb
= 1.94 ksi compression (previously calculated)
f
bottom
= 1.94 ksi 2.05 ksi = -0.110 ksi = 0.110 tension <
0.503 ksi tension OK
79
6.1 Exterior Girder - Shear
This check must be performed at all sections. Only the
critical section is shown here. The check is also made critical section is shown here. The check is also made
using Sectional Model.
At the critical section:
( ) ( ) ( )
r
V w 0.5L x 0.090klf 0.5 65ft 3ft 2.65k = = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) ( )( )( )
r
M 0.5wx L x 0.5 0.090klf 3ft 65ft 3ft 8.37k ft = = =
(Table 4.6.2.2.3b-1)
48 | |
ext int
0.5
e
48
g eg
b
b
d 2
12
e 1 1
40
| |
=
|
\ .
| |
+
|
= +
|
|
\ .
0 5
| |
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0.5
48
0.23 2
12
e 1 1.234
40
| |
+
|
= + =
|
|
\ .
80
One Lane Loaded:
(Table 4.6.2.2.3b-1)
i
g eg =
ext int
e
g eg
d
e 1.125 1
20
= +
0.23
e 1.125 1.137
20
= + =
Check:
Two or more lanes: *DFV 1 234(0 456) 0 562 controls
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Two or more lanes: e*DFV = 1.234(0.456) = 0.562 controls
One Lane: e*DFV = 1.137(0.445) = 0.506
Because there are two DFV, each must be checked!
V
u,LL
= 0.562(1.2)[58.33(1.33) + 18.92] = 65.08k
V
LL,truck
= 58.33k
V
LL,lane
= 18.92k
IM = 0.33
Skew Factor = 1.2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
u
= 1.25(22.54k + 1.75k + 4.13 k+2.65)
+ 1.50 (7.08 k) + 1.75(65.08k)= 163.3 k
Using the Sectional Design Model, M
u
= 3714k-in, = 3.24,
=21.4
o
, V
n
= 215 k, so OK.
81
6.1 Exterior Girder
What about the minimum exterior girder distribution
factor?
L
N
factor?
+ =
b
Min Ext
N
Ext
b
L
x
e X
N
N
DF
2
,
This DOES NOT apply to
adjacent box girder bridges. It
only applies to slab/beam
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
only applies to slab/beam
bridges (Types a, e and k) with
diaphragms or cross braces.
2.5.2.6.2 Deflection
ODOT invokes Article 2.5.2.6.2,which limits Live Load
d fl ti t L/800 f t i l i d deflection to L/800 for precast, simple span girders.
Camber calculations are not directly addressed in LRFD
(They were not directly addressed in the Standard
Specifications, either).
The same methods used for finding camber and deflection
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The same methods used for finding camber and deflection
used for Standard Specifications apply for LRFD Designs.
82
Since this is a limit on FLEXURAL deflection, it is
appropriate to use the MDF.
MDF = 0.336(0.905) = 0.304
Lane Load = 0.640(0.304) = 0.194klf
Axle Load (rear) = 32k(1.33)(0.304)=12.9k (includes impact)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Axle Load (front) = 8k(1.33)(0.304) = 3.22k (includes impact)
Here are the live loads positioned for maximum deflection.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Using analysis software:
( )
65ft 12
0.654in 0.975in
800
= < =
1
AASHTO AASHTOLRFD Bridge Design Specifications
Design Example 2
2 Span Continuous Prestressed I-Girder Bridge
RICHARD MILLER
Design Example - Continuous Two-Span I-Girder Bridge
98-0
CL to CL of Bearings CL to CL of Bearings
98-0
1-9
96-3 96-3
This design example demonstrates the design of a two-span (98 ft. each)
AASHTO T pe IV I girder ith no ske as sho n This e ample ill strates the
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
References:
Precast Prestressed Concrete Bridge Design Manual, Published by Precast/Prestressed concrete Institute
AASHTO Type IV I girder with no skew, as shown. This example illustrates the
design of typical interior beam at the critical sections for positive flexure, negative
flexure, shear, and the continuity connection.
2
34-0
8.5 structural+ 1.0
4 Spaces @ 8-0 = 32-0
2.5
Type IV
2.5
wearing
37-0
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Actual thickness, t
s
= 9.5 in Structural thickness = 8.5 in.
Note that 1.0 in wearing surface is considered to be an integral part of the 8.5 in deck.
f
c
= 4.5 ksi @ 28 days Concrete unit weight, w
c
=0.150 kcf
Precast Beams
AASHTO Type IV girder shown
f
c
= 7.0 ksi @ 28 days
8
6
1-8
f
ci
= 4.5 ksi
Concrete unit weight, w
c
=0.150 kcf
4-6
1-11
9
8 6
9
The ODOT Bridge Design
Manual (BDM) gives a range of
strengths for the precast.
These strengths are chosen
fromthat range The BDM
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
9
8
2-2
from that range. The BDM
also gives the deck strength
(302.5.2.8).
3
Prestressing Strand
in diameter, low-relaxation
2
pu
= 270.0 ksi g ,
pu
Reinforcing Bars
Yield strength, f
y
= 60 ksi
s
= 29,000 ksi
(BDM 302.5.2.9)
The ODOT BDM allows inch, inch special or 0.6 inch diameter strand
(302.5.2.2a). For this girder, inch diameter is chosen.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Loads
Future wearing surface: 0.060 ksf (ODOT Std. Drawings)
Barriers: 0.640 k/ft each
Non-Composite Section Properties
Area in
2
789
Weight (lb/ft) 822
LRFD uses ksi
units.
h (in) 54
y
b
(in) 24.73
y
t
(in) 29.27
I (in
4
) 260,741
S
b
(in
3
) 10,542
S
t
(in
3
) 8,909
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1.5
1
33, 000 '
C C c
E K w f = (5.4.2.4-1)
1.5
33, 000 1.0 0.150 4.5 4, 067
C
E ksi = =
1.5
33, 000 1.0 0.150 7.0 5, 072
C
E ksi = =
At Transfer
At Service Loads
4
Effective Flange Width
(1/4) Span = (96.25 ft)(12in/ft)/4 = 289 in
12t
s
plus the greater of the web thickness or the beam
s
p g
top flange width:
t
s
= 8.5 in (slab thickness - use structural thickness
only)
web thickness = 8 in
top flange = 0.5(20 in) = 10 in (Greatest)
12(8.5 in) + 10 in = 112 in
Average spacing between beams = 8 ft = 96 in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Average spacing between beams = 8 ft = 96 in
(CONTROLS)
EFFECTIVE FLANGE WIDTH = 96 in Interior Girder
(4.6.2.6)
96
76.98
8.5
Transformed Section Properties
Transformed flange width =
n(effective flange width) =
54
n(effective flange width)
(0.8019)(96) = 76.98 in
Transformed flange area =
n(effective flange width)(t
s
) =
(0.8019)(96)(8.5) = 654.35 in
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
26
Note that only the structural thickness of the deck, 8.5 in, is considered.
A 2 haunch is assumed for calculating weight but not for finding
composite properties (ODOT BDM 302.5.2.3).
5
Properties of Composite Section
A
c
= Total area of composite section = 1,443 in
2
h
c
= Overall depth of the composite section = 62.5 in
I
c
= Moment of inertia of the composite section = 666,579 in
4
y
bc
= Distance from the centroid of the composite section to the
extreme bottom fiber of the precast beam
= 39.93 in
y
tg
extreme top fiber of the precast beam
= 14.07 in
y
tc
extreme top fiber of the slab
= 22.57 in.
S
b
= Composite section modulus for the extreme bottom fiber of the = 16,694 in
3
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
S
bc
Composite section modulus for the extreme bottom fiber of the
precast beam
16,694 in
S
tg
= Composite section modulus for the top fiber of the precast beam = 47,376 in
3
S
tc
= Composite section modulus for extreme top fiber of the deck slab = 29,534 in
3
Dead Loads
DC = Dead load of structural components and non-
structural attachments structural attachments
Slab: (96 in)(9.5 in)(0.150 kcf)/(144 in
2
/ft
2
) = 0.95 klf
Haunch: (2 in)(20 in)(0.150 kcf)/(144 in
2
/ft
2
) = 0.042 klf
[ODOT BDM 302.5.2.3]
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note: The actual slab thickness of 9.5 is used in
calculating dead loads. The 2 haunch thickness is also
used in calculating dead loads.
6
Dead Loads
The intermediate diaphragms are assumed as steel X
braces These are ignored in these dead load braces. These are ignored in these dead load
calculations. The weight of each brace is less than 0.3
kips. The moment caused by these braces is << 1% of
the total DL moment.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Dead Loads
DC Dead Loads carried by the continuous structure, composite section:
According to LRFD Article 4.6.2.2.1 permanent loads may be
distributed uniformly amount all beams if the following conditions are distributed uniformly amount all beams if the following conditions are
met:
Number of beams, N
b
> 4. OK
d
e
= 2.5 ft 1.5 ft = 1.0 ft
Curvature in plan < Specified in Article 4.6.1.2 OK
Cross Section listed in Table 4 6 2 2 1-1 OK
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Cross Section listed in Table 4.6.2.2.1 1 OK
The section meets the criteria, so the loads may be uniformly
distributed to the girders.
7
Dead Loads
Future Wearing Surface = 0.060 ksf
(0.060 ksf)(34 ft)/5 beams = 0.408 kips/ft/girder
ODOT Std. Drawings
Partial of Table 4.6.2.2.1-1 - This example is a Type k
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
ODOT Std. Drawings
Barrier = 0.640 klf
2 each (0.640)/5 girders = 0.256 kips/ft/girder
Dead Loads
LRFD Article 4.6.2.2.1 allows the slab weight to be evenly
distributed to the girders in the same manner as the wearing distributed to the girders in the same manner as the wearing
surface and the barriers. In this case, the decision has been
made to use tributary areas to distribute the slab weight to the
girders. Either method is allowable.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
8
DL-Unfactored Shear Forces & Bending Moments
Location
Beam Weight
[Simple Span]
Deck plus
Haunch
[Simple Span]
Barrier Weight
[Continuous Span]
Future Wearing
Surface
[Continuous Span]
Sh M Sh M Sh M Sh M
x ft. x/L
Shear
kips
M
g
,
kip-ft
Shear
kips
M
s
,
kip-ft
Shear
kips
M
b
,
kip-ft
Shear
kips
M
ws
,
kip-ft
0.00 0.00 39.6 0 47.7 0 9.2 7.7 14.7 12.4
9.26 0.10 31.9 331 38.5 399.3 6.8 81.8 10.9 130.5
18.97 0.20 24 602.6 28.9 727 4.3 136 6.9 217
28.69 0.30 16 796.5 19.3 961.1 1.8 166 2.9 264.9
38.41 0.40 8 912.9 9.6 1101.5 -0.6 171.9 -1 274.2
48.13 0.50 0 951.9 0 1148.4 -3.1 153.6 -5 245.1
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
57.84 0.60 -8 912.9 -9.6 1101.5 -5.6 111.2 -8.9 177.5
67.56 0.70 -16 796.5 -19.3 961.1 -8.1 44.7 -12.9 71.3
77.28 0.80 -24 602.6 -28.9 727 -10.6 -46 -16.9 -73.4
86.99 0.90 -31.9 331 -38.5 399.3 -13.1 -160.8 -20.8 -256.7
96.25 Brg. -39.6 0 -47.7 0 -15.4 -292.7 -24.6 -467.1
Live Loads
According to LRFD Article 4.6.1.2.1 vehicular live loading on
the roadways of bridges or incidental structures, designated
HL-93, shall consists of a combination of the: ,
Design truck or design tandem with dynamic allowance.
The design truck shall consists of an 8.0 kip front axle and
a pair of 32.0 kip back axles. The first and second axle are
spaced 14-0 apart. The space between the rear axles
shall be varied between 14.0 and 30.0 to produce extreme
force effects. The design tandem shall consist of a pair of
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g p
25.0 kip axles spaced 4.0 apart. [LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.2
and 3.6.1.2.3]
Design lane load shall consist of a load of 0.64 kip/ft
uniformly distributed in the longitudinal direction. [LRFD
Article 3.6.1.2.4]
9
Live Loads
For negative moment between inflection points,
90% of the effect of two design trucks (HL-93 90% of the effect of two design trucks (HL 93
with 14 ft. axle spacing) spaced at a minimum of
50 ft. combined with 90% of the design lane
load.
Inflection points are determined by loading all
spans with a uniform load.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note: See the Loads Module for a complete
explanation of how this is applied.
Distribution Factors
The live load bending moments and shear forces are
determined by using the simplified distribution factor
formulas [LRFD 4 6 2 2] To use the simplified live load formulas [LRFD 4.6.2.2]. To use the simplified live load
distribution factor formulas, the following conditions must
be met [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1]
Number of beams, N
b
> 4. OK
d
e
= 2.5 ft 1.5 ft = 1.0 ft
Curvature in plan
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
< Specified in Article 4.6.1.2 OK
For a precast concrete I-girder with cast in place deck,
the bridge type is (k).
10
Distribution Factors
The number of design lanes should be determined by
taking the integer part of the ratio w/12, where w is the taking the integer part of the ratio w/12, where w is the
clear roadway width in ft between curbs and/or barriers.
w = 34 feet
Number of design lanes = integer part of (34/12) =
2
N t It ld b d th t thi h ld b d i d th l
(3.6.1.1.1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note: It could be argued that this should be designed as a three lane
bridge because 3 11 ft lanes would fit and the minimum lane width is
10ft. However, the distribution factor is for 2 or more lanes loaded and
the number of lanes isnt in the equation so it doesnt matter.
Distribution Factors for Bending Moment
For all limit states except for fatigue limit state.
Where DFM = distribution factor for moment for interior beam. Provided:
(Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1)
0.1
0.6 0.2
3
0.075
9.5 12
g
s
K
S S
DFM
L Lt
| |
| | | |
= +
| | |
\ . \ .
\ .
3.5 < S < 16.0 S = 8 OK S = Spacing, ft
4.5 < t
s
< 12.0 t
s
= 8.5 OK t
s
= slab thickness, in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
N
b
> 4 N
b
= 5 OK N
b
= number of beams
10,000 < K
g
<
7,000,000
K
g
= See next
slide
K
g
= longitudinal stiffness
parameter, in
4
11
Where:
( )
2
g g
K n I Ae = + (4.6.2.2.1-1)
Where:
n = modular ratio between beam and deck materials
A = cross-section area of the beam (non-composite), in
2
= 789
( ) 5, 072
1.247
( ) 4, 067
c
c
E beam
E slab
= = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
789
I = moment of inertia of the beam (non-composite), in
4
= 260,741
e
g
= Distance between the c.g. of beam and slab, in
= (8.5/2+2.0+29.27) = 35.52
( )
( )
2
1 247 260 741 789 35 52 = + K
( )
( )
4
1.247 260, 741 789 35.52
1, 566, 480
= +
=
g
g
K
K in
10,000 < K
g
< 7,000,000 OK
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g
12
0.1
0.6 0.2
3
8 8 1, 566, 480
0.075
9.5 98 12*98*8.5
0.665
DFM
DFM
| |
| | | |
= +
| | |
\ . \ .
\ .
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0.1
0.4 0.3
K
S S
| |
| | | |
3
0.1
0.4 0.3
3
0.06
14 12
8 8 1, 566, 480
0.06
14 98 12*98*8.5
0.467
g
s
K
S S
DFM
L Lt
DFM
DFM
| |
| | | |
= +
| | |
\ . \ .
\ .
| |
| | | |
= +
| | |
\ . \ .
\ .
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The case of two or more design lanes loaded controls,
DFM = 0.665 lanes/beam
0.467 DFM
13
Distribution Factors for Shear Force
2
S S
| | | |
Where DFV = distribution factor for moment for interior beam.
Provided:
0.2
12 35
S S
DFV
| | | |
= +
| |
\ . \ .
(4.6.2.2.1-1)
3.5 < S < 16.0 S = 8 OK S = Spacing, ft
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
p g,
4.5 < t
s
< 12.0 t
s
= 8.5 OK t
s
N
b
> 4 N
b
= 5 OK N
b
= number of beams
2
8 8
0.2
12 35
0.814
DFV
DFV
| | | |
= +
| |
\ . \ .
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
14
S
| |
0.36
25
8
0.36
25
0.68
S
DFV
DFV
DFV
| |
= +
|
\ .
| |
= +
|
\ .
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The case of two or more design lanes loaded controls,
DFV = 0.814 lanes/beam
Dynamic Allowance
IM = 33%
Where: IM = dynamic load allowance applied only to truck Where: IM = dynamic load allowance, applied only to truck
load
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
15
Unfactored Shear Force and Bending Moments
Unfactored shear forces and bending moment due to HL-
93 truck, per beam: 93 truck, per beam:
V
LT
= (shear force per lane)(DFV)(1+IM)
= (shear force per lane)(0.814)(1.33)
= (shear force per lane)(1.083) kips
M
LT
= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(1+IM)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
LT
= (bending moment per lane)(0.884) kips-ft
Unfactored shear forces and bending moment due to HL-
93 lane load, per beam: 93 lane load, per beam:
V
LANE
= (shear force per lane)(DFV)
= (shear force per lane)(0.814) kips
M
LANE
= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
LANE
= (bending moment per lane)(0.665) kip-ft
16
Location HL-93 Live Load
Di t S ti
Max
Sh
Max. Positive
M t
Max. Negative
M t Distance
x ft.
Section
x/L
Shear
kips
Moment
M
LL+I,
kip-ft
Moment
M
LL+I,
kip-ft
0.00 0.00 89.4 48.5 -5.6
9.26 0.10 76.3 624.6 -83.3
18.97 0.20 62.7 1049.3 -163.4
28.69 0.30 50.1 1300.5 -243.6
38.41 0.40 39.9 1412.4 -323.7
48.13 0.50 -48.3 1386.2 -403.9
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
57.84 0.60 -60.3 1239.1 -484
67.56 0.70 -72.2 961.1 -564.2
77.28 0.80 -83.8 577.5 -776.2
86.99 0.90 -95 215.9 -877.6
96.25 Brg. -104.6 14.8 -1380.7
Shown in the preceding table are maximum values of
shear positive moment and negative moment The shear, positive moment, and negative moment. The
maximum values at a given location are not necessarily
from the same load case.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
17
Load Combinations
Service I:
(3.4.1)
Service I:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)
Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)
Strength I:
Maximum Q = 1 25(DC) + 1 50(DW) + 1 75(LL + IM)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Minimum Q = 0.90(DC) + 0.65(DW) + 1.75(LL + IM)
Load Combinations
A reminder:
This is a continuous bridge so both maximum and minimum load This is a continuous bridge, so both maximum and minimum load
combinations must be considered.
Remember, in some cases loads mitigate load effects in other
spans, but it is not appropriate to use different load factors for the
same analysis. For example, the DC in one span mitigates the
positive moment in the other span; but it is not appropriate to use
different load factors in this case!
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
different load factors in this case!
18
Load Combinations
The required number of strands is usually governed by Service III load
combination at the section of maximum moment or harp points.
In a continuous for live load structure, the maximum moments do not
occur at the same place for each load. The point of maximum moment
depends on whether the load was applied to the continuous or simple
structure. Thus, each point must be checked for the combinations of
loads.
In this structure, the maximum flexural stresses occur at Midspan (48.13)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
feet for Service I and Service III (although this is NOT where the
continuous load moments are maximum). The Strength I maximum is at
0.4L. It is inappropriate to simply take maximum moments without regard
to location along the length of the girder.
Load Combinations
Service 1 Service 3 Strength 1 Length
V M V M V M
k k-ft k k-ft k k-ft ft.
200 6 68 6 182 72 58 9 299 125 113 1 Bearing 0 200.6 68.6 182.72 58.9 299.125 113.1 Bearing 0
192.6 431.7 175.3 393.72 287.45 644.925 Trans. 2.04
189.8 549.9 172.7 502.76 283.375 817.925 H/2 2.73
164.4 1567.2 149.14 1442.28 246.375 2303.925 0.10L 9.26
126.8 2731.9 114.26 2522.04 191.575 3993.775 0.20L 18.97
90.1 3489 80.08 3228.9 138.4 5077.725 0.30L 28.69
55.9 3872.9 47.92 3590.42 89.575 5615.875 0.40L 38.41
-56.4 3885 -46.74 3607.76 -95.9 5610.625 MidSpan 48.13
-92.4 3542.2 -80.34 3294.38 -147.875 5091.675 0.60L 57.84
128 5 2834 7 114 06 2642 48 199 95 4041 75 0 70L 67 56
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
-128.5 2834.7 -114.06 2642.48 -199.95 4041.75 0.70L 67.56
-164.2 434 -147.44 589.24 -251.375 -329.31 0.80L 77.28
-199.3 -564.8 -180.3 -389.28 -301.825 -1464.58 0.90L 86.99
-222.3 -1614.4 -201.94 -1375.8 -334.65 -2795.88 H/2 93.52
-224.8 -1742.2 -204.3 -1494.76 -338.2 -2961.82 Trans. 94.21
-231.9 -2140.5 -210.98 -1864.36 -348.325 -3482.75 Bearing 96.25
19
Determining Number of Strands from Service Load Stresses at
Midspan
At this point it is necessary to determine the needed At this point, it is necessary to determine the needed
number of strands. Box girders tend to be controlled by the
Strength Limit State, but I girders (this example) tend to be
controlled by service load tensions.
The initial estimate of number of strands will be found from
the Service III combination. Recall that Service III ONLY
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
applies to tension in prestressed sections.
Service Load Stresses at Midspan
Bottom tensile stress due to applied dead and live loads using load
combination Service III:
Where:
(0.8)( )
g s
b ws LL I
b
b bc
M M
M M M
f
S S
+
+
+ +
= +
f
b
M
g
= Unfactored bending moment due to beam self-weight, kip-ft
M
s
= Unfactored bending moment due to slab and haunch
i ht
kip-ft
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
weights,
M
b
= Unfactored bending moment due to due to barrier weights, kip-ft
M
ws
= Unfactored bending moment due to future wearing surface, kip-ft
M
LL+I
= Unfactored bending moment due to design vehicular live
kip-ft
20
Service Load Stresses at Midspan
| |
153.6 245.1 (0.8)(1, 386.2) (12)
(951.9 1,148.4)(12)
10 542 16 694
+ +
+
= +
b
f
10, 542 16, 694
2.39 1.08
3.47
= +
=
b
b
f
f ksi
Stress Limits for Concrete
'
0.19
c
f =
(Table 5.9.4.2.2-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0.19 7.0 0.503ksi = =
Required Compressive Stress From Strands
(3.47 0.503) 2.97
pb
f ksi = =
Required Number of Strands
Assume a strand center of gravity at midspan as 8% of the
height of the girder. g g
So the strand eccentricity at the midspan is:
0.08(54) 4.32
bs
y in = =
( ) (24 73 4 32) 20 41
b b
e y y in = = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) (24.73 4.32) 20.41
c b bs
e y y in = = =
21
If P
pe
is the total prestressing force, the stress at the bottom
fiber due to prestress is: p
pb
and
solve form P :
( )
pe pe c
pb
b
P P e
f
A S
= +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
solve form P
pe
:
(20.41)
2.97
789 10, 542
927
pe pe
pe
P P
P kips
= +
=
The required prestressing force after all
losses is 927 kips This is after an assumed losses is 927 kips. This is after an assumed
25% loss. That means the initial prestressing
force will be approximately 1240 kips. Check
with your local precast producer to ensure the
capacity prestressing beds can withstand this
force
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
force.
22
Final prestress force per strand
= (area of strand)(f
pi
)(1-losses, %)
h f i iti l t i t b f t f k i where f
pi
= initial prestressing stress before transfer, ksi
= 0.75f
pu
= 202.5 ksi
Assuming 25% loss of prestress the final prestressing force
per strand after losses is:
(0.153)(202.5)(1 0.25) 23.2 / F kips strand = =
927
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Number of strands required = strands
Try (40) in diameter, 270 ksi, low-lax strands.
927
39.9
23.2
=
Strand Pattern
At midspan:
No.
Strands
Distance from
bottom (in)
7 8
11 6
11 4
11 2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
10 Spa.
@ 2
2 2
23
Strand Pattern
The distance between the center of gravity of strands and
the bottom concrete fiber of the beam is, y
bs
, is: the bottom concrete fiber of the beam is, y
bs
, is:
Strand eccentricity at midspan:
[(11)2 (11)4 (11)6 (7)8]
4.70
40
bs
y in
+ + +
= =
24 73 4 70 20 0i
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
24.73 4.70 20.0
c b bs
e y y in = = =
Prestress Losses
(5 9 5 1 1) f f f +
Where:
f
pES
f
pLT
= loss due to long-term shrinkage and creep of
(5.9.5.1-1)
pT pES pLT
f f f = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
24
Elastic Shortening
=
p
pES cgp
ct
E
f f
E
(5.9.5.2.3a-1)
Where:
2
g c
i i c
M e
P Pe
+
f
cgp
= The concrete stress at the center of gravity of prestressing
tendons due to the prestressing force immediately after the
transfer and the self-weight of the member at the section of
the maximum moment (ksi).
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
A I I
+
=
E
p
E
ct
= Elastic Modulus of the concrete at the time of transfer or
time of load application (ksi).
Elastic Shortening
According to the LRFD Commentary for pretensioned
members, the loss due to elastic shortening may be members, the loss due to elastic shortening may be
determined by the following alternative equation (this is the
calculation of elastic shortening loss by transformed section):
2
2
( )
( )
+
=
+ +
ps pi g m g m g g
pES
g g ct
A f I e A e M A
f
A I E
A I A
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(C5.9.5.2.3a-1)
2
( ) + +
g g
ps g m g
p
A I e A
E
25
Elastic Shortening
A
ps
= Area of prestressing steel, 40(0.153) = 6.12 in
2
f
pi
= Prestressing steel stress immediately prior to transfer,
202.5 ksi
A
g
= Gross area of section, 789 in
2
E
ct
= Elastic Modulus of the concrete at transfer, 4,067 ksi
E
p
= Elastic Modulus of the prestressing steel, 28,500 ksi
e
m
= Average prestressing steel eccentricity at midspan,
20.0 in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
I
g
= Moment of inertia of the gross concrete section,
260,741 in
4
M
g
= Midspan moment due to member self-weight,
951.9(12) = 11,422.8 kip-in
Elastic Shortening
2
6 12*202 5(260 741 20 0 *789) 20 0*11 422 8*789
2
2
6.12*202.5(260, 741 20.0 *789) 20.0*11, 422.8*789
789*260, 741*4, 067
6.12(260, 741 20.0 *789)
28, 500
16.24
+
=
+ +
=
pES
pES
f
f ksi
Note: If the self weight moment is calculated using total beam length
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
rather than c/c bearing, the moment becomes 11641 k-in. The elastic
shortening loss becomes 16.13 ksi; < 1% different.
26
Long-Term Losses
For standard, precast, pretensioned members subject to
normal loading and environmental conditions: g
In which:
(5.9.5.3-1)
(5 9 5 3-2)
10 12
pi ps
pLT h st h st pR
g
f A
f f
A
= + +
1 7 0 01H =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.9.5.3-2)
(5.9.5.3-3)
1.7 0.01
h
H =
5
1 '
st
ci
f
=
+
Long-Term Losses
Where:
h
= Correction factor for relative humidity of the ambient air
hst
= Correction factor for specified concrete strength at time
of Prestress transfer to the concrete member
f = An estimate of relaxation loss taken as 2 5 ksi for low
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
pR
= An estimate of relaxation loss taken as 2.5 ksi for low
relaxation strand
27
Long-Term Losses
Assume H = 70%
1 7 0 01*70 1 00
So:
1.7 0.01*70 1.00 = =
h
5
0.91
1 4.5
st
= =
+
202.5*6.12
10 1.00*0.91 12*1.00*0.91 2.5
pLT
f = + +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
ksi
789
14.29 10.92 2.5
27.71
pLT
pLT
pLT
f
f
f
= + +
=
Total Losses at Service Loads
(5.9.5.1-1)
16.24 27.71
43.95
pT pES pLT
pT
pT
f f f
f
f
f
= +
= +
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Losses are approximately 22% < 25% OK
202.5 43.95 158.6
pe
f = =
28
Stresses at Transfer
Force per strand after initial losses:
Stress in tendons after transfer:
Force per strand = f
pt
(strand area) = 186.26(0.153) = 28.50
kips
202.5 16.24 186.26
pt pi pi
f f f ksi = = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Therefore, the total prestressing force after transfer is, P
i
=
1,140 kips
In this example, P
i
is determined by subtracting the elastic
shortening loss from the initial stress.
In the previous example, P
i
was found by assuming the
stress after transfer was 0.9f
pi
.
Either method is acceptable. If 0.9f
pi
is used, P
i
= 1115
kips The difference is 2%
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
kips. The difference is 2%.
29
Compression:
0.60f
i
= 0.60(4.5) = +2.700 ksi
(5 9 4 1 1)
0.60f
ci
0.60(4.5) 2.700 ksi
Tension:
1. In areas other than the precompressed tensile zone
and without bonded reinforcement
(5.9.4.1.1)
(5.9.4.1.2)
'
0.0948 0.2
t ci
f f ksi =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Therefore, 0.200 ksi (CONTROLS)
( )
0.0948 4.5 0.2
0.201 0.2
t
f ksi
ksi ksi
=

2. In areas with bonded reinforcement sufficient to
resist the tensile force in the concrete computed resist the tensile force in the concrete computed
assuming an uncracked section, where
reinforcement is proportioned using a stress of
0.5f
y
'
0.24 0.24 4.5 0.509 = = =
t ci
f f ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
t ci
f f
(5.9.4.1.2)
30
Stresses At Transfer Length Section
Stresses at this location need only be checked at release
since this stage almost always governs. Also, losses with since this stage almost always governs. Also, losses with
time will reduce the concrete stresses making them less
critical.
Transfer length = 60(strand diameter)
= 60(0.5) = 30 in = 2.5 ft
(5.8.2.3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The bending moment at a distance 2.5 ft from the end of
the beam due to beam self-weight is:
(0.5)(0.822)(2.5)(97.167 2.5) 97.3
g
M k ft = =
Compute top stress at the top fiber of the beam:
1,140 1,140(20.0) 97.3(12)
789 8, 909 8, 909
1 44 2 56 0 13 0 99
= +
= +
= + =
g
i i
t
t t
t
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
f ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Tensile stress limit for concrete with bonded reinforcement:
0.509 ksi NG
1.44 2.56 0.13 0.99 = + =
t
f ksi
31
Compute bottom stress at the bottom fiber of the beam:
1,140 1,140(20.0) 97.3(12)
789 10, 542 10, 542
1 44 2 16 0 11 3 49
g
i i
t
b b
t
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
f ksi
= +
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Compressive stress limit for concrete:
+2.700 ksi NG
1.44 2.16 0.11 3.49
t
f ksi = + = +
Harp 9 strands at the 0.35L points as shown.
At ends At Midspan At ends
No.
Strands
Distance from
bottom (in)
3 52
3 50
3 48
4 8
8 6
At Midspan
No.
Strands
Distance from
bottom (in)
7 8
11 6
11 4
11 2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
8 4
11 2
32
4
9 Strands
2-6
48-7
50
14-7
34-0
31 Strands

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands at
the end of the beam and the top fiber of the precast beam is:
in
The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands at
the harp point and the bottom fiber of the precast beam is:
in
The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands and
3(2) 3(4) 3(6)
4.00
9
+ +
=
3(4) 3(6) 3(8)
6.00
9
+ +
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands and
the top fiber of the beam at the transfer length section is:
in
(54 6 4)
4.00 (2.5) 7.25
34

+ =
33
The distance between the center of gravity of the 31 straight bottom
strands and the extreme bottom fiber of the beam is:
in
The distance between the center of gravity of the total number of the
strands and the bottom fiber of the precast beam at the transfer length
is:
in
11(2) 8(4) 8(6) 4(8)
4.32
31
+ + +
=
9(54 7.25) 31(4.32)
13.87
40
+
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Eccentricity of the strand group at transfer length is:
in
40
24.73 13.87 10.86 =
The distance between the center of gravity of the total number of the
strands and the bottom fiber of the precast beam at the end of the
beam is:
in
The eccentricity at the end of the beam is:
in
9(54 4) 31(4.32)
14.60
40
+
=
24.73 14.60 10.13 =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
34
Recompute top and bottom stresses at the transfer length
section using the harped pattern. Concrete stress at the top section using the harped pattern. Concrete stress at the top
fiber of the beam:
1,140 1,140(10.86) 97.3(12)
789 8, 909 8, 909
1.44 1.39 0.13 0.18
t
t
f
f ksi
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Compressive stress limit for concrete: +2.700 ksi OK
At the bottom:
Compressive stress limit for concrete: +2 700 ksi OK
1,140 1,140(10.86) 97.3(12)
789 10, 542 10, 542
1.44 1.17 0.11 2.50
b
b
f
f ksi
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
35
Stresses at Harp Points
The strand eccentricity at the harp points is the same as at
the midspan, the midspan,
e
c
= 20.0 in
The bending moment due to beam self-weight at a distance
34.00 from the end of the beam is:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(0.5)(0.822)(34.00)(97.17 34.00) 882.7
g
M k ft = =
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the beam:
1,140 1,140(20.0) 882.7*12
789 8, 909 8, 909
1.44 2.56 1.19 0.07
= +
= +
= + = +
g
i i
t
t t
t
t
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
f
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
36
1,140 1,140(20.0) 882.7*12
789 10, 542 10, 542
1 44 2 16 1 00 2 60
g
i i
b
b b
b
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
f
= +
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1.44 2.16 1.00 2.60
b
f = + = +
Stresses at Midspan
The bending moment due to beam self-weight at a distance
48-7 (midspan) from the end of the beam is:
(0.5)(0.822)(48.58)(97.17 48.58) 970.1
g
M k ft = =
= +
g
i i
t
t t
M
P Pe
f
A S S
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1,140 1,140(20.0) 970.1*12
1.44 2.56 1.31 0.19
789 8, 909 8, 909
= + = + = +
t t
t
f
37
Stresses at Midspan
M
P P
Compressive stress limit for concrete: +2 700 ksi OK
1,140 1,140(20.0) 970.1*12
1.44 2.16 1.10 2.50
789 10, 542 10, 542
g
i i
b
b b
b
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
= +
= + = + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Hold-Down Forces
Assume that the stress in the strand at the time of
prestressing, before any losses, is: prestressing, before any losses, is:
Then, the Prestress force per strand before any losses is:
0.75 0.75(270) 202.5
pu
f ksi = =
' 0.153(202.5) 31.0 /
i
P k strand = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Harp angle:
1
54 4 6
tan 6.2
34(12)

| |
= =
|
\ .
o
38
Hold-Down Forces
Therefore, hold-down force per strand
= 1 05 (force per strand)(sin ) = 1.05 (force per strand)(sin )
=1.05(31.0) sin 6.2
= 3.5 kips per strand

Note that the factor, 1.05, is applied to account for friction.
Total hold down force = 9 strands(3.5) = 31.6 kips
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Total hold down force 9 strands(3.5) 31.6 kips
Hold-Down Forces
ODOT BDM States that the following limits are not to
be exceeded: be exceeded:
No. of Draped
Strands per Row
P
U
/Strand
(lb)
1 6,000
2 4,000
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
So hold-down force per strand = 3.5 kips per strand OK
3 4,000
39
At transfer, stresses at the end of girder tend to exceed allowables if
the strand is straight.
Stresses can be brought within the allowable stress range either by
harping or debonding the strand. The question arises as to which is
better, harping or debonding?
Boxes tend to use debonding because harping isnt practical as the
strand would go through the void. I and Bulb T girders tend to use
harping
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
harping.
However, not all fabricators have the ability to harp (the bed wont take
the hold down force). Therefore, before deciding to harp, contact
probable fabricators or the local PCI section for assistance and advice.
Summary of Stresses at Transfer
Top Stresses
f
t
(ksi)
Bottom
stresses f
t
(ksi) stresses
f
b
(ksi)
At transfer length
section
+0.27 +2.43
At harp points +0.07 +2.60
At midspan +0.19 +2.50
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note that the bottom stresses at the harp points are more
critical than the ones at midspan.
No Tension! The entire beam is in compression.
40
Top Stress
0.3
0.1
0.15
0.2
0.25
S
t
r
e
s
s

(
k
s
i
)
Transfer
Length
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0
0.05
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Length (ft)
g
Harp
Point
Mid-
Span
Bottom Stress
3
1
1.5
2
2.5
S
t
r
e
s
s

(
k
s
i
)
Transfer
Length
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0
0.5
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
Length (ft)
Length
Harp
Point
Mid-
Span
41
Stresses at Service Loads
Total loss of prestress at service loads is
Stress in tendon after all losses
43.95
pT
f ksi =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
202.5 43.95 158.55 = = =
pe pi pT
f f f ksi
Stresses at Service Loads
Force per strand = (f
pe
)(strand area)
p
= (158.55)(0.153) = 24.3 kips
The total prestressing force after all losses
P
pe
= 24.3(40) = 972.0 kips
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
42
Compression:
(5.9.4.2.1)
Due to permanent loads, for service limit states:
For the precast beam: 0.45f
c
= 0.45(7.0) = +3.150 ksi
For the deck: 0.45f
c
= 0.45(4.5) = +2.025 ksi
Due to one half the permanent loads and live load:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For the precast beam:0.40f
c
= 0.40(7.0) = +2.800 ksi
For the deck: 0.40f
c
= 0.40(4.5) = +1.800 ksi
Compression (cont):
(5.9.4.2.1)
Due to permanent and transient loads for service limit states:
For the precast beam: 0.60
w
f
c
= 0.60(1.0)(7.0)
= +4.200 ksi
F th d k 0 60 f 0 60(1 0)(4 5) 2 700 k i
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For the deck: 0.60
w
f
c
= 0.60(1.0)(4.5) = +2.700 ksi
Note:
w
is a factor for slender webs/flanges. It is not really meant for
I girders. If the calculations required for
w
are done,
w
=1.
43
Tension:
For components with bonded prestressing tendons: p p g
For the precast beam:
'
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
'
0.19 0.19(7.0) 0.503
c
f ksi = =
Stresses at Midspan
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the beam, three cases:
1 Under permanent loads Service I: 1. Under permanent loads, Service I:
1
1
( )
( )
972 972(20.0) (951.9 1,148.4) *12 (153.6 245.1) *12
789 8, 909 8, 909 47, 376
1 23 2 18 2 83 0 10 1 98
pe pe c g s
ws b
tg
t t tg
tg
P P e M M
M M
f
A S S S
f
f
+
+
= + +
+ +
= + +
+ + +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1
1.23 2.18 2.83 0.10 1.98
tg
f = + + = +
44
Stresses at Midspan
2. One-half permanent loads plus live loads:
( ) M
2 1
2
2
( )
0.5
1, 386.2*12
0.5(1.98)
47, 376
0.99 0.35 1.34
LL I
tg tg
tg
tg
tg
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Stresses at Midspan
3. Under permanent and transient loads:
( ) M
3
3
3
( )
1, 386.2*12
1.98
47, 376
1.98 0.35 2.33
LL I
tg tg
tg
tg
tg
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
45
Stresses at Midspan
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the deck, three cases:
1. Under permanent loads:
( ) M M ( )
(245.1 153.6) *12
29, 534
0.162
ws b
tc
tc
tc
tc
M M
f
S
f
f
+
=
+
= +
= +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note that deck stresses under service loads are almost always well
below allowable for continuous for LL bridges; but they still must be
checked.
Stresses at Midspan
( )
LL I
M
f f
+
2 1
2
2
( )
1, 386.2*12
0.5(0.162)
29, 534
0.08 0.563 0.64
LL I
tc tc
tc
tc
tc
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
46
Stresses at Midspan
( )
(245.1 153.6 1, 386.2) *12
29, 534
0.73
ws b LL I
tc
tc
tc
tc
M M M
f
S
f
f
+
+ +
=
+ +
=
= +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
tc
f
Stresses at Midspan
Tension stress at the bottom fiber of the beam, Service III:
| |
( )
( ) 0.8
(245.1 153.6) (0.8*1, 386.2) *12
972 972(20.0) (951.9 1,148.4) *12
789 10, 542 10, 542 16, 694
1.23 1.84 2.39 1.08 0.40
+
+
+ +
= +
+ +
+
= +
= + =
pe pe c g s
ws b LL I
b
b b bc
b
b
P P e M M
M M M
f
A S S S
f
f
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Tensile stress limit for concrete: -0.503 ksi OK
Service III has the 0.8LL factor!
b
f
47
Positive Moment Section
Total Ultimate bending moment for Strength I is:
At point of maximum moment 0.4L:
(Tables 3.4.1-1&2)
1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
u
M DC DW LL IM = + + +
1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
1 2 (912 9 1 101 1 1 9) 1 (2 4 2) 1 (1 412 4)
u
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1.25(912.9 1,101.5 171.9) 1.5(274.2) 1.75(1, 412.4)
5, 615
u
u
M
M k ft
= + + + +
=
Average stress in prestressing steel:
| |
(5.7.3.1.1)
1
ps pu
p
c
f f k
d
| |
=
|
|
\ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
48
f
ps
k =
=
0.28 for low relaxation strands
d
p
= Distance from extreme compression fiber to
th t id f th t i t d
in.
2 1.04
py
pu
f
f
| |
|
|
\ .
(Table C5.7.3.1.1-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= the centroid of the prestressing tendons
h - y
bs
= 62.5 4.70 = 57.80
compressive face
in.
' '
A f A f A f +
(5.7.3.1.1-4)
'
0.85
ps pu s y s y
pu
c ps
p
A f A f A f
c
f
f b kA
d
+
=
+
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
49
A
ps
= Area of prestressing steel = 40 * 0.153 = 6.12 in
2
f = Specified tensile strength of prestressing steel = 270 ksi f
pu
= Specified tensile strength of prestressing steel = 270 ksi
A
s
= Area of mild steel tension reinforcement = 0.0 in
2
f
y
= Yield strength of tension reinforcement = 60.0 ksi
A
s
= Area of compression reinforcement = 0.0 in
2
f
y
= Yield strength of compression reinforcement = 60.0 ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
c
= Compressive strength of deck concrete = 4.5 ksi
1
= Stress block factor specified in LRFD 5.7.2.2 = 0.83
b = Effective width of compression flange = 96 in.
6.12(270) 0.0 0.0
270
+
= c
a = depth of the equivalent stress block =
1
c
270
0.85(4.5)(0.83)(96) 0.28(6.12)
57.8
5.28
+
= c
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0.83(5.28) 4.39 8.5
s
a in t in = = < =
50
Therefore, the assumption of rectangular section behavior is
valid and the average stress in prestressing steel is: valid and the average stress in prestressing steel is:
Nominal flexural resistance:
5.28
270 1 0.28 263.3
57.8
ps
f ksi
| |
= =
|
\ .
4.39
6 12(263 3) 57 80
| |
|
| |
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
6.12(263.3) 57.80
2
2 12
7, 467
n ps ps p
n
a
M A f d
M k ft
|
| |
\ .
= =
|
\ .
=
M M =
Factored flexural resistance:
7 467 5 615 M k ft M k ft = > =
r n
M M =
Where = resistance factor = 1.0 for flexure and
tension of prestressed concrete
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
7, 467 5, 615
n u
M k ft M k ft = > =
51
Maximum Reinforcement-Positive Moment Section
The old
max
requirement has been deleted. The LRFD
Specifications now require that be determined based on
whether the section is tension controlled compression whether the section is tension controlled, compression
controlled or a transition section. In the calculation of M
r
,
tension control was assumed.
Check the strain in the extreme tensile steel:
t
d 54.0 8.5 2 60.5 = + =
| | | |
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This is a tension controlled section, so = 1.0
(5.7.2.1 & 5.5.4.2)
t
t
d c 60.5 5.28
0.003 0.003 0.032 0.005
c 5.28
| | | |
= = = >
| |
\ . \ .
Minimum Reinforcement Positive Moment Section
At any section, the amount of prestressed and
nonprestressed tensile reinforcement shall be adequate to p q
develop a factored flexural resistance, M
r
, at least equal to
the lesser of:
1.2 times the cracking moment, M
cr
, determined on
the basis of elastic stress distribution and the modulus
of rupture, f
r
,
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1.33 times the factored moment required by the
applicable strength load combinations
(5.7.3.3.2)
52
Minimum Reinforcement - Positive Moment Section
(5.7.3.3.2-1)
( ) 1
c
cr c r cpe dnc c r
nc
S
M S f f M S f
S
| |
= +
|
\ .
Where:
'
0.37 0.37 7.0 0.979
c
f = = f
r
= Modulus of rupture = ksi
f
cpe
=
Compressive stress in concrete due to effective
prestresss forces only (after allowance for all
Prestress losses) at extreme fiber of section where
tensile stress is caused by externally applied loads
ksi
(5.4.2.6)
nc \ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
972 972(20.0)
1.23 1.84 3.07
789 10, 542
pe pe c
b
P P e
A S
+ = + = + =
M
dnc
= Total unfactored dead load moment acting on
the non-composite section =
kip-ft
the non composite section
M
g
+M
s
= 951.9+1,148.4 = 2,100.3
S
c
= Section modulus for the extreme fiber of the
composite section where tensile stress is
caused by externally applied loads = 16,694
in
3
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
S
nc
= Section modulus for the extreme fiber of the
noncomposite section where tensile stress is
caused by externally applied loads = 10,542
in
3
53
ki ft
16, 694 16, 694 16, 694
(0.98 3.07) 2,100.3 1 (0.979)
12 10, 542 12
4 400 1 362
cr
M
M
| |
= +
|
\ .
kip-ft
kip-ft
At midspan, the factored moment required by the Strength I load
combination is: M
u
= 5,610 kip-ft
Therefore, kip-ft
Since Controls
1.33 7, 461
u
M =
1 2 1 33 M M 1 2M
1.2 5, 290
cr
M =
4, 400 1, 362
cr
M =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Since , Controls
OK
Note: The LRFD Specifications states that this requirement be met at every section.
1.2 1.33
cr u
M M < 1.2
cr
M
7, 467 1.2
r cr
M M = >
Design of the Negative Moment Section
(3 4 1-1&2) 1 25( ) 1 5( ) 1 75( ) M DC DW LL IM = + + +
At the pier section:
kip-ft
Notes:
1. At the negative moment section, the compression
face is the bottom flange of the beam and is 26 in
(3.4.1-1&2) 1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
u
1.25( 292.7) 1.5( 467.1) 1.75( 1, 380.7) 3, 483
u
M = + + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
wide.
2. This section is a nonprestressed reinforced concrete
section, thus = 0.9 for flexure.
54
Assume the deck reinforcement is at the mid-height of the
deck.
A f | |
deck.
'
1.7
s y
u s y
c
A f
M A f d
f b
| |
=
|
\ .
f
y
= Yield strength of compression reinforcement
= 60.0
in
2
f
c
= Compressive strength of girder = 7.0
ksi
(5.14.1.2.7j)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
54 0.5(8.5) 58.25 + =
c
p g g
d = Effective depth to negative moment
reinforcement from bottom of girder =
in
(60)
3 483(12) 0 90 (60) 58 25
s
A
A
| |
=
|
This is the required amount of mild steel reinforcement
2
2
3, 483(12) 0.90 (60) 58.25
1.7(7.0)(26)
0 10.47 3145 41, 796
13.94
s
s s
s
A
A A
A in
=
|
\ .
= +
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This is the required amount of mild steel reinforcement
required in the slab to resist the negative moment and it is
equal to 18 #5 bars and 19 #6 bars.
55
Longitudinal Deck Reinforcement
The longitudinal reinforcement in the deck includes
distribution reinforcement and other minimum reinforcement distribution reinforcement and other minimum reinforcement.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
2
( )
5.58
s provided
A in =
Negative Moment Deck Reinforcement
The additional area of deck reinforcement required:
22
, '
13.93 5.58 8.35
s Add l
A in = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
56
Typical longitudinal deck reinforcement No. 5 @ 12 Top -
No. 5 @ 8 Btm.
T l A f l i di l i f 5 58 i
2
Total Area of longitudinal reinforcement
provided
5.58 in
2
Factored negative design moment -3,483 kip-ft
Total area required to resist negative
moment
13.93 in
2
Additional area of deck reinforcement
required
8.35 in
2
Addi i l i f id d 19 N 6 B
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Additional reinforcement provided 19 No. 6 Bars
Additional area of deck reinforcement
provided
8.36 in
2
Total A
s
provided 13.94 in
2
> 13.93 in
2
OK
Location of steel:
Top 8 #5 + 8 #6 with 2 clear
Note: Epoxy coated
steel assumed. Min.
Top 8 #5 8 #6 with 2 clear
Btm 10 #5 + 11 #6 with 2 5/8 clear.
in
2
18(0.31) 19(0.44) 13.94
s
A = + =
8(0.31)(2.3125) 8(0.44)(2.375) 10(0.31)(8.5 2.9375) 11(0.44)(8.5 3)
13.94
57.96
4 16
x
x
+ + +
=
= =
cover is 1.5 in.
(5.12.4)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
We assumed 4.25 from top OK
d = 58.34 in
4.16
13.94
x
57
Now check M
n
:
( )( )
( )( )
s y
c
1
A f 13.94 60
a 5.41in
0.85f ' b 0.85 7 26
a 5.41
c 7.72
0.7
41
= = =
= = =
| |
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )( )( )
r n
r u
5.41
M M 0.9 13.94 60 58.34
2
M 41, 880k in 3, 490k ft M 3, 483k ft
| |
= =
|
\ .
= = > =
Effective Tension Flange Width
The effective tension flange width is the lesser of:
The effective flange width = 96 in CONTROLS
A width equal to 1/10 of the average of adjacent spans
between bearings =
(5.7.3.4)
0 10(96 25)(12) 115 5in =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(4.6.2.6)
0.10(96.25)(12) 115.5in
58
Control of Cracking by Distribution Reinforcement
According to LRFD 5.7.3.4 the spacing of the mild steel
reinforcement in the layer closest to the tension face shall satisfy
equation 5.7.3.4-1.
The tensile stress in mild reinforcement is computed to be:
700
2
e
c
s s
s d
f

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
sl
s
s
M
f
A jd
=
f
y
= Yield strength of reinforcement = 60.0 ksi
M
sl
= (292.7)+(467.1)+(1,380.7)= 2,140.5 kip-ft
A
s
= Area of negative moment reinforcement =
13.94
in
2
reinforcement from bottom of girder =
in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g
62.5-4.16 = 58.34
j = 1-(k/3) = 1-(0.275/3) = 0.908
59
Where:
2
2 ( ) k n n n = +
Where:
29, 000
5 718
steel
E
=
M d l R i
2
2(0.00919)(5.718) (0.00919*5.718) 0.00919*5.718
0.275
k
k
= +
=
13.94
0.00919
(26)(58.34)
s
A
bd
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
So:
,
5.718
5, 072
steel
girder
E
= =
n = Modular Ratio =
2,140.5(12)
34.8
13.94(0.908)(58.34)
s
f ksi = =
The previous calculation made the simplifying assumption
th t th ti t l that the section was rectangular.
If this assumption is NOT made, the neutral axis, calculated
using working stress concepts, can be calculated as 16.45
inches from the bottom of the beam. The cracked,
transformed moment of inertia is 177200 in
4
. The steel stress
is found to be 34 6 ksi which compares to 34 8 ksi using the
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
is found to be 34.6 ksi which compares to 34.8 ksi using the
rectangular assumption.
60
A quick review of working stress:
1) The cracked, transformed section is used.
2) Th t l i i t th t i t id
s
c
E
n
E
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
2) The neutral axis is at the geometric centroid.
3) Concrete stress is assumed linear.
4) Steel is converted to an equivalent area of concrete by multiplying
by n.
5) Tension in concrete is ignored
The maximum concrete stress is:
The steel stress is:
sl
c
tr
M c
f
I
=
( )
The term M(d-c)/I gives
the equivalent concrete
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
sl
s
tr
M d c
f n
I

=
the equivalent concrete
stress. It is converted to
steel stress by
multiplying by n.
61
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This is the assumed cracked, transformed section. Note
that it is a negative moment section. Based on a previous
iteration, the neutral axis, x, is within the tapered section of
the Type IV flange.
To determine x, the position of
the neutral axis, the first moment
of inertia of the area about the of inertia of the area about the
neutral axis must be = 0. Define
the downward direction as
positive.
It can be shown that b = 42-2x
( )
1 x 8
| | | |
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( ) ( )( )( ) ( )( )
( ) ( )
1 x 8
26 42 2x 8 x 4 2 x 8 x 8 x 8
2 3
x
x 42 2x 79.5 58.34 x 0
2
| | | |
+
| |
\ . \ .
| |
+ =
|
\ .
62
The equation reduces to:
3 2
0.33x 21x 15.5x 4467.3 0 + + =
The roots are -13.55, 16.45 and 60.75.
The only root which makes any sense is
x = 16.45 in. Thus, b = 9.10 inches and
x-8 = 8.45 in.
( )( ) ( ) ( )( )
3 2
3
1 1
I 9.10 16.45 2 8.45 8 8.45 8 16.45 4
3 12
(
= + +
(

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )( ) ( )( )
( )
2
3
2
4
1 1 8.45
2 8.45 8.45 8.45 8.45 16.45 8
36 2 3
79.5 58.34 16.45 177200in
(
| |
+ +
(
|
\ .
(

+ =
( )
sl
s
M d c
f n
I

=
( )
( )( )
s
tr
s
I
2140.5 12 58.34 16.45
f 5.7 34.6ksi
177200

= =
This is lower than the stress found by assuming a
rectangular section Since the steel stress in the
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
rectangular section. Since the steel stress in the
denominator of the spacing equation, using the
rectangular assumption is conservative (requires a closer
spacing) in this case.
63
The spacing of mild steel reinforcement in the layer closest
to the tension face shall satisfy the following: to the tension face shall satisfy the following:
Where:
(5.7.3.4-1)
700
2
e
c
s s
s d
f
e
= Exposure factor = 0.75 for Class 2 exposure
condition
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
s
= Tensile stress in steel reinforcement at the
service limit state
ksi
s
=
1
0.7( )
c
c
d
h d
+

Where:
d
c
= Thickness of concrete cover measured
from extreme tension fiber to center of
the flexural reinforcement located closest
therto = 2.00+5/8(0.5) = 2.31
in
h = Overall height on the composite section
= 62.5
in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
64
2.31
1 1.055
0 7(62 5 2 31)
s
= + =
700 0.75
2(2.31) 9.67
1.055 34.8
s in
0.7(62.5 2.31)
OK
6.0 9.67 in in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
OK
For this example the tensile stress in the mild
reinforcement is less than its allowable. Thus, the
distribution of reinforcement for control of cracking is
adequate.
Maximum Reinforcement Negative Moment Section
As before, check the strain in the extreme tensile steel:
t
t
d c 59.9 7.72
0.003 0.003 0.020 0.005
c 7.72
| | | |
= = = >
| |
\ . \ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.7.2.1 & 5.5.4.2)

65
Minimum Reinforcement Negative Moment Section
At any section, the amount of prestressed and
nonprestressed tensile reinforcement shall be adequate to p q
develop a factored flexural resistance, M
r
, at least equal to
the lesser of:
1.2 times the cracking moment, M
cr
, determined on
the basis of elastic stress distribution and the modulus
of rupture, f
r
,
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1.33 times the factored moment required by the
applicable strength load combinations
(5.7.3.3.2)
(5.7.3.3.2-1) ( ) 1
c
cr c r cpe dnc c r
nc
S
M S f f M S f
S
| |
= +
|
\ .
Where:
nc \ .
'
0.37 0.37 4.5 0.785
c
f = =
0
g s
M M + =
f
r
= ksi
f
cpe
= 0.0 ksi
M
dnc
= kip-ft
S = 29 534 in
3
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
S
c
= 29,534 in
66
29, 534
(0.785)
12
=
cr
M
At bearing, the factored moment required by the Strength I load
combination is: M
u
= -3,483 kip-ft
Therefore, kip-ft
1.33 4, 631
u
M =
1, 932 =
cr
M k ft
1.2 2, 318 =
cr
M k ft
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Since , Controls
OK
1.2 1.33
cr u
M M < 1.2
cr
M
3, 490 1.2 2, 318
r cr
M M = > =
Positive Moment Connection
Continuous for live load bridges are covered in Article
5.14.1.4.4. Much of this article is new in 2007 (4th Ed.).
One requirement of this article is for a positive moment
connection. These positive moments are caused by the upward
camber of the prestressed girders due to creep and shrinkage.
The positive moment connection is needed to provided continuity
at the pier.
Th ti b d ith b t di ild t l t
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The connection can be made either by extending mild steel out
of the end of the girder into the diaphragm or by leaving strand
extend out of the end of the girder into the diaphragm. This
example illustrates bent strand connections.
67
Positive Moment Connection
Positive moments develop at the connection
between girders at in interior supports due to live between girders at in interior supports due to live-
load effects (if more than two spans) and restraint
caused by temperature, creep, and shrinkage.
According to LRFD 5.14.1.4.4, these restraint
moments are negligible when continuity is
established after 90 days.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
y
Development of Extended Strands
The strands are bent up 90 into the diaphragm so that the hook
extends 8 inches from the end of the girder. The ends of the girders
are placed 10 inches apart With the 8 inch projection this leaves 2 are placed 10 inches apart. With the 8 inch projection this leaves 2
inches of clear allowing for construction tolerances. Typically mild steel
is placed in the corner of the hooks to enhance the development length
of the hooks. These bars should be at least #5.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
68
Required Area of Strand
The design moment used for the working stress check is
M
cr
while the design moment for the strength check is
1 2M According to LRFD 5 14 1 4 9c the stress in the 1.2M
cr
. According to LRFD 5.14.1.4.9c the stress in the
strands used for design as a function of the total length of
the strand shall not exceed:
where:
( 8)
150
0.288
=
dsh
psl
l
f ksi
( 8)
0.163
=
dsh
pul
l
f
(5.14.1.4.9c-1)
(5.14.1.4.9c-2)
= total length of extended strand in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
dsh
f
psl
= stress in the strand at the service limit state ksi
Cracked section shall be assumed
f
pul
= stress in the strand at the strength limit state ksi
The design moments, parameters, and results for
the design of the positive moment connection the design of the positive moment connection
using bent strand are found in following table.
The cracking moment is found using the gross,
composite cross section, but assuming that
cracking occurs at the diaphragm. Thus the
diaphragm concrete strength is used. For these
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
p g g
calculations the effective width of 96 inches, 0.5
inch strand, and concrete strength of 4.5 ksi were
used.
69
When using working stress design the number of strands is
assumed to calculate the length of the strand. When using
( )
cr c cb
M 0.24 f ' S 0.24 4.5 16694 8500k in 708k ft
1 2M 850k f
= = = =
g g
the strength design method, the length of strand is
assumed to calculate the number of strands required.
Design iterations are performed to determine the most
efficient combination of strand and length.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
cr
e dsh
1.2M 850k ft
L 8
=
= l
Working Stress Design
No of Strand 6 8 10 12 16 No. of Strand 6 8 10 12 16
42.29 33.78 29.36 25.83 21.42
A
s
. 0.92 1.22 1.53 1.84 2.45
Moment 708.00 708.00 708.00 708.00 708.00
n 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00
d 62.50 62.50 60.50 60.50 60.50
dsh
l
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
45E-6 52E-6 263E-6 317E-6 422E-6
k 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08
j 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.97
f
s
150 113.07 93.68 78.22 58.87
70
Strength Design
No. of Strand 5.18 6.52 8.00 9.27 13.13
42.00 35.00 30.00 27.00 22.00
A
s
0.79 1.00 1.22 1.42 2.01
Moment 849.70 849.70 849.70 849.70 849.70
d 62.50 62.50 62.50 60.50 60.50
a 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.47
f 209 166 135 117 86
dsh
l
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
* Back calculated based on strand length
f
pul
209 166 135 117 86
In this example working stress design governs. Multiple
iterations are performed to determine the least length of iterations are performed to determine the least length of
extension of the strand required.
If the results indicate an odd number of strands they are rounded
up to an even number to provide symmetry in the connection.
It may be more desirable to have a larger number of shorter
strands as opposed to fewer longer strands. Girder fabrication
may be more difficult with longer strand extensions as this may
require excessive space between girders in the bed In addition
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
require excessive space between girders in the bed. In addition,
if a larger number of shorter strands are used the stress can be
distributed throughout a larger area.
71
The designer chooses from the previous tables. A
reasonable design would be 12 strands extended 26
inches. That would be an 8 inch horizontal extension from
the face of the beam and an 18 inch vertical tail to the
hook. Any 12 strands could be extended, but spacing
them out and using different rows makes construction
easier and limits stress concentrations.
Also note that, consistent with the design examples in
NCHRP Report 519, the haunch has been included.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Shear Design
The area and spacing of shear reinforcement must be
determined at regular intervals along the entire length of determined at regular intervals along the entire length of
the beam. In this design example, transverse shear design
procedures are demonstrated below by determining these
values at the critical section near the supports.
Transverse reinforcement shall be provided where:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.8.2.4-1)
0.5 ( )
u c p
V V V +
72
Shear Design
V
u
= Total factored shear force kips
V
c
= Shear strength provided by concrete kips
V
p
= Component of the effective prestressing force
in the direction of the applied shear
kips
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= Resistance factor (5.5.4.2.1)
Critical Section
d
v
= Effective shear depth
Distance between resultants of tensile and Distance between resultants of tensile and
compressive forces, d
e
a/2, but not less
than 0.9d
e
or 0.72h.
(5.8.2.9)
d
e
= The corresponding effective depth from
the extreme compression fiber to the
centroid of the tensile force in the tensile
reinforcement 58 34
in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
reinforcement = 58.34
a = Equivalent depth of the compression
block = 5.41
in
h = Total height of section = 62.5 in
73
Effective Shear Depth
0 5( ) 58 34 0 5(5 41) 55 63 d d a in = = =
Therefore, d
v
= 55.63 in.
0.5( ) 58.34 0.5(5.41) 55.63
0.9 0.9(58.34) 52.5
0.72 0.72(62.5) 45
v e
e
d d a in
d in
h in
= = =
= =
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Therefore, d
v
55.63 in.
Calculation of Critical Section
The critical section near the support is d
v
= 55.63 in
from the FACE of the support from the FACE of the support.
Note: Assume the length of the bearing pad is 10
inches.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Thus the critical section is:
55.63 in + 5 in = 60.63 inches.
74
Using values from previous tables (linearly interpolated),
the factored shear force and bending moment at the critical g
section for shear, according to Strength I load
combinations.
kips
(All shear goes the same way!)
1.25(35.4 42.7 14.1) 1.50(22.6) 1.75(99.4) 323.1
u
V = + + + + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0.9(185.2 223.5) 1.25( 219.3) 1.50( 350.0) 1.75( 1, 080.9)
2, 323 27880
u
u
M
M k ft k in
= + + + +
= =
At this point, there are three choices:
1. Ignore the prestressing steel
Then, this is a reinforced section
= 2
= 45
(This is VERY conservative)

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
2. Use Sectional Model for RC
3. Include PS Steel
75
Contribution of Concrete to Nominal Shear Resistance
1. Ignore prestressing steel:
A #4 h A 0 4 i
2
90 i 1 0
'
0.0316 0.0316(2) 7(8)(55.63) 74.4
c c v v
V f b d k = = =
323.1
74.4 284.6
0.9
s
V kips = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Assume #4 hoops A
v
= 0.4 in
2
= 90 sin =1 cot =0
cot
0 4(60)(55 63) cot 45
A f d
in
Use #4@4 in
cot
0.4(60)(55.63) cot 45
4.7
284.6
v y v
s
A f d
s
V

= = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
s
= 334 kips
76
2. Use Sectional Model but for RC:
M 27 880 kip in M
u
= 27,880 kip-in
d
v
= 55.63 in.
N
u
= Applied factored normal force at the specified section = 0 kips
V
u
= 323.1
kips
A
s
= Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension side of the
member = 13.94
in
2
A = 0 in
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
A
p
0 in
E
p
= 28,500 ksi
E
s
= 29,000 ksi
V
p
=
=
=
Component of the effective prestressing force in the
direction of the applied shear
(force per strand)(number of draped strands)(sin )
0
kips
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
f
po
= 0
77
Assume 0.5 cot = 1.
3
27, 880
0.5(0) (323.1) 0
55.63
0.001
2(29, 000(13.94))
1.0 10 0.001
x
x
+ +
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
u p
u
V V
v
b d
=
v v
b d
v
u
= Shear stress in concrete kips
b
v
=
=
Effective web width of the beam
8
in
V
p
= Component of the effective prestressing force in the
kips
Where:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
=
=
0
78
ksi
323.1 0.9(0)
0.81
0 9(8)(55 63)
u
v

= =
Use (v
u
/ f
c
) < 0.125 and
x
< 1 from LRFD Table
0.9(8)(55.63)
'
0.81
0.115
7.0
| |
= =
|
\ .
u
c
v
f
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(
u c
)
x
5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 37
= 2.13
kips
'
0.0316 0.0316(2.13) 7(8)(55.63) 79.3
c c v v
V f b d = = =
kips
Use #4 hoops A
v
= 0.4 in
2
= 90 sin =1 cot =0
323.1 0.9(79.3)
280.0
0.9
s
V

= =
cot
0.4(60)(55.63) cot 37.0
6.32
280.0
v y v
s
A f d
s
V

= = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
So #4 hoops at 6 in
V
s
= 295.0 kips
OK
0.9(79.3 295.0 0) 337
r u
V k V = + + = >
79
3. Include Prestressing Steel:
M 27 880 kip in M
u
= 27,880 kip-in
d
v
= 53.6 in.
N
u
V
u
= 323.1
kips
A
s
= Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension side of the
member = 13.94
in
2
A = 9(0 153) = 1 38 in
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
A
p
9(0.153) 1.38 in
E
p
= 28,500 ksi
E
s
= 29,000 ksi
Note, when the prestressing steel in included, d
e
= 57 inches. The
term c = 9.76 in and a = 6.77in. Thus, d
v
= 53.6 in.
If d
v
< 60d
b
= 30 in, V
p
and f
po
must be reduced for lack of
bond. d = 53.6 , so the critical section is 70.6 from the end bond. d
v
53.6 , so the critical section is 70.6 from the end
of the girder > 30 in so:
V
p
=
=
=
24.3(9)(sin 6.2
) = 23.6
kips
f
po
= A parameter taken as modulus of elasticity of ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
.7 0.7(270.0) 189 = =
pu
f
p
=
prestressing tendons multiplied by the locked-in
difference in strain between the prestressing tendons
and the surrounding concrete
[LRFD
5.8.3.4.2]
80
Assume 0.5 cot = 1.
3
27, 880
0.5(0) (323.1 23.6) 1.38(189)
53.6
0.001
2(29, 000(13.94) 28, 500(1.38))
0.63 10 0.001
x
x
+ +
=
+
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
u p
u
V V
v
b d
=
v v
b d
v
u
b
v
=
=
8
in
V
p
= Component of the effective prestressing force in the
kips
Where:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
=
=
23.6
81
ksi
323.1 0.9(23.6)
0.782
0 9(8)(53 6)
u
v

= =
Use (v
u
/ f
c
) < 0.125 and
x
< 0.75 from LRFD
0.9(8)(53.6)
'
0.782
0.111
7.0
u
c
v
f
| |
= =
|
\ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(
u c
)
x
Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 34.4
= 2.26
kips
'
0.0316 0.0316(2.26) 7(8)(55.63) 84.1
c c v v
V f b d = = =
kips
Use #4 hoops A
v
= 0.4 in
2
= 90 sin =1 cot =0
323.1 0.9(84.1 23.6)
251.3
0.9
s
V
+
= =
cot
0.4(60)(53.6) cot 34.4
7.5
251.3
v y v
s
A f d
s
V

= = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
So #4 hoops at 6 in
V
s
= 313 kips
OK
0.9(84.1 313.0 23.6) 378.6
r u
V V = + + = >
82
Minimum Reinforcement Requirement
Check which is true:
(5.8.2.7)
or
ksi
ksi
(5.8.2.7-1)
(5.8.2.7-2)
'
0.125
u c
v f <
'
0.125
u c
v f
'
0.125 0.125(7.0) 0.875
c
f = =
0.81
u
v =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Since , Then in
24 in CONTROLS
'
0.125
u c
v f <
max
0.8 0.8(55.63) 44.5 24.0 = = =
v
s d
Calculate minimum area of steel using a 6 inch spacing to
get area of steel: get area of steel:
<0.4 in
2
OK
( )( )
2 v
v c
y
8in 6in
b s
A 0.0316 f ' 0.0316 7ksi 0.067in
f 60ksi
= =
(5.8.2.5)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
83
Critical Section Positive Moment
Critical Section near the supports is at d
v
.
Where:
Where:
d
v
= Effective shear depth
Distance between resultants of tensile and compressive
forces, d
e
a/2, but not less than 0.9d
e
or 0.72h.
(5.8.2.9)
d = The corresponding effective depth from the in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
d
e
The corresponding effective depth from the
extreme compression fiber to the centroid of the
tensile force in the tensile reinforcement = 58.2
in
a = Equivalent depth of the compression block = 3.42 in
h = Total height of section = 62.5 in
In this area, the positive moment properties are needed. However,
since this section is where the strand is harped, the positive moment
properties must be recalculated using 31 strands. A
p
= 4.74 in
2
and d
p
=
62.5 - 4.32 = 58.2 inches. The value of 4.32 inches as the centroid of 31
strands was calculated earlier in Section 1.7.2. Refer to Section 1.9.1
for the equations below:
( )( )
( )( )( )( ) ( )
4 74 270
4 11
270
0 85 4 5 0 83 96 0 28 4 74
58 2
.
c . in
. . . . .
= =
+
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )( )
58 2
4 11
270 1 0 28 264 8
58 2
0 83 4 11 3 42
ps
.
.
f . . ksi
.
a . . . in
| |
= =
|
\ .
= =
84
0.5( ) 58.2 0.5(3.42) 56.5 d d a in = = =
Therefore, d
v
= 56.5 in.
0.5( ) 58.2 0.5(3.42) 56.5
0.9 0.9(58.2) 52.4
0.72 0.72(62.5) 45
v e
e
d d a in
d in
h in
= =
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
v
= 56.5 in
from the FACE of the support from the FACE of the support.
Note: Assume the length of the bearing pad is 10
inches.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Thus the critical section is:
56.5 in + 5 in 62 inches.
85
Using values from previous tables, the factored shear force
and bending moment at the critical section for shear, g
according to Strength I load combinations.
It is conservative to take the highest factored moment that
will occur at that section, rather than the moment
corresponding to maximum V Therefore
1.25(35.4 42.7 7.9) 1.50(12.6) 1.75(82.2) 250.0
1.25(185.2 223.5 49.6) 1.50(79.1) 1.75(373.9) 1, 346
u
u
V k
M k in
= + + + + =
= + + + + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
corresponding to maximum V
u
. Therefore,
kips
kip-ft
250.0
u
V =
1, 346
u
M =
(5.8.3.4.2)
resistance is: resistance is:
'
0.0316
c c v v
V f b d =
(5.8.3.3-3)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
86
Strain in Flexural Tension Reinforcement
Strain in the reinforcement is (assuming uncracked):
(5 8 3 4 2 1)
M
Where:
(5.8.3.4.2-1)
0.5 0.5 cot
0.001
2( )
u
u u p ps po
v
x
s s p ps c c
M
N V V A f
d
E A E A E A
+ +
=
+ +
N
u
V
p
=
=
Component of the effective prestressing force in the direction of the
applied shear
kips
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
=
=
24.3(9)(sin 6.2
) = 23.6
f
po
=
=
A parameter taken as modulus of elasticity of prestressing tendons
multiplied by the locked-in difference in strain between the
prestressing tendons and the surrounding concrete
ksi
[LRFD
5.8.3.4.2]
.7 0.7(270.0) 189 = =
pu
f
f f
2
Where (cont.):
A
ps
=
=
Area of prestressing steel on the flexural tension
side of the member, as shown in LRFD Figure
5.8.3.4.2-1.
31(0.153) = 4.74
in
2
A
s
= Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural
tension side of the member = 0
in
2
A
c
= Area of concrete on the flexural tension half. This in
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
=
term is calculated as the area on the tension side
(bottom in this case) from the tension fiber to h/2.
475
87
Note that either can be assumed OR 0.5 cot can be
assumed =1. Assume 0.5 cot = 1: assumed 1. Assume 0.5 cot 1:
( ) ( )
3
1, 346(12)
0.5(0) (250 23.6) 4.74(189)
56.5
0.001
2 28, 500(4.74) 5072 475
0.07 10 0.001
x
x
+ +
=
+

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
The negative value means the section is uncracked
Shear Stress
u p
u
V V
v
b d
=
Where:
v v
b d
v
u
b
v
= Effective web width of the beam = 8 in
V
p
=
=
kips
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
= 23.6
250 0.9(23.6)
0.562
0.9(8)(56.5)
u
v ksi
= =
88
Values of &
0.562
0 0803
u
v | |
= =
|
Use (v
u
/ f
c
) < 0.1 and
x
< -0.05 from LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 21.4
= 3.24
'
0.0803
7.0
c
f
= =
|
\ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Concrete Contribution
resistance is:
(5 8 3 3 3)
resistance is:
kips
(5.8.3.3-3)
'
0.0316
c c v v
V f b d =
0.0316(3.24) 7.0(8)(56.5) 122.4
c
V = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
89
Contribution of Reinforcement of Nominal Shear Resistance
Check if:
(5.8.2.4-1)
kips
At least minimum stirrups are needed.
( )
250 0.5 ( ) 0.5 0.9 (122.4 23.6) 65.7
u c p
V kips V V = > + = + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.8.2.7)
or
ksi
(5.8.2.7-1)
(5.8.2.7-2)
'
0.125
u c
v f <
'
0.125
u c
v f
'
0.125 0.125(7.0) 0.875
c
f = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
ksi
Since , Then in : 24 in CONTROLS
0.562
u
v =
'
0.125
u c
v f <
max
0.8 24.0
v
s d =
90
Calculate minimum area of steel using a 12 inch spacing to
get area of steel per foot: get area of steel per foot:
ODOT uses #4 bars with 2 legs as standard;
(A
v
= 2(0.2 in
2
) = 0.4 in
2
)
(5.8.2.5)
( )( )
2 v
v c
y
8in 12in
b s
A 0.0316 f ' 0.0316 7ksi 0.134in
f 60ksi
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
#4@ 24 inch o.c.= 0.2 in
2
/ft
Maximum Nominal Shear Resistance
n
, given by following equation, is
intended to ensure that the concrete in the web of the intended to ensure that the concrete in the web of the
beam will not crush prior to yield of the transverse
reinforcement.
Comparing this previous equation with equation LRFD
5 8 3 3 1:
(5.8.3.3-2)
'
0.25
n c v v p
V f b d V +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
5.8.3.3.-1:
'
0.25
c s c v v
V V f b d +
91
Assume #4 @ 24:
( )
( )( )( ) ( ) ( )
2
0 4 60 56 5 21 4 0 1
24
144 2
v y v
s
s
s
A f d cot cot sin
V
s
. in ksi . cot .
V
in
V . k
+
=
( +

=
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
OK ( )
122.4 144.2 266.6 0.25(7.0)(8)(56.5) 791 + = =
( )
V V V V = + +
( )
( )
0 9 122 4 144 2 23 6 261 2
250
r c s p
r
r u
V V V V
V . . . . . kips
V V kips
+ +
= + + =
> =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
92
Factored Horizontal Shear
It will be assumed that the critical section is the same as for
vertical shear Using load combination Strength I: vertical shear. Using load combination Strength I:
kips
in
Both of these values were found in the preceding section.
323.1
u
V =
55.6
v
d =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
p g
This is shear at the critical section near the pier.
Required Interface Shear Reinforcement
ri ni
V V = (5.8.4.1-1)
The nominal shear resistance of the interface plane is:
Where:
(5.8.4.1-3)
[ ]
ni cv vf y c
V cA A f P = + +
c = Cohesion factor ksi
[LRFD 5.8.4.3]
= Friction factor
A
cv
= Area of concrete engaged in shear transfer = b
vi
L
vi
in
2
A f h i f t i th h l i
2
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
A
vf
= Area of shear reinforcement crossing the shear plane in
2
P
c
= Permanent net compressive force normal to the shear plane kips
f
y
= Shear reinforcement yield strength ksi
b
vi
= Width of area of concrete engaged in shear transfer in
L
vi
= Length of area of concrete engaged in shear transfer in
93
For a cast-in-place concrete placed against clean concrete
girder surfaces, free of laitance with surface intentionally girder surfaces, free of laitance with surface intentionally
roughened to an amplitude of 0.25 in:
(5.8.4.2)
0.28 c =
1.0 =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Begin by exploring what happens when the shear
reinforcement is the minimum used anywhere in the girder. reinforcement is the minimum used anywhere in the girder.
The shear reinforcement was previously calculated to be
#4 @ 24 inches minimum. The shear width is b
vi
= 20
inches as this is the width of the top of the girder. If L
vi
= 24
inches:
( )
2
[ ]
20 24 480
ni cv vf y c
V cA A f P
A in
= + +
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
( )( ) ( )
( )
20 24 480
0.28 480 1.0 0.4 60 0 158.4
0.9 158.4 142.6
cv
ni
ri ni
A in
V k
V V k
( = + + =

= = =
94
ui ui cv
V v A = (5.8.4.2-2)
142 6
(5.8.4.2-1)
142 6
0 297
480
ui ,max
.
v . ksi = =
1 u
ui
vi v
V
v
b d
=
( )( )
1
0 297 20 55 6 330
u ,max
V . . kips = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Therefore, #4 @ 24 is adequate anywhere that V
u
< 330 kips. Note that
the critical section, the reinforcement is actually #4 @ 4 inches or #4 @
6; depending on the model used. Note that #4 @ 24 would be
adequate for horizontal shear, so it is NOT necessary to extend every
shear stirrup into the slab.
( )( )
,
Minimum Interface Shear Reinforcement
Minimum shear reinforcement,
0 05A
A #4 double leg bar at 24 in spacing is provided
from the beam extending into the deck. Therefore,
A
vf
=0.4 in
2
every 2 ft.
(5.8.4.1-4)
0.05
cv
vf
y
A
A
f
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
OK
0.05(480)
0.40 0.40
60
=
95
Minimum Interface Shear Reinforcement
Article 5.8.4.4 states that A
vf
need not exceed that
required to resist 1 33V / The same article also required to resist 1.33V
ui
/. The same article also
states that the minimum reinforcement provisions are
waived for girder slab interfaces with surfaces
roughened to an amplitude of 0.25 inches where the
factored interface shear, v
ui
, found in equation 5.8.4.2-
1 is less than 0.210 ksi and all of the vertical
(transverse) shear reinforcement required by Article
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(transverse) shear reinforcement required by Article
5.8.1.1 is extended and anchored into the slab.
V
ni
must be less than:
'
0 3(4 5)(480) 648 K f A k
(5 8 4 1 4)
V
ni
provided = 158.4 k OK
1
0.3(4.5)(480) 648
c cv
K f A k = =
2
1.8(480) 864
cv
K A k = =
(5.8.4.1-4)
(5.8.4.1-5)
'
1
2
c cv
cv
K f A
K A
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
K
1
= 0.3 and K
2
= 1.8 (for normal weight concrete) are found
in Article 5.8.4.3.
2 cv
96
Minimum Longitudinal Reinforcement Requirement
At each section the tensile capacity of the longitudinal
reinforcement on the flexural tension side of the member reinforcement on the flexural tension side of the member
shall be proportioned to satisfy:
0.5 0.5 cot
u
u u
ps ps s y p s
M
N V
A f A f V V
d

(
+ + +
(

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.8.3.5-1)
v
d

According to Article 5.8.3.5, it is not necessary
to provide any steel beyond that to resist to provide any steel beyond that to resist
moment if there is a compressive reaction on
the flexural compression face; in other words,
in a negative moment zone over a support, the
equation in this article does not need to be
satisfied. However, it makes an exception for a
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
continuous for live load bridge; saying that this
equation must be checked for a continuous for
live load bridge.
97
This provision will be checked at the simply supported end,
using positive moment properties. The check at the using positive moment properties. The check at the
continuous end is made in a similar manner.
The development length is:
( ) ( )
d ps pe b
2 2
f f d 1.6 264.8 158.6 0.5 127.3in
3 3
| | | |
= = =
| |
\ . \ .
l
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.11.4.2)
( )
a 3.42
d d 62 5 4 32 56 5in = = =
( )
v p
d d 62.5 4.32 56.5in
2 2
= = =
So the critical section is 56.5 inches from face of support.
Allowing for a 10 inch bearing pad and that the center of
bearing is 12 inches from the girder end, the critical section
is 56.5+10/2+12=73.5 inches from the end of the girder.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Since this is less than the development length, the stress in
the steel must be reduced for lack of development.
98
The stress in the undeveloped steel can be found from:
( )
px b
px pe ps pe
d b
60d
f f f f
60d
= +
l
l
(5.11.4.2-4)
( )
73.5in 30in
f 158 6ksi 264 8ksi 158 6ksi 206ksi
+
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
px
f 158.6ksi 264.8ksi 158.6ksi 206ksi
127.3in 30in
= + =

0.5 0.5 cot
(
+ + +
(
u
u u
ps ps s y p s
M
N V
A f A f V V
( )( )
( )
( ) ( )
0.5 0.5 co
4.74 206 977
1346 250
0 23.6 0.5 144.2 cot 21.4 488
1.0 56.5 0.9
(

= >
(
+ + =
(

ps ps s y p s
v
f f V V
d
k
k

This is OK. Note that V
s
may not be taken as greater than
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
u
/ [LRFD 5.8.3.5].
250
144 277 8
0 9
u
s
V k
V k . k
.
= < = =
99
At the inside edge of the bearing area of a simply
supported end: supported end:
The steel is not fully developed. Since the bearing pad is
assumed 10 inches and the center of bearing is 12 inches
from the end of the girder, this section is 12+10/2 =17
inches from the end of the girder This is within the transfer
(5.8.3.5-2)
0.5 cot
u
ps ps s y p s
V
A f A f V V
(
+
(

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
inches from the end of the girder. This is within the transfer
length, so:
( )
158 6 17
90
60 30
= = =
l
pe px
px
b
f .
f ksi
d
(5.11.4.2-3)
0.5 cot
(

(

u
ps ps p s
V
A f V V
Assume #4 bars will be used.

( )( )
( ) ( )
4.74 90 426
250
23.6 0.5 144.2 cot 21.4 464.6
0.9

= <
(
=
(

k
k
( ) 0 2 60 A f
NG
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
( )( )
0 2 60
1 25 1 25 5 7
7
0 4 0 4 0 5 60 12
b y
d
c
b y
A f .
. . . in
f '
. d f . . in
= = =
< = =
l
(5.11.2.1)
100
The development length is 12 inches so the bar is fully
developed: developed:
Thus:
2
464 6 426
0 64
60
= =
s
.
A . in
# # #
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
4 #4 works. 3 #5 also works as a # 5 needs a 15 inch
development length.
Can also add stirrups. Increase to #4 @ 12:
( )( ) 0 4 60 56 5 21 4 cot
V
Therefore, V
s
= 277.8 for this calculation.
( )( ) 0 4 60 56 5 21 4
288 277 8
12
u
s
. . cot .
V
V k . k
= = > =
0.5 cot
(

(

u
ps ps p s
V
A f V V
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )( )
( ) ( )
4.74 90 426
250
23.6 0.5 277.8 cot 21.4 294.2
0.9
= >
(
=
(

k
k
101
In the previous slides, the assumption was made that the
center of bearing was 12 inches from the end of the girder. center of bearing was 12 inches from the end of the girder.
What if the bearing pad is placed right at the end of the
girder? That is, what if the center of bearing is only 5
inches from the end? What effect does that have on
longitudinal steel?
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
a 3.42
d d 62 5 4 32 56 5in = = =
( )
v p
d d 62.5 4.32 56.5in
2 2
= = =
So the critical section is 56.5 inches from face of support.
Allowing for a 10 inch bearing pad, the critical section is
66.5 inches from the end of the girder.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Since this is less than the development length, the stress in
the steel must be reduced for lack of development.
102
( )
px b
px pe ps pe
d b
60d
f f f f
60d
= +
l
l
(5.11.4.2-4)
( )
66.5in 30in
f 158 6ksi 264 8ksi 158 6ksi 198 4ksi
+
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
px
f 158.6ksi 264.8ksi 158.6ksi 198.4ksi
127.3in 30in
= + =

0.5 0.5 cot
u
u u
ps ps s y p s
M
N V
A f A f V V
(
+ + +
(
( )( )
( )
( ) ( )
0.5 0.5 co
4.74 198.4 940.4
1346 250
0 23.6 0.5 144.2 cot 21.4 488
1.0 56.5 0.9
ps ps s y p s
v
f f V V
d
k
k

(

= >
(
+ + =
(

s
may not be taken as greater than
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
V
u
/ [LRFD 5.8.3.5].
250
144 277 8
0 9
u
s
V k
V k . k
.
= < = =
103
At the inside edge of the bearing area of a simply
supported end: supported end:
The steel is not fully developed. Since the bearing pad is
assumed 10 inches, this section is 10 inches from the end
of the girder. This is within the transfer length, so:
(5.8.3.5-2)
0.5 cot
u
ps ps s y p s
V
A f A f V V
(
+
(

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
158 6 10
52 9
60 30
pe px
px
b
f .
f . ksi
d
= = =
l
(5.11.4.2-3)
( )( )
0.5 cot
u
ps ps p s
V
A f V V
(

(

( )( )
( ) ( )
4.74 52.9 250.8
250
23.6 0.5 144.2 cot 21.4 464.6
0.9
k
k
= <
(
=
(

( ) 0 2 60
1 25 1 25 5 7
7
b y
d
A f .
. . . in
f '
= = = l
(5.11.2.1)
NG
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )( )
7
0 4 0 4 0 5 60 12
c
b y
f '
. d f . . in < = =
104
The development length is 12 inches so:
10
The #4 can only develop 50 ksi. Thus:
( )
10
60 50
12
sx
f ksi = =
2
464 6 250 8
4 3
50
s
. .
A . in
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This would be 22 #4! Clearly unrealistic!
50
Add stirrups. Increase to #4 @ 12:
( )( ) 0 4 60 56 5 21 4 cot
V
Therefore, V
s
( )( ) 0 4 60 56 5 21 4
288 277 8
12
u
s
. . cot .
V
V k . k
= = > =
0.5 cot
u
ps ps p s
V
A f V V
(

(

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )( )
( ) ( )
4.74 52.9 250.8
250
23.6 0.5 277.8 cot 21.4 294.2
0.9
k
k
= <
(
=
(

105
This is much more workable:
294 2 250 8
This is 5 #4 bars.
So decrease stirrup spacing from the end of the girder to
2
294 2 250 8
0 87
50
s
. .
A . in
= =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
So decrease stirrup spacing from the end of the girder to
the critical section (this will be 66.5 inches from the end of
the girder) to #4 @ 12. Add 5 #4 bars longitudinal in the
bottom flange.
Anchorage Zone
The bursting resistance of pretensioned anchorage zones
provided by vertical reinforcement in the ends of the
pretensioned beams at the service limit state shall be take pretensioned beams at the service limit state shall be take
as:
(5.10.10.1-1)
r s s
P f A =
A
s
= Total area of transverse reinforcement located
within the distance h/4 from the end of the
beam
in
2
f = Stress in steel but not taken greater than 20 ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
40(0.153)(202.5)(0.04) 49.6 =
f
s
= Stress in steel, but not taken greater than 20 ksi
P
r
= Bursting resistance, should not be
less than 4% of f
pi
kips
106
Anchorage Zone
Solving for the required area of steel in
2
49.6
2 47 A = = Solving for the required area of steel, in
2
At least 2.47 in
2
of vertical transverse reinforcement should
be provided at the end of the beam for a distance equal to
one-fourth of the depth of the beam, h/4 = 54/4=13.5 in
2.47
20
s
A = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Therefore, for a distance of 13.5 in from the end of the
member, use 7 #5 bars at 2 inches on center.
The reinforcement provided:
OK.
7(2)0.2 2.8 2.47 = >
Confinement Reinforcement
For a distance of 1.5d = 1.5(54) = 81 in, from the end of the
beam, reinforcement is placed to confine the prestressing beam, reinforcement is placed to confine the prestressing
steel in the bottom flange. The reinforcement should not
be less than #3 deformed pars, with spacing not exceeding
6.0 in, and shaped to enclose the strands.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
(5.10.10.2)
107
AASHTO LRFD B id D i S ifi i AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications
Design Example 2
2 Span Continuous Prestressed I-Girder Bridge
EXTERIOR GIRDER
th
Edition.
Design Example - Continuous Two-Span Inelastic I-Girder Bridge
Transverse Section
34-0
Type IV
8.5 structural+ 1.0
wearing
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
4 Spaces @ 8-0 = 32-0
2.5
2.5
37-0
108
Effective Flange Width Exterior Girder
The effective flange width is taken as one-half the effective
width of the adjacent interior girder plus the least of:
One-eighth of the effective span length = 0.125(96.25)(12)
= 144 in.
6.0 times the average thickness of the
slab, plus the greater of half the web
thickness
or
one-quarter of the width of the top
= 6.0(8.5) + 0.5(8)
=55 in.
= 6.0(8.5) + 0.25(20)
j g p
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
one quarter of the width of the top
flange of the basic girder
6.0(8.5) 0.25(20)
= 55 in.
The width of the overhang = 2.5 ft = 30 inches
Therefore, the effective flange width for the exterior girder is:
(96/2) + 30 = 78 in.
Exterior Girder Properties
6.5 ft = 78 in
From the previous calculation of b
eff
, the
center to center distance controls.
b
eff Trans
= nb
eff
= (0.8015) 78 in = 62.5 in
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
2.5 ft 4.0 ft
109
Exterior Girder Properties
y
b=
38.22 in
I 624512 in
4
I = 624512 in
4
A = 50457 in
2
h = 62.5 in
y
TC
= 24.28 in
y
TG
= 15.78 in
S 16340 in
3
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
S
b
= 16340 in
3
S
TG
= 39576 in
3
S
TC
= 25721in
3
Dead Loads
Slab Self Weight:
78 i (8 5 i )(0 150 k f)/144 0 691 klf 78 in (8.5 in)(0.150 kcf)/144 = 0.691 klf
Haunch Weight: (Same as interior girder)
0.042 klf
Recall that tributary area was used for the slab weight.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This will DECREASE the dead load moment on the
exterior girders.
110
Dead Loads Deck Plus Haunch Exterior Girder
Distance
x ft.
Shear
kips
Moment
kip-ft
0 00 35 3 0 0.00 35.3 0
9.26 28.5 295
18.97 21.4 537
28.69 14.2 710
38.41 7.1 814
48.13 0 849
57.84 -7.1 814
67.56 -14.2 710
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
77.28 -21.4 537
86.99 -28.5 295
96.25 -35.3 0
Exterior Beams
Exterior Girders:
One Lane Loaded:
Lever Rule
Two or More Lanes Loaded:
g= eg
int
Where:
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1 . 9
77 . 0
e
d
e + =
g = DFM
ext
g
int
= DFM
int
111
Distribution Factor for Moment
Positive Moment Region:
Exterior Girder Two or More Lanes Loaded: Exterior Girder Two or More Lanes Loaded:
DF
Ext
= e DF
Int
0.77
9.1
e
d
e = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
DF
Ext+
= (0.880) (0.665) = 0.585
1.0
0.77 0.880
9.1
= + =
Lever Rule: Assume a hinge develops over each interior girder and
solve for the reaction in the exterior girder as a fraction of the truck
Exterior Beams
load.
1.2 0
1.2 1.2

H
M Pe RS
Pe e
R DF
S S
=
= =
This is for one lane loaded. Multiple Presence

Factors apply 1.2 is the MPF
In the diagram P/2 are the wheel loads; P
1.5
36k 36k
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
In the diagram, P/2 are the wheel loads; P
is the resultant force. All three loads are
NOT applied at the same time.
Note that truck cannot be closer than 2
from the barrier
8 ft
(3.6.1.3)
112
One Lane Loaded:
| |
1.2(36 ) (10.5 3.5) (10.5 9.5) k
R
+
=
Multiple Presence:
MPF = 1.2
N t th t thi l th t k
1.5
36k 36k
72 (8 )
0.6 /
k ft
R lanes girder =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note that this only uses the truck.
By dividing by the total truck
weight of 72 kips, R is given in
lanes/girder
8 ft
Exterior Beams Moment
N
L
N N b f b i d
+ =
b
L
Min Ext
N
N
Ext
b
L
x
e X
N
N
DF
2
,
(C4.6.2.2.2d-1)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
N
b
e - Eccentricity of design truck or load from CG of pattern of
girders (ft.)
X
Ext
113
Distribution Factor - One Lane
2
1.5
6
36k
8-0 2.5
36k 36k
e = 12
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
16-0
Note: Only the truck is used and it cannot be closer than 2
from the barrier
(3.6.1.3)
Minimum Exterior Girder Distribution Factor One Lane:
L
N
X

( )
,
,
2
2 2
1 16(12)
5
Ext Min
b
Ext Min
Ext
L
N
b
X e
N
DFM
N
x
DFM
= +
= +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )
,
,
2 2
5
2
0.50
16 8
Ext Min
DFM =
+
,
( ) 1.2(0.5) 0.6
Ext Min
DFM MPF DF = = =
114
Distribution Factor - Two Lanes
2 1.5 6
6 4 2
12 Lane 12 Lane
36k 36k
e
1
= 12
36k 36k
e
2
= 18.5 - 1.5 - 2 - 6 - 4 - 2 - 3 = 0
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note: Truck cannot be closer than 2 from the barrier and the truck
must be 2 feet from the lane edge.
(3.6.1.3)
Minimum Exterior Girder Distribution Factor Two Lane:
N
,
2
2 16(12 0)
L
Ext Min
b
N
Ext
L
N
b
X e
N
DFM
N
x
DFM
= +
+
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
,
,
2 2
( )
5 2(16
0.70
8 )
Ext Min
Ext Min
DFM
DFM
= +
=
+
,
( ) 1.0(0.7) 0.7
Ext Min
DFM MPF DF = = = CONTROLS
115
DFM
two lanes
= 0.585 lanes/girder
DFM
one lane
= 0.600 lanes/girder (lever rule) DFM
one lane
0.600 lanes/girder (lever rule)
DFM
minimum
= 0.600 lanes/girder (one lanes)
DFM
minimum
= 0.700 lanes/girder (two lanes)
The controlling DFM is the minimum DFM with two lanes
loaded DFM = 0.7
This is a 5% increase from the interior girder (DFM =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This is a 5% increase from the interior girder (DFM =
0.665)
Exterior Girders:
One Lane Loaded:
Exterior Beams Shear
One Lane Loaded:
Lever Rule
DF
M Ext
= e DF
M Int
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
DF
M,Ext
e DF
M,Int
10
60 . 0
e
d
e + =
116
Distribution Factor for Shear
Shear:
Exterior Girder Two or More Lanes Loaded: Exterior Girder Two or More Lanes Loaded:
DF
Ext
= e DF
Int
0.6
10
1 0
e
d
e = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
DF
Ext+
= (0.70) (0.814) = 0.570
1.0
0.6 0.70
10
= + =
Distribution Factor for Shear
One Lane Loaded: (Lever Rule)
DFV
EXT
= 0.6
This is the same as moment calculation.
However, the minimum DF = 0.7 (from possible rigid body
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
However, the minimum DF 0.7 (from possible rigid body
rotation) - THIS CONTROLS.
117
DL-Unfactored Shear Forces & Bending Moments - Exterior Girder
Location
Beam Weight
[Simple Span]
Deck plus
Haunch
[Simple Span]
Barrier Weight
[Continuous Span]
Future Wearing
Surface
[Continuous Span]
Sh M Sh M Sh M Sh M
x ft. x/L
Shear
kips
M
g
,
kip-ft
Shear
kips
M
s
,
kip-ft
Shear
kips
M
b
,
kip-ft
Shear
kips
M
ws
,
kip-ft
0.00 0.00 39.6 0 35.3 0 9.2 7.7 14.7 12.4
9.26 0.10 31.9 331 28.5 295.2 6.8 81.8 10.9 130.5
18.97 0.20 24 602.6 21.4 537.3 4.3 136 6.9 217
28.69 0.30 16 796.5 14.2 710.4 1.8 166 2.9 264.9
38.41 0.40 8 912.9 7.1 814.2 -0.6 171.9 -1 274.2
48.13 0.50 0 951.9 0 848.8 -3.1 153.6 -5 245.1
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
57.84 0.60 -8 912.9 -7.1 814.2 -5.6 111.2 -8.9 177.5
67.56 0.70 -16 796.5 -14.2 710.4 -8.1 44.7 -12.9 71.3
77.28 0.80 -24 602.6 -21.4 537.3 -10.6 -46 -16.9 -73.4
86.99 0.90 -31.9 331 -28.5 295.2 -13.1 -160.8 -20.8 -256.7
96.25 Brg. -39.6 0 -35.3 0 -15.4 -292.7 -24.6 -467.1
Exterior shear and
bending moments
Length LL+IM
V M
ft. k k-ft
bending moments.
Maximum envelope
values shown.
The values shown
may not be from the
Bearing 0 76.5 50.9
Trans. 2.04 74.0 199.4
H/2 2.73 73.2 247.5
0.10L 9.26 65.3 655.8
0.20L 18.97 53.7 1101.8
0.30L 28.69 42.9 1365.5
0.40L 38.41 34.2 1483.0
MidSpan 48.13 -41.3 1455.5
0.60L 57.84 -51.6 1301.1
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
may not be from the
same load case.
0.70L 67.56 -61.8 1009.2
0.80L 77.28 -71.7 -815.0
0.90L 86.99 -81.3 -921.5
H/2 93.52 -87.1 -1252.7
Trans. 94.21 -87.7 -1299.1
Bearing 96.25 -89.5 -1449.7
118
Load Combinations
Service I:
(3.4.1)
Service I:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)
Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)
Strength I:
Maximum Q = 1 25(DC) + 1 50(DW) + 1 75(LL + IM)
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Load Combinations Exterior Beam
Length Service 1 Service 3 Strength 1
V M V M V M
ft. k k-ft k k-ft k k-ft
Bearing 0 175.3 71.0 160.0 60.8 261.1 117.3
Trans. 2.04 168.2 416.2 153.4 376.4 250.8 630.3
H/2 2.73 165.8 528.7 151.1 479.2 247.2 797.3
0.10L 9.26 143.4 1494.4 130.3 1363.2 214.6 2228.5
0.20L 18.97 110.2 2594.7 99.5 2374.3 166.4 3848.5
0.30L 28.69 77.8 3303.3 69.3 3030.2 119.5 4878.1
0.40L 38.41 47.7 3656.2 40.8 3359.6 76.4 5380.4
MidSpan 48.13 -49.4 3654.7 -41.2 3363.6 -83.7 5357.4
0.60L 57.84 -81.2 3316.9 -70.9 3056.7 -129.6 4841.0
0 70L 67 56 -113 0 2632 0 -100 7 2430 2 -175 4 3812 5
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0.70L 67.56 -113.0 2632.0 -100.7 2430.2 -175.4 3812.5
0.80L 77.28 -144.6 205.5 -130.3 368.5 -220.8 -568.0
0.90L 86.99 -175.6 -712.8 -159.3 -528.5 -265.4 -1635.0
H/2 93.52 -195.9 -1707.1 -178.5 -1456.5 -294.3 -2930.0
Trans. 94.21 -198.1 -1829.0 -180.6 -1569.2 -297.5 -3092.5
Bearing 96.25 -204.4 -2209.5 -186.5 -1919.6 -306.4 -3603.6
119
Compression:
(5.9.4.2.1)
Due to permanent loads, for service limit states:
For the precast girder: 0.45f
c
= 0.45(7.0) = +3.150 ksi
For the deck: 0.45f
c
= 0.45(4.5) = +2.025 ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
For the precast girder: 0.40f
c
= 0.40(7.0) = +2.800 ksi
For the deck: 0.40f
c
= 0.40(4.5) = +1.800 ksi
Compression (cont):
Due to permanent and transient loads for service limit states:
(5.9.4.2.1)
p
For the precast girder:
0.60
w
f
c
= 0.60(1.0)(7.0) = +4.200 ksi
For the deck:
0 60 f = 0 60(1 0)(4 5) = +2 700 ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0.60
w
f
c
= 0.60(1.0)(4.5) = +2.700 ksi
Note:
w
is a factor for slender webs/flanges. It is not really
meant for I girders. If the calculations required for
w
are
done,
w
=1.
120
Tension:
For components with bonded prestressing tendons: p p g
For the precast girder:
'
0.19 0.19(7.0) 0.503
c
f ksi = =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Stresses at Midspan
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the girder, three cases:
1 Under permanent loads Service I: 1. Under permanent loads, Service I:
1
1
( )
( )
972 972(20.0) (951.9 848.8) *12 (153.6 245.1) *12
789 8, 909 8, 909 39576
1 23 2 18 2 43 0 12 1 60
pe pe c g s
ws b
tg
t t tg
tg
P P e M M
M M
f
A S S S
f
f
+
+
= + +
+ +
= + +
+ + +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
1
1.23 2.18 2.43 0.12 1.60
tg
f = + + = +
121
Stresses at Midspan
( ) M
2 1
2
2
( )
0.5
1, 455*12
0.5(1.60)
39576
0.80 0.44 1.24
LL I
tg tg
tg
tg
tg
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Stresses at Midspan
3 1
3
( )
1, 455*12
(1.60)
39576
1 60 0 44 2 04
LL I
tg tg
tg
tg
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
3
1.60 0.44 2.04
tg
f = + = +
122
Stresses at Midspan
( ) ( )
(245.1 153.6) *12
25271
0.186
ws b
tc
tc
tc
tc
M M
f
S
f
f
+
=
+
= +
= +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Note that deck stresses under service loads are almost always well
below allowable for continuous for LL bridges; but they still must be
checked.
Stresses at Midspan
( )
LL I
M
2 1
2
2
( )
0.5
1, 455*12
0.5(0.186)
25721
0.09 0.68 0.77
LL I
tc tc
tc
tc
tc
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
123
Stresses at Midspan
( ) M
C f O
3 1
3
3
( )
1, 455*12
(0.186)
25721
0.19 0.68 0.87
LL I
tc tc
tc
tc
tc
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Stresses at Midspan
Tension stress at the bottom fiber of the girder, Service III:
| |
( )
( ) 0.8
(245.1 153.6) (0.8*1455) *12
972 972(20.0) (951.9 848.8) *12
789 10, 542 10, 542 16, 340
1.23 1.84 2.05 1.15 0.13
pe pe c g s
ws b LL I
b
b b bc
b
b
P P e M M
M M M
f
A S S S
f
f
+
+
+ +
= +
+ +
+
= +
= + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
124
Stresses at Midspan
GIRDER STRESSES INT EXT GIRDER STRESSES INT EXT
COMP PERMANENT LOADS 1.98 ksi 1.60 ksi
COMP PERMANENT LOADS
+ LL
1.34 ksi 1.24 ksi
COMP PERMANENT LOADS +
LL
2.33 ksi 2.04 ksi
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
LL
TENSION 0.40 ksi 0.13 ksi
(Tables 3.4.1-
1&2)
1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
u
,
,
1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
1.25(912.9 814.2 171.9) 1.5(274.2) 1.75(1, 483)
u ext
u ext
M DC DW LL IM
M
= + + +
= + + + +
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
, ,int
5380 5, 615
u ext u
M k ft M k ft = < =
Since exterior M
u
is less than interior M
u
, OK
125
The positive moment, under the Strength I limit state, for the exterior
girder is less than that for interior girder. Although the LL increases, the
DL decreases due to the flange (slab) being narrower.
The interior girder design met all the checks for positive moment design.
These were: Nominal Strength, tension controlled, and minimum
reinforcement. All of these checks depend on M
u
and/or M
n
. Since
M
U,ext
<M
u,int
, the design for the interior girder for POSITIVE MOMENT is
adequate for exterior girder.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Stresses at transfer of prestressing force is independent of whether the
girder is interior or exterior, so no check is needed.
Loads & Analysis: Slide #249 Do Not Duplicate
(3 4 1 1&2)
1 25( ) 1 5( ) 1 75( ) M DC DW LL IM = + + +
kip-ft
This is 4% greater than the moment for the interior girder. This is
because the LL moment increases. At the support, the slab moment is
0 so it has no effect Away from the support the slab moment is
(3.4.1-1&2)
1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
u
1.25( 292.7) 1.5( 467.1) 1.75( 1, 450) 3604
u
M = + + =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
0, so it has no effect. Away from the support, the slab moment is
positive, so it would mitigate the negative moment. Thus, the smaller
slab moment has the effect of INCREASING the negative moment, as
compared to the interior girder.
126
(60)
3 604(12) 0 90 (60) 58 25
s
A
A
| |
=
|
This is the required amount of mild steel reinforcement required in the
slab to resist the negative moment and it is equal to 33 #6 bars.
2
2
3, 604(12) 0.90 (60) 58.25
1.7(7.0)(26)
0 10.47 3145 43248
14.5
s
s s
s
A
A A
A in
=
|
\ .
= +
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
g q
Distributed over a length of 6.5 feet, this would be #6 @ 4 inches top
and bottom! Use 16 bars on the bottom and 17 on the top. A
s
= 14.52
in
2
Note: Only 13.98 in
2
were required for the interior girder.
Location of steel:
Top 17 #6 with 2 clear Top 17 #6 with 2 clear
Btm 16 #6 with 2 5/8 clear.
in
2
33(0.44) 14.52
s
A = =
17(0.44)(2.375) 16(0.44)(8.5 3)
14.52
x
+
=
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
d = 58.6 in
56.48
3.9
14.52
x = =
127
Now check M
n
:
( )( )
( )( )
s y
c
1
A f 14.52 60
a 5.63in
0.85f ' b 0.85 7 26
a 5.63
c 8.04
0.7
63
= = =
= = =
| |
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
( )( )( )
r n
r u
5.63
M M 0.9 14.52 60 58.6
2
M 43740k in 3, 645k ft M 3, 604k ft
| |
= =
|
\ .
= = > =
According to LRFD 5.7.3.4 the spacing of the mild steel
reinforcement in the layer closest to the tension face shall satisfy
equation 5.7.3.4-1.
Based on the check made for the interior girders (requiring a spacing
of 9 inches) #6@4 inches will clearly satisfy this requirement Note
700
2
e
c
s s
s d
f

AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
of 9 inches), #6@ 4 inches will clearly satisfy this requirement. Note
that the service level stress will increase, but not enough to bring the
requirement below 4 inches.
128
Maximum Reinforcement Negative Moment Section
t
t
d c 59.9 8.04
0.003 0.003 0.019 0.005
c 8.04
| | | |
= = = >
| |
\ . \ .
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
This is a tension controlled section, so 0.9
(5.7.2.1 & 5.5.4.2)
(5.7.3.3.2-1) ( ) 1
c
cr c r cpe dnc c r
nc
S
M S f f M S f
S
| |
= +
|
\ .
Where:
nc \ .
'
0.37 0.37 4.5 0.785
c
f = =
0
g s
M M + =
f
r
= ksi
f
cpe
= 0.0 ksi
M
dnc
= kip-ft
S = 16340 in
3
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
S
c
= 16340 in
129
16340
(0.785)
12
cr
M =
At bearing, the factored moment required by the Strength I load
combination is: M
u
= -3604 kip-ft
Therefore, kip-ft
1.33 4793
u
M =
1069
cr
M k ft =
1.2 1282
cr
M k ft =
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
Since , Controls
OK
1.2 1.33
cr u
M M < 1.2
cr
M
3, 645 1.2 1282
r cr
M M = > =
The design of the exterior section meets all requirements
for positive and negative bending under both Service and for positive and negative bending under both Service and
Strength Limit States.
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
130
Design of the Section for Shear
This compares Strength
I shears and moments
for the interior and
Strength I
Length Interior Exterior
V M V M
ft k k-ft k k-ft
for the interior and
exterior girders. Note
that the exterior girder
shears are LESS than
the interior girder
shears. Thus, the
previous design works
for vertical and
ft. k k ft k k ft
Bearing 0 299.125 113.1 261.0657 117.3438
Trans. 2.04 287.45 644.925 250.7524 630.3376
H/2 2.73 283.375 817.925 247.1722 797.2625
0.10L 9.26 246.375 2303.925 214.6325 2228.485
0.20L 18.97 191.575 3993.775 166.3629 3848.451
0.30L 28.69 138.4 5077.725 119.4571 4878.126
0.40L 38.41 89.575 5615.875 76.42157 5380.371
MidSpan 48.13 -95.9 5610.625 -83.733 5357.442
0.60L 57.84 -147.875 5091.675 -129.581 4841.008
0.70L 67.56 -199.95 4041.75 -175.438 3812.453
AASHTO-LRFD 2007
ODOT Short Course
July 2007
horizontal shear. The
longitudinal steel
requirements are also
met.
0.80L 77.28 -251.375 -329.31 -220.846 -567.967
0.90L 86.99 -301.825 -1464.58 -265.37 -1635.04
H/2 93.52 -334.65 -2795.88 -294.34 -2929.99
Trans. 94.21 -338.2 -2961.82 -297.47 -3092.54
Bearing 96.25 -348.325 -3482.75 -306.435 -3603.56

Box Girder Example To be Used as an Example, Only
ODOT Short Course Page 1 of 35
E3GUIDED DESIGN EXAMPLE

Non-composite, Skewed, Adjacent Box Girder Bridge; LRFD Specifications

1.1
INTRODUCTION
This design example demonstrates the design of a single span, 65 ft. long adjacent box
girder bridge with a 30
o
right forward skew, as shown below. This example illustrates
the design of typical interior and exterior beams at the critical sections in positive
flexure and shear due to prestressing, dead load, and live load.

1.1-1
Longitudinal
Section

1.1-2
Transverse Cross
Section

1.1-3
Plan View


1.2
MATERIALS

Concrete @ release: f
ci
= 5000 psi
Concrete @ 28 days: f
c
= 7000 psi
ODOT Bridge Design Manual (BDM) allows a range of strengths. These are chosen
from that range [ODOT BDM 302.5.1.7]

1.2.1
Precast
Beams
Ohio B33-48 box girder. Chosen from preliminary design charts in ODOT Design
Data Sheets. Group B Design (roadway width 36 ft. to 48 ft.).

ODOT requires the use of minimum span to depth ratios given in LRFD Article
2.5.2.6.3. For a precast box, the limit is 0.03L = 0.03(65ft)(12in/ft) =23.4 inches OK.

1.2.3
Prestressing
Strand
AASHTO M203 (ASTM A416) 7 wire, low relaxation, inch dia., Gr. 270.
Here, inch strand is chosen, although the BDM allows both inch and 0.6 inch
diameter. [ODOT BDM 301.5.1.2a]
2

pu
= 270.0 ksi

1.2.4
Reinforcing Bars
AASHTO M31 (ASTM A615), Gr. 60 [ODOT BDM 302.5.1.8].
Yield strength, f
y
= 60 ksi
s
= 29,000 ksi


1.2.5
Loads
Diaphragms: Two, 12 inch wide diaphragms at the 1/3 points
[ODOT Std. Drawings]

Future wearing surface: 0.060 ksf (ODOT Design Data Sheets)
Barriers: 0.090 k/ft each (ODOT Design Data Sheets)

1.2.6
Bridge
Parameters
Single Span
Overall Length: 67 ft.
c/c Span: 65 ft.
Support: Elastomeric Bearing Pad

1.3
CROSS-
SECTION
PROPERTIES
FOR A
TYPICAL
BEAM
1.3.1
Non-Composite
Section

Area in
2
733.5
Weight (k/ft) 0.764
h (in) 33
y
b
(in) 16.61
y
t
(in) 16.39
I (in
4
) 108,150
S
b
(in
3
) 6,511
S
t
(in
3
) 6,599
1.5
c 1 c
E 33, 000K w f ' = [LRFD 5.4.2.4-1]
Units are kips; w is weight in kcf, f
c
is given in ksi.
1.5
c
E 33, 000(1.0)(0.150 kcf ) 5ksi 4, 300 ksi = = - at transfer
K
1
is an aggregate factor = 1.0 unless specified by the owner.
1.5
C
E 33, 000 1.0 0.150 7.0 5, 072 ksi = = - service loads

1.3.2
Assumptions
The current ODOT standard is to tie the girders together with tie rods, tightened
enough to bring the girders together, but not providing significant lateral post-
tensioning. According to the commentary in the LRFD Specifications, for this bridge
to be considered to have the girders sufficiently connected, a lateral post-tensioning
force causing a stress of 0.25 ksi across the keyway is needed. Therefore, this bridge
will be considered as not being sufficiently connected. In practice, all this does is
change the distribution factor.

1.4
SHEAR
FORCES &
BENDING
MOMENTS
1.4.1
Dead Loads
DC = Dead load of structural components and non-structural attachments

Beam Weight: DC
g
= 0.764 klf

Diaphragms: 2 at each 1/3 point:
( )( )
( )( )( )
d 2 2
33in 10.5in 48in 11in
DC 1ft 2 diaphragms 0.150kcf 1.75k
144in / ft

= =

Asphalt Wearing Surface at construction:
ODOT specifies a MINIMUM of 3 inches in the Bridge Design Manual, but the
Design Data Sheets use a 3.5 inch average to account for camber along the
length of beam.
( )( )
ws
3.5in
DC 4ft 0.120pcf 0.140klf
12in / ft
= =

Rails 0.090 klf applied to exterior girders only
(In other examples, barrier/railing loads are distributed equally to all the girders,
but Article 4.6.2.2 appears to require a deck to distribute the load equally to all
girders).

DW = future wearing surfaces and future DL
( )( )
fws
DW 0.060ksf 4ft 0.240klf = =

1.4.1.1
DL-Unfactored
Bending
Moments
Since this is a simple span beam, the most critical moment is at midspan.
( )( )
( )( )
2
DC
2
DW
0.764klf 0.140klf 65ft
65ft
M 1.75k 515.3k ft
8 3
0.240klf 65ft
M 126.8k ft
8
+
| |
= + =
|
\ .
= =

1.4.2
Live Loads
According to LRFD Article 4.6.1.2.1 vehicular live loading on the roadways of bridges
or incidental structures, designated HL-93, shall consists of a combination of the:
Design truck or design tandem with dynamic allowance. The design truck shall
consists of an 8.0 kip front axle and a pair of 32.0 kip back axles. The first and
second axle are spaced 14-0 apart. The space between the rear axles shall be
varied between 14.0 and 30.0 to porduce extreme force effects. The design
tandem shall consist of a pair of 25.0 kip axles spaced 4.0 apart. [LRFD
Article 3.6.1.2.2 and 3.6.1.2.3]
Design lane load shall consist of a load of 0.64 kip/ft uniformly distributed in
the longitudinal direction. [LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.4]
Since this is a simple span, the maximum moment from the LANE LOAD occurs when
the girder is fully loaded. Thus:
( )( )
2
LL,Lane
0.640klf 65ft
M 338k ft
8
= =
The HL-93 truck controls for this span length. Since this is a simple span, there is a
simple formula for finding the maximum moment. The position of the resultant load is
found and the midspan of the beam is placed halfway between the resultant and the
nearest axle load. Note that the resultant is NOT used to find the moment, just the
position of the axle loads. Also note that for a simple span, the moment is greatest
when the back axles are as close together as possible, thus the minimum spacing of 14
feet is used.


The calculated moment is:
LL,Truck
M 896.0 k ft =

1.4.2.1
Distribution
Factors
The live load bending moments and shear forces are determined by using the simplified
distribution factor formulas [LRFD 4.6.2.2]. To use the simplified live load
distribution factor formulas, the following conditions must be met [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1]

Number of beams, N
b
> 4. OK
d
e
= 0.23 ft
Curvature in plan < specified in Article 4.6.1.2 OK
For a precast concrete box beam with an asphalt surface, the bridge type is (g).
[LRFD 4.6.2.2.1-1]

The number of design lanes should be determined by taking the integer part of the ratio
w/12, where w is the clear roadway width in ft between curbs and/or barriers.
[LRFD 3.6.1.1.1]
w = 48 ft.

1.4.2.1.1
Distribution
Factors for
Bending Moment
This bridge is assumed to have no significant lateral post-tensioning.
DFM = S/D
Where:
S = width of precast beam (ft)

D = (11.5 -N
L
)+1.4N
L
(1-0.2C)
2
when C < 5 [LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1]
D = (11.5 -N
L
) when C > 5
6
L
N
45 Skew
Where:
N
L
= number of traffic lanes
C = K(W/L) < K
Where:
( )
J
I 1
K
+
=
J is not published for ODOT girders. However, it can be approximated by:
( )
= = =
| |
+ +
|
\ .
2
2
2
4
4 1180in
4A
J 211625in
S
27.75in 42.5in 42.5in
2
t
5.5in 5.5in 5in

Where:
A = the area enclosed by the centerline of the box walls.
T = wall thickness
S = length of the centerline of a box wall.

= Poissons Ratio = 0.2 [LRFD 5.4.2.5]
( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
4
4
2
1 0.2 108150in
K 0.783
211625in
48 ft
C 0.783 0.578
65 ft
D 11.5 4Lanes 1.4 4Lanes 1 0.2 0.578 11.9
S 4 ft
0.336
D 11.9
+
= =
| |
= =
|
\ .
= + =
= =

Note that for boxes, K can be conservatively taken as 1. The DFM = 0.361, a
difference of 8%.

Also note that there is only one distribution factor for this case. This is different from
other cases where there are factors for one lane loaded and two lanes loaded.

1.4.2.1.1
Distribution
Factors for Shear
Force
Shear forces will be calculated in the section on shear design.
The distribution factors will be calculated here.

Two Lanes Loaded:
DFV = (b/156)
0.4
(b/12L)
0.1
(I/J)
0.05
(b/48) [LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3a-1]
Where:
1.0
48
b

One Lane Loaded:
DFV = (b/130L)
0.15
(I/J)
0.05

5 < N
b
< 20 Number of beams
35< b < 60 in Beam width
20< L < 120 ft Span
25000 < J < 610000 in
4

40000 < I < 610000 in
4

Two Lanes Loaded:
( )
0.1
0.4 0.05
48 48 108150 48
0.456
156 12 65 211625 48
| |
| | | | | |
= =
|
| | |
|
\ . \ . \ .
\ .
DFV CONTROLS

One Lane Loaded:
( )
0.15
0.05
48 108150
DFV 0.445
130 65 211625
| |
| |
= =
|
|
|
\ .
\ .

Because I/J is raised to a very small power, assuming I/J = 1 changes the DFV very
little. In this example, the DFV is about 4% higher if I/J = 1.

1.4.2.2
Dynamic
Allowance
IM = 33%
Where: IM = dynamic load allowance, applied only to truck load

1.4.2.3
Moment
Reduction
Factor for
Skew
1.05 0.25tan 1.0 g = For 0 60 [LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2e-1]
( )
1.05 0.25tan 30 0.905 = =
o
g

The specifications state that the MOMENT DISTRIBUTION FACTOR in a skewed
bridge MAY be reduced by this factor.

Note: Table 4.6.2.2.2e-1 has an inconsistency. It does not include this type of bridge
in the description in the first column, but names it as a cross section type in the second
column. It is assumed the skew factor applies to this structure.

1.4.2.4
Unfactored
Bending
Moments
Unfactored bending moment due to HL-93 truck, per beam:
M
LL,Truck
= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(1+IM)(skew factor)
=(bending moment per lane)(0.336)(1.33)(0.905)
=(bending moment per lane)(0.404)
= 896 k-ft (0.404) = 362.3 k-ft

Unfactored bending moment due to HL-93 lane load, per beam:
M
LL,Lane
= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(skew factor)
= 338 k-ft (0.304) = 102.7 k-ft (Impact is not applied to lane loads.)

1.4.3
Load
Combinations
The following limit states are applicable: [LRFD 3.4.1]
Service I:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)
Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)
Strength I:

Fatigue: Does not need to be checked for pretensioned beams designed using the
Service III load combination.

1.5
ESTIMATE
REQUIRED
PRESTRESS

1.5.1
Service Load
Stresses at
Midspan
Bottom tensile stress due to applied dead and live loads using load combination Service
III:
DC DW LL I
b
b
M M 0.8M
f
S
+
+ +
=
Where:
f
b
M
DC
= Unfactored bending moment due to DC loads kip-ft
M
DW
= Unfactored bending moment due to DW loads kip-ft
M
LL+I
kip-ft
S
b
= Section modulus to the bottom fiber in
3
( )
{ }
( )
b 3
515.3 126.8 0.8 362.3 102.7 k ft 12in / ft
f 1.87ksi
6511in
( + + +

= =

Remember! For Service III (which applies ONLY to tension in fully prestressed
members), the LL factor is 0.8!


1.5.2
Tensile
Stress Limits for
Concrete
According to LRFD Table 5.9.4.2.2-1 the tensile stress limit at service loads is

b c
f 0.19 f ' 0.19 7ksi 0.503ksi = =

1.5.3
Required Number
of Strands
The difference between the bottom fiber tensile stress due to applied loads and the
tensile stress limit is the required precompression stress.
( )
pb
f 1.87ksi 0.503ksi 1.37ksi = =

Assume the strands are 2 inches from the bottom of the girder.

c
e 16.61in 2in 14.61in = =

If P
pe
is the total prestressing force, the stress at the bottom fiber due to presstress is:
= +
pe pe c
pb
b
P P e
f
A S

Now plug in the required precompression stress, f
pb
and solve form P
pe
:
pe
2 3
1.37ksi
P 380kips
1 14.61in
733.5in 6511in
= =
| |
+
|
\ .

Final prestress force per strand = (area of strand)(f
pi
)(1-losses, %) where f
pi
= initial
prestressing stress before transfer, ksi. For Grade 270 strand, f
pi
= 0.75f
pu
= 202.5 ksi.

Assuming 25% loss of prestress the final prestressing force per strand after losses is:

(0.153)(202.5)(1 0.25) 23.2kips =

380kips
# strands 16.4
23.2kips
= =

This shows a need for at least (18) in diameter, 270 ksi, low-lax strands as the strand
pattern must be symmetrical.

1.5.4
Strand Pattern
The ODOT Design Data Sheet for Group B roadway widths gives 20 strands at 2
from the bottom. Use the strand pattern of 20 strands shown at the midspan:

Using 20 strands allows for the possibility that the Strength Limit State controls. This
pattern should work for exterior girders. Recall that the exterior girders will have the
guardrail load and increased live load because of the exterior girder factor. It is NOT
good design practice to have the exterior girder strand patterns be different than that for
the interior girders. By using the same pattern for all girders, the fabricator has the
option to fabricate exterior and interior girders in the same bed at the same time.

2.0
SERVICE
LOAD
LIMIT
STATE
2.1
Prestress Losses

= +
pT pES pLT
f f f [LRFD 5.9.5.1-1]

Where:

f
pES
f
pLT
= loss due to long-term shrinkage and creep of

2.1.1
Elastic
Shortening

p
pES cgp
ct
E
f f
E
= [LRFD 5.9.5.2.3a-1]

Where:
f
cgp
= The concrete stress at the center of gravity of prestressing tendons due
to the prestressing force immediately after the transfer and the self-
weight of the member at the section of the maximum moment (ksi).
For the purpose of estimating f
cgp
, the prestressing force immediately
after transfer may be assumed to be equal to 0.9 of the force just before
transfer; also, change of concrete stress at the center of gravity of
prestressing tendons due to subsequent applied loads, when considered.
2
g c
i c i
cgp
M e
Pe P
f
A I I
= +
E
p
E
ci
= Elastic Modulus of the concrete at the time of transfer or time of load
application (ksi).
M
g
=

=
girder self weight at release
( )( )
2
g
0.764klf 65ft
65ft
M 1.75k 441.4k ft 5300k in
8 3
| |
= + = =
|
\ .

( )( )( )
( ) ( )
( )
2
i
2
cgp 2 4 4
pES
P 20strands 0.9 202.5ksi 0.153in 558k
558k 14.61in 5300k in 14.61in
558k
f 1.15ksi
733.5in 108150in 108150in
28500ksi
f 1.15ksi 7.6ksi
4300ksi
= =
= + =
= =

Note: In many example problems, the gravity moment for elastic shortening losses and
stresses at release are calculated using the overall length of the girder. The thought
here is that the girder will sit up on its ends and the span will be the overall length.
In this example, the center of bearing to center of bearing span is used rather than
overall length. This is done for 3 reasons:

1) This value will be needed later for service load calculations. Using it in this
calculation saves a calculation later.
2) It is conservative as it actually results in higher losses and higher stresses in the
concrete.
3) It doesnt make that much of a difference. In this case, using the overall length
increases the gravity moment 6% and decreases the loss 4%. The concrete unit
weight, modulus of elasticity, modulus of rupture and the strength are not
known with an accuracy that justifies being concerned over a few percent
differences in the gravity moment.

2.1.2
Long-Term
Losses

For standard, precast, pretensioned members subject to normal loading and
environmental conditions:

pi ps
pLT h st h st pR
g
f A
f 10 12 f
A
= + + [LRFD 5.9.5.3-1]
In which:
h
1.7 0.01H = [LRFD 5.9.5.3-2]
st
ci
5
1 f '
=
+
[LRFD 5.9.5.3-3]
Where:
h
hst
= Correction factor for specified concrete strength at time of
Prestress transfer to the concrete member
f
pR
relaxation strand, 10.0 ksi for stress relieved strand, and in
accordance with manufacturers recommendation for other types
of strand (ksi)

Assume H = 70%
( )
h
1.7 0.01 70 1.00 = =
st
5
0.83
1 5
= =
+

So:
( )( )( )
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
2
pLT 2
pLT
202.5ksi 20 0.153in
f 10 1.00 0.83 12 1.00 0.83 2.5
733.5in
f 7.0 10.0 2.5 19.5ksi
= + +
= + + =

2.1.3
Total Losses at
Service Loads

( )
pT pES pLT
pe
f f f 7.6 19.5 27.1ksi
27.1ksi
Loss 100% 13.3%
202.5ksi
f 202.5 27.1 175.4ksi
= + = + =
= =
= =
[LRFD 5.9.5.1-1]

Loss is less than the 25% initially assumed, so OK.

2.2
Compression
Stress
Limit
Sum of effective prestress + permanent loads < 0.45f
c

1/2(Sum of effective prestress + permanent loads) + live load < 0.4 f
c

Sum of effective prestress + permanent loads + transient loads < 0.6
w
f
c

[LRFD Table 5.9.4.2.1-1]

2.2.1
w

w
is a modifier for sections with thin webs or flanges. It is actually defined in the
section for hollow, rectangular compression members (Art. 5.7.4.7). It is based on the
flange or web length/thickness ratio. Since this is for sections with thin webs/flanges,
w
term will usually be = 1 for most beams.

Find the web and flange slenderness ratios:
t
X
u
w
= [LRFD 5.7.4.7.1-1]
Where:
X
u
= the clear length of the constant thickness
portion of the wall between other walls or fillets
t = wall thickness

( ) ( )
( ) ( )
w
w
48in 2 5.5in 2 3in
6.2 Bottom Flange
5in
33in 5.5in 5in 2 3in
2.9 Web
5.5in

= =

= =

The top flange
w
< 15 by inspection.

If
w
< 15,
w
= 1.0 [LRFD 5.7.4.7.2c-1]

( )
2 2
u
X b lesser of z or y =

2.2
Service
Load
Stresses
P
e
=20 strand (0.153in
2
)(202.5 ksi 27.1 ksi) = 537 kips

( )
cp,top 2 3
537k 14.61in
537k
f 0.457ksi
733.5in 6599in
= =

( ) ( )
cDL,top 3
515.3 126.8 k ft 12in / ft
f 1.17ksi
6599in
( +

= =

( ) { }( )
cLL,top 3
362.3 102.7 k ft 12in / ft
f 0.85ksi
6599in
+
= =

2.2.3
Service Load
Compression
Stress
Check
Service I

( )
( )( )
cp,top cDL,top c
cp,top cDL,top
cLL,top
cp,top cDL,top cLL,top
f f 0.457ksi 1.17ksi 0.713ksi 0.45f ' 0.45 7ksi 3.15ksi
f f
0.713ksi
f 0.85ksi 1.21ksi 0.4(7ksi) 2.8ksi
2 2
f f f 0.713ksi 0.85ksi 1.56ksi 0.6 1.0 7ksi 4
+ = + = < = =
+
+ = + = < =
+ + = + = < = .2ksi

Compression stresses OK

2.3.4
Service Load
Tensile
Stress Check
Service III
The Service III stress at the bottom due to dead and live loads, f
b
, was calculated
previously.
The allowable tensile stress of 0.530 ksi was also calculated previously

( )
pb 2 3
b
pb b
537k 14.61in 537kips
f 1.94ksi
733.5in 6511in
f 1.87ksi
f f 1.94ksi 1.87ksi 0.07ksi 0.07ksi COMPRESSION
= + =
=
+ = = + =

No Tensile Stresses!!! Compression obviously OK

Because the bottom of the girder is in compression, check with Service I:

Now its in tension, which is Service III ? Actually, it is sort of both. For all intents
and purposes, the stress at the bottom of the girder is 0 and this is a dividing line
between Service I and Service III. Because of the 0.8 factor on the LL, there is an
inconsistency between the two load cases. However the stress is so low, that really
doesnt matter we satisfy all allowables in all cases.

( )
2 3
537 14 61 537
1 94
733 5 6511
2 04
1 94 2 04 0 1 0 1
= + =
=
+ = = =
pb
b
pb b
k . in kips
f . ksi
. in in
f . ksi
f f . ksi . ksi . ksi . ksi TENSION
( )
{ }
( )
3
515 3 126 8 362 3 102 7 12
2 04
6511
+ + + (

= =
b
. . . . k ft in / ft
f . ksi
in

3.0
STRENGTH
LIMIT STATE
3.1
Factored
Moment
Strength I:
Q = 1.25(DC) + 1.50(DW) + 1.75(LL + IM)
Q = 1.25(DC) + 1.50(DW) + 1.75(Truck + Lane)
( ) ( ) ( )
u
M 1.25 515.3 1.50 126.8 1.75 362.3 102.7 1648k ft 19780k in = + + + = =

3.2
Steel Stress
At Strength
Limit State

ps pu
p
c
f f 1 k
d
| |
=
|
|
\ .
[LRFD 5.7.3.1.1-1]
Where:
k = 0.28 for low relaxation strands

Assume the section is rectangular:
ps pu s s s s
pu
c 1 ps
p
A f A f A ' f '
c
f
0.85f ' b kA
d
+
=
+
[LRFD 5.7.3.1.1-4]
Where:
A
ps
= Area of prestressing steel in
2

f
pu
=
=
Specified tensile strength of prestressing steel
270
ksi
A
s
=
=
Area of mild steel tension reinforcement
0.0
in
2

f
y
=
=
Yield strength of tension reinforcement
60.0
ksi
A
s
=
=
Area of compression reinforcement
0.0
in
2

f
y
=
=
Yield strength of compression reinforcement
60.0
ksi
f
c
=
=
Compressive strength of deck concrete
7.0
ksi
1
=
=
=
Stress block factor specified in LRFD 5.7.2.2
0.85 0.05(f
c
4.0) > 0.65 for f
c
> 4.0
0.70

b =
=
Width of compression flange
48
in.

( )
( )( )( ) ( )( )
2
2
ps
20 0.153in 270ksi 0 0
c 3.98in. 5.5in.
270ksi
0.85 7ksi 0.7 48in 0.28 20 0.153in
31in
3.98in
f 270ksi 1 0.28 260ksi
31in
+
= = <
+
| |
= =
|
\ .

c is also the neutral axis depth, so the stress block depth, a =
1
c = 0.7(3.98) = 2.79
inches. Since c < h
f
, the stress block is entirely in the flange so the beam may be
treated as rectangular.

3.3
Flexural
Resistance
The moment equation in the LRFD Specification looks like this

( )
f
n ps ps p s y s s y s c w f
h
a a a a
M A f d A f d A ' f ' d ' 0.85 f ' b b h
2 2 2 2 2
| |
| | | | | |
= + +
| | | |
\ . \ . \ .
\ .

If the section is rectangular (b=b
w
), the equation becomes:

' ' '
2 2 2
n ps ps p s y s s y s
a a a
M A f d A f d A f d
| | | | | |
= +
| | |
\ . \ . \ .

If there is no compression or mild tension steel, the equation becomes:

n ps ps p
a
M A f d
2
| |
=
|
\ .

Since c < h
f
, the section may be treated as rectangular.

( )( )
n ps ps p
2
n
a 2.79in
a
M A f d
2
2.79in
M 20 0.153in 260ksi 31in 23550k in
2
=
| |
=
|
\ .
| |
= =
|
\ .
[LRFD 5.7.3.2.2-1]

Note: The nominal flange width of 48 inches was used for b. In reality, the flange
area is reduced by the shear key cut-out. However, this is often ignored as this would
require an iterative procedure. If the area is adjusted for the shear key, the nominal
moment, M
n
changes by only 0.10%. It may not be appropriate to reduce the area by
the shear key cut-out as this will be filled with grout and the grout may act with the
base concrete to effectively provide the complete flange width. All of this is a matter of
engineering judgment.

3.4
Determination
Of
Phi
To determine , it is necessary to calculate the steel
strain at the level of the extreme tensile steel.

c = 3.98 inches (calculated above)
d
t
is the distance to the extreme tensile steel. Since
there is only one row of steel, d
t
= d
p
.

t
t
d c 31in 3.98
0.003 0.003 0.0204
c 3.98

= = =

Since
t
> 0.005, the section is tension controlled. [LRFD 5.7.2.1]

= 1.0 [LRFD 5.5.4.2.1]

This is a big change from the old
balanced
method. However, this now makes the LRFD
Specifications consistent with ACI 318. This replaces the maximum reinforcement
provisions.

3.5
Determination of
Flexural
Strength

( )( )
u n
M M
19, 780k in 1.0 23550k in OK

<

3.6
Maximum and
Minimum
Reinforcement
For minimum reinforcement, the resistance moment, M
r
must be at least the lesser of
1.2 times the cracking moment or 1.33 times the factored applied moment.
1.33M
u
= 1.33(19780 k-in) = 26310 k-in

For the cracking moment, find the modulus of rupture:
r c
f 0.37 f ' 0.37 7ksi 0.979ksi = = = [LRFD 5.4.2.6]

Note that this is a new MOR for minimum reinforcement. It is equal to 11.5f
c
in psi;
which is the upper bound for MOR.

Next, determine the stress at the bottom of the box due to effective prestressing force:
( )
cpe 2 3
537k 14.61in 537kips
f 1.94ksi
733.5in 6511in
= + =

( )
cr b r cpe
M S f f = + [LRFD 5.7.3.3.2-1]
( )
3
cr
M 6511in 0.979ksi 1.94ksi 19000k in = + =

1.2M
cr
= 1.2(19000k-in) = 22800k-in < 1.33M
u

M
r
= M
n
= 1.0(23550) k-in = 23550k-in > 22800 k-in OK

Note: When the number of strands was selected, it was determined that 18 strands
would be needed, but 20 were used. If 18 strands had been used, M
n
= 21400 k-in, so
18 strands would NOT meet the minimum requirement.

4.0
STRESSES
AT
TRANSFER
4.1
Steel Stress
At Transfer
Assume the stress at transfer is 0.9f
pi

P
i
= 20 strand(0.153in
2
)(0.9)(202.5 ksi)=558 kips

4.2
Allowable
Stresses at
Transfer
Tension: 0.0948f
ci
< 0.2ksi w/o bonded reinforcement [LRFD Table 5.9.4.1.2-1]
0.24f
ci
w/bonded reinforcement

Compression: 0.6f
ci

4.3
End
Stress
At Transfer

( )
( )
pt 2 3
pb 2 3
558k 14.61in
558kips
f 0.474ksi
733.5in 6599in
558k 14.61in
558kips
f 2.01ksi
733.5in 6511in
= =
= + =

These stresses should be calculated at the end of the transfer length = 60d
b
=30 inches.
The dead load stresses 30 inches from the support should be added. However, these
stresses will not be large and it is conservative to use just the stress due to prestressing.

f
pt
= 0.474 ksi tension < 0.24f
ci
= 0.245ksi = 0.537 ksi OK w/bonded steel
f
pb
= 2.01 ksi compression < 0.6f
ci
= 0.6(5ksi) = 3 ksi OK

Because the stress is OK, no debonding is needed. However, if debonding was needed,
no more that 25% of the total number of strands could be debonded and no more than
40% in one row can be debonded.
[LRFD 5.11.4.3]

4.3.1
Bonded
Steel
Bonded steel is needed at the top of the girder at the end to take the tensile forces. This
steel must resist the total tension in the top flange with a stress of no more than 0.5f
y

but not more than 30 ksi. [LRFD Table 5.9.4.1.2-1]

The first step it to find the tension in the flange. This requires the location of the
neutral axis to be determined. From the top and bottom stresses at the end, the neutral
at the end is:

From the top and bottom stresses at the end, the
neutral at the end is:

( ) 0.474ksi 33in
x 6.30in
0.474 2.01ksi
= =
+

The top flange is 5.5 inches, so the stress at the
bottom of the top flange is:

( )
0.474ksi
6.3in 5.5in 0.060ksi
6.30in
=

The total tensile force is:

( )( )( )( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
0.474ksi 0.060ksi
T 0.5 6.30in 0.474ksi 5.5in 2 5.5in 48in 2 5.5in
2
T 70.8kips
+
= +
=

Again, this tension could be reduced by calculating the force at the end of the transfer
length (including the gravity moment). Including the gravity moment will reduced the
calculated tension, but because bars only come in certain sizes, the reduction may not
change the number of bars needed.

The bonded steel must resist the total tensile force with a stress not exceeding the lesser
of 0.5f
y
or 30 ksi. [LRFD Table 5.9.4.1.2-1]

2
s
70.8kips
A 2.36in
30ksi
= =

Use 8 #5

The length of the bar is determined by the point where bonded steel is no longer
required. Since 0.0948f
ci
= 0.212 ksi > 0.2ksi; find the point where the dead load
drops the stress below 0.2 ksi.

For simplicity, just consider the beam weight and ignore diaphragms.

The required moment = f
c
S
t
= (0.474 ksi 0.200 ksi) 6599 in
3
= 1808 k-in
= 150.7k-ft

( ) ( )
2
M 150.7k ft 0.5 0.764klf x 65ft x
150.7k ft 24.83x 0.382x
x 6.75ft; 58.25ft
= =
=
=

This is from center of bearing, so extend steel 7.75 ft. from each end and then add
development length.

b y
d b y
c
1.25A f
0.4d f
f '
= l [LRFD 5.11.2.1.1]
( )
( )( )
2
d
1.25 0.31in 60ksi
8.8in 0.4 0.625in 60ksi 15in
7ksi
= = < = l
Where:
A
b
= Area of the bar
d
b
= diameter of bar

Top bar factor = 1.4

1.4(15inches) = 21 inches

So the minimum bar length = 6- 9 + 1 9 = 9 6

4.4
Midspan
Stress
At Transfer
M
g
= 5300 k-in (calculated in the section on losses - 2.1.1)
t ,DL 3
b,DL 3
top
bot
5300k in
f 0.803ksi
6599in
5300k in
f 0.814ksi
6511in
f 0.474ksi 0.803ksi 0.329ksi
f 2.01ksi 0.814ksi 1.120ksi
= =

= =
= + =
= =

By inspection, both are below the compression limit.

5.0
SHEAR
5.1
Critical
Section
The critical section is at d
v
from the face of the support for a section where the reaction
force in the direction of the applied shear introduces compression into the end region of
the member. [LRFD 5.8.3.2]

For this member with only a single layer of prestressing steel:
v p
a 2.79in
d d 31in 29.6inches
2 2
= = =
The term d
v
is not taken less than:
0.9d
e
= 0.9(31 inches)=27.9 inches < 29.6 inches
or
0.72h = 0.72(33 inches) = 23.76 inches < 29.6 inches
Assuming a 1 ft. long bearing pad, the critical section is:

29.6+6 = 35.6 inches from center of bearing. For calculations, use 36 inches = 3 ft.
The difference is only a few percent.

5.2
Shear Forces
And Moments
At the Critical
Section
5.2.1
Basic
Shear
Forces
And
Moments
At the
Critical
Section
DC:
For beam weight:
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )( )( )
g
g
V w 0.5L x 0.764klf 0.5 65ft 3ft 22.54k
M 0.5wx L x 0.5 0.764klf 3ft 65ft 3ft 71.0k ft
= = =
= = =

For the diaphragm, V = 1.75k (shear is constant), M = 1.75(3) = 5.25k-ft

( ) ( )
( )( )( )
0.140 0.5 65 3 4.13
0.5 0.140 3 65 3 13
= =
= =
ws
ws
V klf ft ft k
M klf ft ft ft k ft

DW:
( ) ( )
( )( )( )
fws
ws
V 0.240klf 0.5 65ft 3ft 7.08k
M 0.5 0.240klf 3ft 65ft 3ft 22.3k ft
= =
= =

Live Load:
Consider the influence line for shear:

The shear at x is maximized by placing the rear wheel of the truck at x and loading the
right part of the beam with the uniform load. (Note that influence lines are NOT used
for dead loads. Obviously, it is not possible to have the DL on only part of the beam!)

Using a standard structural analysis program, at the critical section:

V
LL,Lane
= 18.92k
V
LL,Truck
= 58.33k

M
LL,Lane
= 56.76 k-ft
M
LL,Truck
= 175.0 k-ft

5.2.2
Skew
Factor
This is a multibeam bridge. The shear at the obtuse corner of each girder MUST be
increased by:
( )
( )
( )
12 65ft
12L
1 tan 1 tan 30 1.20
90d 90 33in
+ = + = [LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3c-1]
Note that this factor applies only to the distribution factor.
Since the critical section is only 3 feet from the support, apply the skew factor.

5.2.3
Factored
Moments
And
Shears
As calculated in Section 1.4.2.1.1 of this example:
DFV = 0.456
DFM = 0.336
The moment MAY be multiplied by the skew factor for moment, 0.91.
The shear MUST be increased by skew factor, 1.20.

V
LL+IM
= 0.456(1.2)[58.33(1.33)+18.92] = 52.5 k

V
u
= 1.25(22.54k + 1.75k + 4.13 k) + 1.50 (7.08 k) + 1.75(52.5 k) = 138.0 k

M
LL+IM
= 0.336(0.905)[175 k-ft(1.33)+56.8] = 88.0 k-ft

M
u
= 1.25(71.0 k-ft + 5.25 k-ft + 13.0 k-ft) + 1.5(22.3 k-ft) + 1.75(88.0 k-ft)
= 299 k-ft = 3588 k-in

5.3
Sectional
Design
Model
For shear design, the shear forces at various points along the girder should be
calculated. Normally, this is done at the critical section, at points where strands are
debonded or harped and then at every 0.1L.

For this design example, only the shear at the critical section is analyzed. The same
procedure for the remaining points would be used.

The LRFD Specifications adopted the modified compression field theory for shear
design with Version 1. This was called the Sectional Design Model.

In Version 4 (2007), the Simplified Method was added. The Simplified Method
restores the old V
ci
and V
cw
from the Standard Specifications.

Both methods will be illustrated in this example.

5.3.1
Finding
and
The sectional design model requires the calculation of two factors:

Concrete strain at :
x

Average shear stress in the concrete: v

These two values are used to find and ; which are then used to find the strength of
the concrete and the strength of the stirrups.

5.3.1.1
Finding
x
The first step is to find the strain at 0.5d
v
in the cross section.

It is assumed the section is uncracked and that at least minimum transverse
reinforcement will be used.
Note that is unknown at this point. However, the commentary allows 0.5cot=1 as a
simplification. [LRFD C5.8.3.4.2]

[LRFD 5.8.3.4.2-3]

Where:
N
u
= Applied factored normal force at the specified section
= 0.0
kips
V
p
= Strands are not harped = 0.0 kips
f
po
=

=
A parameter taken as modulus of elasticity of
.7 0.7(270.0) 189
pu
f = =

ksi

[LRFD
5.8.3.4.2]
A
ps
=

=
Area of prestressing steel on the flexural tension side
of the member, as shown in LRFD Figure 5.8.3.4.2-1.
20 strands(0.153) = 3.06
in
2

A
s
= Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension
side of the member = 0.0
in
2

A
c
=

=
A
c
is the area of concrete on the tension half of the
beam; it is the area of the bottom half (h/2).
2(5.5in)(33in)(0.5) + (48in-11in)(5in) = 366.5 in
2

in
2

E
p
= 28,500 ksi
d
v
= 29.6 in

( )
( ) ( )
2
6 3
x
2 2
3588k in
138k 3.06in 189ksi
29.6in
82x10 0.08x10
2 28500ksi 3.06in 5072ksi 366.5in

+
= =
(
+

Negative means uncracked.

5.3.1.2
Finding v
u

( )( )( )( )
u p
u c
v v
V V
138k
v 0.469ksi 0.18f ' 1.26ksi
b d 0.9 2 5.5in 29.6in
= = = < =

[LRFD 5.8.2.9]
Where:
V
p
= 0
= 0.9 [LRFD 5.5.4.2.1]
( )
c c ps p s s
po ps p u u
v
u
x
A E A E A E 2
f A cot V V 5 . 0 N 5 . 0
d
M
+ +
+ +
=

5.3.1.3
and

Using
u
c
v 0.469ksi
0.067
f ' 7ksi
= = and
x
0.08 =
From LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 21

= 4.1

5.3.2
Shear Strength of
Concrete

c c v v
V 0.0316 f 'b d = [LRFD 5.8.3.3-3]
( ) ( )( )
c
V 0.0316 4.1 7ksi 11in 29.6in 111.6k = =

Since V
u
= 138k > V
c
= 0.9(111.6k) = 100 k; at least minimum stirrups are needed for
strength. The equations for and assumed minimum stirrups.

5.3.3
Minimum Stirrups

( )
( )
u c
max v
v 0.469ksi 0.125f ' 0.125 7ksi 0.875ksi
s 0.8d 0.8 29.6in 23.7in 24in
= < = =
= = = <
[LRFD 5.8.2.7]

s
max
= 23.75 in.

Calculate minimum area of steel using a 12 inch spacing to get area of steel per foot:
( )( )
2 v
v c
y
11in 12in
b s
A 0.0316 f ' 0.0316 7ksi 0.184in
f 60ksi
= = [LRFD 5.8.2.5]
ODOT uses #4 bars with 2 legs as standard (A
v
= 2(0.2in
2
) = 0.4in
2
) @ 12 inch o.c.

5.3.4
Shear Strength of
the Girder

( )
v y v
s
A f d cot cot sin
V
s
+
= [LRFD 5.8.3.3-4]
The stirrups are perpendicular to the main steel so = 90
o
; cot = 0, sin=1; = 21
o

( ) ( )( )( ) ( ) ( )
2
v y v
s
s
0.4in 60ksi 29.6 cot 21 0 1
A f d cot cot sin
V
s 12in
V 154.2k
( +
+

= =
=

( )
n c s p
u n
V V V V 111.6k 154.2k 0 265.8k
V 138k V 0.9 265.8k 239.2k
= + + = + + =
= < = =

#4 @ 12 inches is OK. Girder is OK in shear.

5.3.5 Maximum
Nominal Shear
Resistance
n
, given by following equation, is intended to ensure that the
concrete in the web of the beam will not crush prior to yield of the transverse
reinforcement.

'
0.25
n c v v p
V f b d V + [LRFD 5.8.3.3-2]


With V
p
=0:

'
0.25
111.6 154.2 0.25(7)(11)(29.6)
265.8 569.8
c s c v v
V V f b d +
+

5.4
Simplified
Shear
In the 2007 LRFD Specification, the simplified shear method is introduced.

This method brings back V
ci
and V
cw
from the Standard Specification.
V
cw
(web shear) usually controls near the support, so V
cw
will be checked at the
critical section.
V
ci
(flexural shear) doesnt control near the support, so for this example, V
ci
will be
calculated at 0.2L. However, in practice V
ci
and V
cw
must be checked at all
appropriate sections.

5.4.1
V
cw
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.3-3]

Where:
f
pc
= compressive stress in concrete (after allowance for all prestress loses)
at centroid of cross section resisting externally applied loads or at the
junction of the web and the flange when the centroid lies within the
flange (ksi).

e
pc 2
P 537k
f 0.732ksi
A 733.5in
= = =

( )
( )
( )( )
cw
V 0.06 7ksi 0.3 0.732ksi 11in 29.6in 123.2kips = + =
The critical section is 29.6 inches from the face of the support. Assuming a 1 ft
bearing pad, the critical section is approximately 3.5 feet from the end of the beam.
The transfer length is 60 bar diameters = 30 inches. Thus, the critical section is past
the transfer length, so f
pc
does not have to be reduced for lack of bond.

If the critical section is within the transfer length, f
pc
is reduced linearly.

One difference between LRFD and Standard Specifications is that LRFD uses cot in
the V
s
calculation. For V
cw
, the term cot must be calculated:

pc
c
f
cot 1.0 3 1.8
f '
= + [LRFD 5.8.3.4.3-4]
( ) cw c pc v v p
V 0.06 f ' 0.3f b d V = + +


0.732ksi
cot 1.0 3 1.83 1.8; so use 1.8
7ksi
= + = >
= 29
The minimum stirrup area and maximum spacing calculated in the Sectional Model
still applies here. Assuming #4 stirrups @ 12 in:
( ) ( ) ( ) ( )
2
s
0.4in 60ksi 29.6in 1.8
V 106.5k
12in
= =

( )
u
V 138k 0.9 123.2k 106.5k 207k = < + =

5.4.2
V
ci

V
ci
does not control near supports of simply supported beams. It will be calculated at
0.2L=13 ft from the center of the support.

5.4.2.1
Unfoactored
Dead Loads
The equation for V
ci
requires the calculation of unfactored dead loads.
DC:
For beam weight:
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )( )( )
g
g
V w 0.5L x 0.764klf 0.5 65ft 13ft 14.9k
M 0.5wx L x 0.5 0.764klf 13ft 65ft 13ft 258k ft
= = =
= = =

For the diaphragm, V = 1.75k (shear is constant), M = 1.75(13) =22.8k-ft

( ) ( )
( )( )( )
fws
ws
V 0.140klf 0.5 65ft 13ft 2.73k
M 0.5 0.140klf 13ft 65ft 13ft 47.3k ft
= =
= =

DW:
( ) ( )
( )( )( )
fws
ws
V 0.240klf 0.5 65ft 13ft 4.68k
M 0.5 0.240klf 13ft 65ft 13ft 81.1k ft
= =
= =

The total UNFACTORED shears and moments are:

V
d
= 14.9k + 1.75k + 2.73k + 4.68k = 24.1k
M
d
= 258.0k-ft + 22.8k-ft +47.3k-ft + 81.1k-ft = 409.2 k-ft = 4910 k-in

The FACTORED shears and moments are:

V
ud
= 1.25(14.9k + 1.75k + 2.73k) + 1.50(4.68k) = 31.3 k
M
ud
= 1.25(258.0k-ft + 22.8k-ft +47.3k-ft) + 1.5(81.1k-ft)
= 531.8 k-ft = 6381 k-in

5.4.2.2
Live
Load
This method requires two sets of shears and moments for Live Load. The first is the
loading where the shear is maximum and the second is where the moment is maximum.

For the lane load, the shear is maximum when the lane load is on the right 52 ft. of the
girder (see the influence line from the sectional model):
V
Lane1
= 13.3k and M
Lane1
= 173 k-ft = 2076 k-in

The maximum moment occurs when the lane load is on the entire girder:
V
Lane2
= 12.5k and M
Lane2
= 216.3 k-ft = 2596 k-in

Clearly, the moment is maximum when the lane load is placed along the entire beam.
The truck load is less certain. The moment at X is the value of the point load times
the ordinate of the influence line. Unfortunately, it is not clear where this product will
be maximum!

For the truck, it is again necessary to consider two placements:
Placed for maximum shear
Placed for maximum moment

In this case, it just happens that both are the same the rear axle placed at 0.2L as
shown in the previously.

For the truck load, the maximum shear at the section and the maximum moment at the
section happen to occur under the same loading the rear wheel of the truck 13 ft.
from the support. In this case, the maximum shear loading and the maximum moment
loading are the same, but that is NOT always the case. Be sure to carefully check all
reasonable load conditions.

However, this is not always the case. It just happened that way in this example.

V
Truck
= 47.2 k and M
Truck
= 613 k-ft = 7356 k-in

V
u,LL
= 1.75[V
truck
(1+IM) + V
Lane
](DFV)
V
u,LL
= 1.75[47.2k(1.33) + 13.3k]( 0.456) = 60.7k

Note that the skew factor is NOT applied. The skew factor is applied only at the obtuse
corner and at 0.2L, the section is not at the obtuse corner.

M
u,LL
= 1.75[M
truck
(1+IM) + M
Lane
](DFM)(skew factor)
M
u,LL
= 1.75[613 k-ft(1.33) + 216.3 k-ft](0.336)(0.905) = 549.0 k-ft = M
max

Note that the Skew Factor IS Applied to moment

The shear associated with maximum moment is:
V
i
= 1.75[47.2k(1.33) + 12.5k]( 0.456) = 60.0 k

5.4.2.3
Determination of
Cracking Load
for Shear
First, find the modulus of rupture:

r c
f 0.2 f ' 0.2 7ksi 0.529ksi = = = [LRFD 5.4.2.6]

Note that LRFD has 3 different MORs be sure to use the correct one!

Next, determine the stress at the bottom of the box due to effective prestressing force:

( )
cpe 2 3
537k 14.61in 537kips
f 1.94ksi
733.5in 6511in
= + =

dnc
cre c r cpe
nc
12M
M S f f
S
| |
= +
|
\ .
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.3-2]

Where:
M
dnc
= Unfactored moment due to dead load on the non- composite or
monolithic section = 409.2 k-ft (note in k-ft; 12 in numerator
converts to inches)
S
nc
= non-composite section modulus
S
c
= composite section modulus = S
nc
since this is a non-composite
structure
( )
( )
3
cre 3
cre
12 409.2k ft
M 6511in 0.529ksi 1.94ksi
6511in
M 11165k in 930.5k ft
| |
= +
|
\ .
= =

5.4.2.4
V
ci

i cre
ci c v v d c v v
max
VM
V 0.02 f 'b d V 0.06 f 'b d
M
= + + [LRFD 5.8.3.4.3-1]

( )( )
( )( )
( )( )
ci
60.0k 930.5k ft
V 0.02 7ksi 11in 29.6in 24.1k 143.0k
549k ft
0.06 7ksi 11in 29.6in 51.7
= + + = >
=

5.4.2.5
Check Shear
Strength

u
V 31.3k 60.7k 92.0k = + =

Assuming #4@12; cot=1 for V
ci
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.3]
( )( )( )( )
2
s
0.4in 60ksi 29.6in 1.0
V 59.2k
12in
= =

( )
u n
V 92.0k V 0.9 143.0k 59.2k 182.0k = < = + =
The section is adequate in shear.

If s=18

s
V 39.5kips =
( )
u n
V 92.0k V 0.9 143.0k 39.5k 164k = < = + =

5.6
Minimum
Longitudinal
Steel
At each section: [LRFD 5.8.3.5-1]

u
u u
ps ps s y p s
v
M 0.5N V
A f A f V 0.5V cot
d
| |
+ + +
|

\ .

For this example, the minimum longitudinal steel will be checked at the critical section.
The critical section 29.6 inches from the face of the support. Allowing for a 1 ft.
bearing pad and one foot from center of bearing to the end of the girder, the critical
section is 47.6 inches from the end of the girder. However, it is necessary to see if the
strand stress is reduced by lack of development.

The development length equation is unchanged for strand from Standard
Specifications, except that a factor, is added. This factor is the result of an October,
1988 FHWA memorandum suggesting the need for this conservative multiplier
because of strand/bond problems:

( ) ( )
d ps pe b
2 2
f f d 1.6 260 175.4 0.5 114.5in
3 3
| | | |
= = =
| |
\ . \ .
l [LRFD 5.11.4.2]

The terms f
ps
(steel stress at strength limit) and f
pe
(effective prestressing stress after
losses) were calculated previously. = 1.6 for member over 24 inches deep

The critical section occurs at 47.6 inches from the end of the beam, but the
development length is 114.5 inches. Thus, the steel stress MUST be reduced to
account for lack of development.

( )
60
60
px b
px pe ps pe
d b
d
f f f f
d
= +
l
l
[LRFD 5.11.4.2-4]

The following values were previously calculated or determined:

A
ps
=20(0.153)= 3.06 in
2

f
ps
= 260.0 ksi
f
pe
= 174.5 ksi
M
u
= 3588 k-in
V
u
= 138 k
= 21
o
(Sectional Design Model)
V
s
= 153 k (Sectional Design Model)
N
u
= V
p
= 0
= 1 for moment; 0.9 for shear
A
s
f
y
= assumed 0 (ignore any mild steel)
60d
b
= 30 inches

( )
47 6 30
174 5 260 0 174 5 192 0
114 5 30
px
. in in
f . ksi . ksi . ksi . ksi
. in in
= + =

u
u u
ps ps s y p s
v
M 0.5N V
A f A f V 0.5V cot
d
| |
+ + +
|

\ .

( )
( )
( )
2
3 06 192 0 588
3588 138
0 5 153 21 321
1 0 29 6 0 9
. in . ksi k
k in k
. ( k ) cot k
. . in .
=
| |
> + =
|
\ .

OK.

Note that before the 2005/06 interim, the steel stress was assumed linear with
development length, not bilinear. If the stress were assumed linear here, mild steel
would need to be added. Also note that Vs < Vc/ = 153k

Check the inside face of the bearing pad. Assuming a 12 in pad and one foot from
center of bearing to the end, the inside of the pad is 12+6 = 18 inches from the end of
the girder. This is inside the transfer length:
18
174 5 104 7
30
px
in
f . ksi . ksi
in
| |
= =
|
\ .

( ) ( )
2
0 5
138
3 06 104 7 320 0 5 153 21 199
0 9
u
p ps s
V
A f . V cot
k
.

| |
= > =
|
\ .

OK

If the stirrup spacing is increased to 18, V
s
= 103 k
( ) ( )
2
0 5
138
3 06 104 7 320 0 5 103 21 265
0 9
u
p ps s
V
A f . V cot
k
.

| |
= > =
|
\ .

OK

5.7
Anchorage Zone
(Bursting
Stirrups)
The bursting resistance of pretensioned anchorage zones provided by vertical
reinforcement in the ends of the pretensioned beams at the service limit state shall be
take as:
r s s
P f A = [LRFD 5.10.10.1-1]
Where:
A
s
= Total area of transverse reinforcement
located within the distance h/4 from the end
of the beam
in
2

f
s
P
r
= Bursting resistance, should not be less than
4% of F
pi
20(0.153)(202.5)(0.04) 24.8 =
kips
Solving for the required area of steel,
24.8
1.24
20
= =
s
A in
2

As in the Standard Specification, LRFD requires bursting stirrups which can resist at
least 4% of the initial prestressing force, with a stress of no more than 20ksi:

This steel must be distributed over h/4 from the end. For this girder, h/4=33/4=8.25
inches. Four #4 double leg stirrups @ 3 provides 1.60 in
2
over 8 inches.

6.0
EXTERIOR
GIRDER
6.1
Moment
The exterior girder takes the rail load (DC):
( )
2
b
0.090klf 65ft
M 47.5k ft 570k in
8
= = =

Note: Article 4.6.2.2.1 allows the rail load to be equally distributed to all the girders.
However, it does not have to be and, in this case, it is probably more correct to assign
the railing to the exterior girder.

The live load moments must be multiplied by the exterior girder factor.

Two or more lanes loaded: [LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2d-1]
ext int
e
g eg
d
e 1.04 1
25
=
= + >

Since the rail is right at the edge of the box, d
e
= half the web width = 2.75 inches =
0.23 ft. Note that d
e
is in FEET.

0.23
e 1.04 1.049
25
= + =

One lane loaded:
ext int
e
g eg
d
e 1.125 1
30
=
= + >

0.23
e 1.125 1.133
30
= + = Controls

Note that there is only one DFM, so the one lane e is multiplied by the DFM. In the
equation below, the truck load (362.3 k-ft) is already multiplied by the interior DFM
and the impact factor; the lane load (102.7 k-ft) is multiplied by the DFM (no impact
on lane load). Thus, it is only necessary to multiply by the increasing factor:

( ) ( ) ( )( )
u
u
M 1.25 515.3 47.5 1.50 126.8 1.75 362.3 102.7 1.133
M 1815k ft 21790k in
= + + + +
= =

For the interior box with 20 strands, M
n
= 23550 k-in so OK for M
u

Stresses at transfer do not need to be checked as these stress occur during fabrication
are independent of the railing load and the live load.

The check performed on the interior girders is sufficient.

Service load stresses should be checked. It is clear by inspection that service load
compression stresses are OK (see Section 2.3.3). Check Service III:

( ) ( ) ( )( )
bottom 3
M 515.3 47.5 126.8 0.8 362.3 102.7 1.133 1111k ft 13330k
13330k in
f 2.05ksi
6511in
= + + + + = =
= =
f
ps
= 1.94 ksi compression (previously calculated)

f
bottom
= 1.94 ksi 2.05 ksi = -0.110 ksi = 0.110 tension < 0.503 ksi tension OK

6.2
Exterior Girder
Shear

This check must be performed at all sections. Only the critical section is shown here.
The check is also made using Sectional Model.

At the critical section:
( ) ( ) ( )
( ) ( )( )( )
g
g
V w 0.5L x 0.090klf 0.5 65ft 3ft 2.65k
M 0.5wx L x 0.5 0.090klf 3ft 65ft 3ft 8.37k ft
= = =
= = =

Two or more lanes loaded: [LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.3b-1]
ext int
0.5
e
48
g eg
b
b
d 2
12
e 1 1
40
| |
=
|
\ .
| |
+
|
= +
|
|
\ .

0.5
48
0.23 2
12
e 1 1.234
40
| |
+
|
= + =
|
|
\ .

One Lane Loaded:
ext int
e
g eg
d
e 1.125 1
20
=
= +

0.23
e 1.125 1.137
20
= + =

Check:

Two or more lanes: e*DFV = 1.234(0.456) = 0.562 Controls
One Lane: e*DFV = 1.137(0.445) = 0.506

Because there are two DFV, each must be checked!

V
u
= 0.562(1.2)[58.33(1.33) + 18.92] = 65.08k

V
LL,truck
= 58.33k
V
LL,lane
= 18.92k
IM = 0.33
Skew Factor = 1.2

V
u
= 1.25(22.54k + 1.75k + 4.13 k+2.65) + 1.50 (7.08 k) + 1.75(65.08k)= 163.3 k

Using the Sectional Design Model, M
u
= 3714k-in, = 3.24, =21.4
o
, V
n
= 215 k, so
OK.

7.0
CAMBER AND
DEFLECTION
Camber calculations are not directly addressed in LRFD (They were not directly
addressed in the Standard Specifications, either).

The same methods used for finding camber and deflection used for Standard
Specifications apply for LRFD Designs.

ODOT invokes Article 2.5.2.6.2,which limits Live Load deflection to L/800 for
precast, simple span girders.

The limit for a Box Girder Bridge is L/800.

Since this is a limit on FLEXURAL deflection, it is appropriate to use the MDF.

MDF = 0.336(0.905) = 0.304

Lane Load = 0.640(0.304) = 0.194klf

Axle Load (rear) = 32k(1.33)(0.304)=12.9k (includes impact)
Axle Load (front) = 8k(1.33)(0.304) = 3.22k (includes impact)

The live load, positioned for maximum deflection is:


Using a standard analysis software:
( ) 65ft 12
0.654in 0.975in
800
= < = OK

2- Span Continuous Example July 2007 To Be Used as an Example Only

GUIDED DESIGN EXAMPLE

AASHTO Type IV, Two Span, Composite Deck, LRFD Specifications

INTRO
This design example demonstrates the design of a two-span AASHTO Type IV I girder
with no skew, as shown below. This example illustrates the design of a typical interior and
exterior beam at the critical sections for positive flexure, negative flexure, shear, and the
continuity connection. The superstructure consists of five beams spaced at 8-0 centers as
shown below. Beams are designed to act compositely with the 8.5-in-thick cast-in-place
concrete deck slab to resist all superimposed dead loads, live loads, and impact.

Longitudinal
Section

Transverse
Cross Section

MATERIALS
Slab
Actual thickness, t
s
= 9.5 in
Structural thickness = 8.5 in.
Note that 1.0 in wearing surface is considered to be an integral part of the 8.5 in deck.
f
c
= 4.5 ksi @ 28 days (ODOT Bridge Design Manual (BDM) 302.5.2.8)
c
=0.150 kcf

96-3 96-3
1-9
4 Spaces @ 8-0 = 32-0
2.5
34-0
Type IV
2.5
8.5 structural+
1.0 wearing
37-0


Precast Beams AASHTO Type IV girder shown below
f
c
= 7.0 ksi @ 28 days
f
ci
= 4.5 ksi
c
=0.150 kcf
The ODOT BDM allows a range of strengths (302.5.2.8). Given strengths are within that
range.

Prestressing
Strand
in diameter, low-relaxation, ASTM A416
2

pu
= 270.0 ksi
The ODOT BDM (302.5.2.2a) allows inch, inch special or 0.6 inch diameter strands.
Regular inch diameter is chosen here.

4-6
8
6
1-11
9
8
1-8
2-2
8 6
9


Reinforcing
Bars
Yield strength, f
y
= 60 ksi
s
= 29,000 ksi
(ODOT BDM 302.5.2.9)

Loads Future wearing surface: 0.060 ksf (ODOT Std. Drawings)
Barriers: 0.640 k/ft each

CROSS-
SECTION
PROPERTIES
FOR A
TYPICAL
INTERIOR
BEAM
Non-Composite
Section

Area in
2
789
Weight (lb/ft) 822
h (in) 54
y
b
(in) 24.73
y
t
(in) 29.27
I (in
4
) 260,741
S
b
(in
3
) 10,542
S
t
(in
3
) 8,909

1.5
1
33, 000 '
C C c
E K w f = [LRFD 5.4.2.4-1]
1.5
33, 000 1.0 0.150 4.5 4, 067
C
E ksi = = - at transfer
1.5
33, 000 1.0 0.150 7.0 5, 072
C
E ksi = = - service loads

Composite
Section
Effective flange
Width
(1/4) Span = (96.25 ft)(12in/ft)/4 = 289 in [LRFD 4.6.2.6]
12t
s
plus the greater of the web thickness or the beam top flange width:
t
s
= 8.5 in (slab thickness - use structural thickness only)
web thickness = 8 in
top flange = 0.5(20 in) = 10 in (Greatest)
12(8.5 in) + 10 in = 112 in
Average spacing between beams = 8 ft = 96 in (CONTROLS)
EFFECTIVE FLANGE WIDTH = 96 in Interior Girder
EFFECTIVE FLANGE WIDTH = 78 in Exterior Girder (overhang is 4 ft).

Modular Ratio ( ) 4, 067
0.8019
( ) 5, 072
c
c
E Slab
n
E beam
= = =

Transformed
Section
Properties
Transformed flange width = n(effective flange width) = (0.8019)(96) = 76.98 in
Transformed flange area = n(effective flange width)(t
s
) = (0.8019)(96)(8.5) = 654.35in
2


Note that only the structural thickness of the deck, 8.5 in, is considered. A 2 haunch is
assumed for calculating weight but not for finding composite properties (ODOT BDM
302.5.2.3).

Figure below shows the dimensions of the composite section.

Properties of
Composite
section

A
c
= Total area of composite section = 1,443 in
2

h
c
= Overall depth of the composite section

= 62.5 in
I
c
= Moment of inertia of the composite section

= 666,579 in
4

y
bc
= Distance from the centroid of the
composite section to the extreme bottom
fiber of the precast beam
= 39.93 in
y
tg
composite section to the extreme top fiber
of the precast beam
= 14.07 in
y
tc
composite section to the extreme top fiber
of the slab
= 22.57 in.
S
bc
= Composite section modulus for the
extreme bottom fiber of the precast beam
= 16,694 in
3

S
tg
= Composite section modulus for the top
fiber of the precast beam
= 47,376 in
3

S
tc
= Composite section modulus for extreme
top fiber of the deck slab
= 29,534 in
3

96
76.98
8.5
54
26


SHEAR
FORCES &
BENDING
MOMENTS
The self-weight of the beam, haunch, and slab act on the non-composite section as a simple
span structure. The weight of the barriers, future wearing surface, and live loads with
impact act on the composite section as a continuous structure.

Dead Loads DC = Dead load of structural components and non-structural attachments
Slab: (96 in)(9.5 in)(0.150 kcf)/(144 in
2
/ft
2
) = 0.95 klf
Haunch: (2 in)(20 in)(0.150 kcf)/(144 in
2
/ft
2
) = 0.042 klf (ODOT BDM 302.5.2.3)
Note: The actual slab thickness of 9.5 is used in calculating dead loads. The 2 haunch
thickness is also used in calculating dead loads. The intermediate diaphragms are assumed
as steel X braces. These are ignored in these dead load calculations. The weight of each
brace is less than 0.3 kips. The moment caused by these braces is << 1% of the total DL
moment.

DC Dead Loads carried by the continuous structure, composite section:

According to LRFD Article 4.6.2.2.1 permanent loads may be distributed uniformly to all
beams if the following conditions are met:

Number of beams, N
b
> 4. OK
d
e
= 2.5 ft 1.5 ft = 1.0 ft

Partial of Table 4.6.2.2.1-1 - This example is a Type k

The section meets the criteria, so the loads may be uniformly distributed to the girders.
Future Wearing Surface = 0.060 ksf = (0.060 ksf)(34 ft)/5 beams = 0.408 kips/ft/girder
Barrier = 0.640 klf = 2 each (0.640)/5 girders = 0.256 kips/ft/girder


LRFD Article 4.6.2.2.1 allows the slab weight to be evenly distributed to the girders in the
same manner as the wearing surface and the barriers. In this case, the decision has been
made to use tributary areas to distribute the slab weight to the girders. Either method is
allowable.

DL-Unfactored
Shear Forces &
Bending
Moments
For dead loads the length of the span depends on the construction stage:

The shear forces and bending moments are given in the table below:
Location
Beam Weight
[Simple Span]
Deck plus Haunch
[Simple Span]
Barrier Weight
[Continuous Span]
Future Wearing
Surface [Continuous
Span]
Distance
x ft.
Section
x/L
Shear
kips
Moment
M
g
, kip-ft Shear kips
Moment
M
s
, kip-ft
Shear
kips
Moment
M
b
, kip-ft
Shear
kips
Moment
M
ws
, kip-ft
0.00 0.00 39.6 0 47.7 0 9.2 7.7 14.7 12.4
9.26 0.10 31.9 331 38.5 399.3 6.8 81.8 10.9 130.5
18.97 0.20 24 602.6 28.9 727 4.3 136 6.9 217
28.69 0.30 16 796.5 19.3 961.1 1.8 166 2.9 264.9
38.41 0.40 8 912.9 9.6 1101.5 -0.6 171.9 -1 274.2
48.13 0.50 0 951.9 0 1148.4 -3.1 153.6 -5 245.1
57.84 0.60 -8 912.9 -9.6 1101.5 -5.6 111.2 -8.9 177.5
67.56 0.70 -16 796.5 -19.3 961.1 -8.1 44.7 -12.9 71.3
77.28 0.80 -24 602.6 -28.9 727 -10.6 -46 -16.9 -73.4
86.99 0.90 -31.9 331 -38.5 399.3 -13.1 -160.8 -20.8 -256.7
96.25 Brg. -39.6 0 -47.7 0 -15.4 -292.7 -24.6 -467.1

Live Loads According to LRFD Article 4.6.1.2.1 vehicular live loading on the roadways of bridges or
incidental structures, designated HL-93, shall consists of a combination of the:

Design truck or design tandem with dynamic allowance. The design truck shall
consists of an 8.0 kip front axle and a pair of 32.0 kip back axles. The first and
second axle are spaced 14-0 apart. The space between the rear axles shall be
varied between 14.0 and 30.0 to porduce extreme force effects. The design tandem
shall consist of a pair of 25.0 kip axles spaced 4.0 apart. [LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.2
and 3.6.1.2.3]

Design lane load shall consist of a load of 0.64 kip/ft uniformly distributed in the
longitudinal direction. [LRFD Article 3.6.1.2.4]
For negative moment between inflection points, 90% of the effect of two design
trucks (HL-93 with 14 ft. axle spacing) spaced at a minimum of 50 ft. combined with
90% of the design lane load.
Inflection points are determined by loading all spans with a uniform load.

Distribution
Factors
The live load bending moments and shear forces are determined by using the simplified
distribution factor formulas [LRFD 4.6.2.2]. To use the simplified live load distribution
factor formulas, the following conditions must be met [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1]


Number of beams, N
b
> 4. OK
d
e
= 2.5 ft 1.5 ft = 1.0 ft

For a precast concrete I-girder with CIP deck, the bridge type is (k) [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1-1]

The number of design lanes should be determined by taking the integer part of the ratio
w/12, where w is the clear roadway width in ft between curbs and/or barriers. [LRFD
3.6.1.1.1]

w = 34 ft.
Note: It could be argued that this should be designed as a three lane bridge because 3 11
ft lanes would fit and the minimum lane width is 10ft. However, the distribution factor is for
2 or more lanes loaded and the number of lanes isnt in the equation so it doesnt matter.

Distribution
Factors for
Bending
Moment
For all limit states except for fatigue limit state. [LRFD Table 4.6.2.2.2b-1]
0.1
0.6 0.2
3
0.075
9.5 12
g
s
K
S S
DFM
L Lt
| |
| | | |
= +
| | |
\ . \ .
\ .

Where DFM = distribution factor for moment for interior beam. Provided that:

3.5 16.0 S
8.0 S OK = S = Spacing, ft
4.5 12.0
s
t 8.5
s
t OK = t
s
20 240 L
98 L OK = L = beam span, ft
4
b
N 5
b
N OK = N
b
= number of beams
10, 000 7, 000, 000
g
K
g
K = See below K
g
= longitudinal
stiffness parameter, in
4

( )
2
g g
K n I Ae = +
[LRFD 4.6.2.2.1-1]
Where:
n = modular ratio between beam and deck materials

( ) 5, 072
1.247
( ) 4, 067
c
c
E beam
E slab
= = =
A = cross-section area of the beam (non-composite), in
2
= 789
I = moment of inertia of the beam (non-composite), in
4
= 260,741
e
g
= Distance be c.g. of beam and slab, in = (8.5/2+2.0+29.27) = 35.52


So:
( )
2
4
1.247 260, 741 789*35.52
1, 566, 480
g
g
K
K in
= +
=

10,000 < K
g
< 7,000,000 OK

The haunch is included in this calculation as this results in the most conservative DFM.
Using L = 98 ft:
0.1
0.6 0.2
3
8 8 1, 566, 480
0.075
9.5 98 12*98*8.5
0.665
DFM
DFM
| |
| | | |
= +
| | |
\ . \ .
\ .
=


0.1
0.4 0.3
3
0.1
0.4 0.3
3
0.06
14 12
8 8 1, 566, 480
0.06
14 98 12*98*8.5
0.467
g
s
K
S S
DFM
L Lt
DFM
DFM
| |
| | | |
= +
| | |
\ . \ .
\ .
| |
| | | |
= +
| | |
\ . \ .
\ .
=

The case of two design lanes loaded controls, DFM = 0.665 lanes/beam

Distribution
Factors for
Shear Force
For two or more lanes loaded: [LRFD 4.6.2.2.1-1]

2
0.2
12 35
S S
DFV
| | | |
= +
| |
\ . \ .

Where DFV = distribution factor for shear for interior beam. Provided that:

3.5 16.0 S
8.0 S OK = S = Spacing, ft
4.5 12.0
s
t 8.5
s
t OK = t
s
20 240 L
98 L OK = L = beam span, ft
4
b
N 5
b
N OK = N
b
= number of beams
So:
2
8 8
0.2
12 35
0.814
DFV
DFV
| | | |
= +
| |
\ . \ .
=

For one design lane loaded


0.36
25
8
0.36
25
0.68
S
DFV
DFV
DFV
| |
= +
|
\ .
| |
= +
|
\ .
=

The case of two design lanes loaded controls, DFV = 0.814 lanes/beam

Dynamic
Allowance
IM = 33%
Where: IM = dynamic load allowance, applied only to truck load

Unfactored
Shear Force
and Bending
Moments
Unfactored shear forces and bending moment due to HL-93 truck load, per beam:
V
LT
= (shear force per lane)(DFV)(1+IM)=(shear force per lane)(0.814)(1.33)
=(shear force per lane)(1.083) kips

M
LT
= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(1+IM)=(bending moment per lane)(0.665)(1.33)
=( bending moment per lane)(0.884) kips-ft

Unfactored shear forces and bending moment due to HL-93 lane load, per beam:
V
LT
= (shear force per lane)(DFV)(1+IM)=(shear force per lane)(0.814)
M
LT
= (bending moment per lane)(DFM)(1+IM)=(bending moment per lane)(0.665)

This table, obtained from a structural analysis program, is truck load + lane load, with
dynamic effect and distribution factor included.

Location

HL-93 Live Load
Distance
x ft.
Section
x/L
Max
Shear
kips
Max. Positive
Moment
M
LL+I,
kip-ft
Max. Negative
Moment
M
LL+I,
kip-ft
0.00 0.00 89.4 48.5 -5.6
9.26 0.10 76.3 624.6 -83.3
18.97 0.20 62.7 1049.3 -163.4
28.69 0.30 50.1 1300.5 -243.6
38.41 0.40 39.9 1412.4 -323.7
48.13 0.50 -48.3 1386.2 -403.9
57.84 0.60 -60.3 1239.1 -484
67.56 0.70 -72.2 961.1 -564.2
77.28 0.80 -83.8 577.5 -776.2
86.99 0.90 -95 215.9 -877.6
96.25 Brg. -104.6 14.8 -1380.7

Shown in this table are maximum values of shear, positive moment, and negative moment.
The maximum values at a given location are not necessarily from the same load case.


Load
Combinations
Service I:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)
Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)
Strength I:

ESTIMATE
REQUIRED
PRESTRESS
The required number of strands is usually governed by Service III load combination at the
section of maximum moment or harp points.

In a continuous for live load structure, the maximum moments do not occur at the same
place for each load. The point of maximum moment depends on whether the load was
applied to the continuous or simple structure. Thus, each point must be checked for the
combinations of loads.

In this structure, the maximum flexural Service Load stresses occur at 48.13 ft. (although
this is NOT where the continuous load moments are maximum). It is inappropriate to
simply take maximum moments without regard to location along the length of the girder.

At this point, it is necessary to determine the needed number of strands. Box girders tend to
be controlled by the Strength Limit State, but I girders (this example) tend to be controlled
by service load tensions.

The initial estimate of number of strands will be found from the Service III combination.
Recall that Service III ONLY applies to tension in prestressed sections.

Service 1 Service 3 Strength 1 Length
V M V M V M
k k-ft k k-ft k k-ft ft.
200.6 68.6 182.72 58.9 299.125 113.1 Bearing 0
192.6 431.7 175.3 393.72 287.45 644.925 Trans. 2.04
189.8 549.9 172.7 502.76 283.375 817.925 H/2 2.73
164.4 1567.2 149.14 1442.28 246.375 2303.925 0.10L 9.26
126.8 2731.9 114.26 2522.04 191.575 3993.775 0.20L 18.97
90.1 3489 80.08 3228.9 138.4 5077.725 0.30L 28.69
55.9 3872.9 47.92 3590.42 89.575 5615.875 0.40L 38.41
-56.4 3885 -46.74 3607.76 -95.9 5610.625 MidSpan 48.13
-92.4 3542.2 -80.34 3294.38 -147.875 5091.675 0.60L 57.84
-128.5 2834.7 -114.06 2642.48 -199.95 4041.75 0.70L 67.56
-164.2 434 -147.44 589.24 -251.375 -329.31 0.80L 77.28
-199.3 -564.8 -180.3 -389.28 -301.825 -1464.58 0.90L 86.99
-222.3 -1614.4 -201.94 -1375.8 -334.65 -2795.88 H/2 93.52
-224.8 -1742.2 -204.3 -1494.76 -338.2 -2961.82 Trans. 94.21
-231.9 -2140.5 -210.98 -1864.36 -348.325 -3482.75 Bearing 96.25


Service Load
Stresses at
Midspan
Bottom tensile stress due to applied dead and live loads using load combination Service III:

(0.8)( )
g s
b ws LL I
b
b bc
M M
M M M
f
S S
+
+
+ +
= +
Where:
f
b
M
g
= Unfactored bending moment due to beam self-weight, kip-ft
M
s
= Unfactored bending moment due to slab and haunch weights, kip-ft
M
b
= Unfactored bending moment due to due to barrier weights, kip-ft
M
ws
= Unfactored bending moment due to future wearing surface, kip-ft
M
LL+I

kip-ft

| |
153.6 245.1 (0.8)(1, 386.2) (12)
(951.9 1,148.4)(12)
10, 542 16, 694
2.39 1.08
3.47
b
b
b
f
f
f ksi
+ +
+
= +
= +
=

Stress Limits
for Concrete
According to LRFD Table 5.9.4.2.2-1 the tensile stress limit at service loads is
'
0.19
0.19 7.0 0.503
c
f
ksi
=
= =

Required
Number of
Strands
The difference between the bottom fiber tensile stress due to applied loads and the tensile
stress limit is the required precompression stress.
(3.47 0.503) 2.97
pb
f = = ksi
At this point, the number of rows of strands is unknown. Assume a strand center of gravity
at midspan as 8% of the height of the girder.
0.08(54) 4.32
bs
y = = in
( ) (24.73 4.32) 20.41
c b bs
e y y = = = in

If P
pe
is the total prestressing force, the stress at the bottom fiber due to prestress is:
pe pe c
pb
b
P P e
f
A S
= +

pb
and solve form P
pe
:
(20.41)
2.97
789 10, 542
927
pe pe
pe
P P
P kips
= +
=


The required prestressing force after all losses is 927 kips. This is after an assumed 25%
loss. That means the initial prestressing force will be approximately 1240 kips. Check with
your local precast producer to ensure the capacity prestressing beds can withstand this
force.

Final prestress force per strand = (area of strand)(f
pi
)(1-losses, %) where f
pi
= initial
prestressing stress before transfer =0.75 f
pu
= 202.5 ksi

Assuming 25% loss of prestress the final prestressing force per strand after losses is:

(0.153)(202.5)(1 0.25) 23.2 / kips strand

Number of strands required =
927
39.9
23.2
= strands

Try (40) in diameter, 270 ksi, low-lax strands.

Strand Pattern See figure below for the assumed strand pattern at the midspan:

No.
Strands
Distance from
bottom (in)
7 8
11 6
11 4
11 2

10 Spa.
@ 2
2 2


The distance between the center of gravity of strands and the bottom concrete fiber of the
beam is, y
bs
, is:

[(11)2 (11)4 (11)6 (7)8]
4.70
40
bs
y
+ + +
= = in

Strand eccentricity at midspan:

24.73 4.70 20.0
c b bs
e y y = = = in
PRESTRESS
LOSSES
Total Prestress Losses

pT pES pLT
f f f = + [LRFD 5.9.5.1-1]

Where:

f
pES
f
pLT
= loss due to long-term shrinkage and creep of concrete, and relaxation of the
steel, ksi

Elastic
Shortening

p
pES cgp
ct
E
f f
E
= [LRFD 5.9.5.2.3a-1]

Where:

f
cgp
= The concrete stress at the center of gravity of prestressing tendons due
to the prestressing force immediately after the transfer and the self-
weight of the member at the section of the maximum moment (ksi).
2
g c
i i c
M e
P Pe
A I I
+
E
p

E
ci
= Elastic Modulus of the concrete at the time of transfer or time of load
application (ksi).

According to the LRFD Commentary for pretensioned member the loss due to elastic
shortening may be determined by the following alternative equation (This is the calculation
of elastic shortening loss by transformed section):

2
2
( )
( )
ps pi g m g m g g
pES
g g ct
ps g m g
p
A f I e A e M A
A I E
A I e A
E
+
=
+ +
[LRFD C5.9.5.2.3a-1]


Where:

A
ps
=
=
Area of prestressing steel, in
2
40(0.153) = 6.12
f
pi
=
=
Prestressing steel stress immediately prior to transfer, ksi
202.5
A
g
=
=
Gross area of section, in
2
789
E
ct
=
=
Elastic Modulus of the concrete at transfer (ksi).
4,067
E
p
=
=
Elastic Modulus of the prestressing steel (ksi).
28,500
e
m
=
=
Average prestressing steel eccentricity at midspan, in
20.0
I
g
=
=
Moment of inertia of the gross concrete section, in
4
260,741
M
g
=
=
Midspan moment due to member self-weight, kip-in
951.9(12) = 11,422.8

So:

2
2
6.12*202.5(260, 741 20.0 *789) 20.0*11, 422.8*789
789*260, 741*4, 067
6.12(260, 741 20.0 *789)
28, 500
16.24
pES
pES
+
=
+ +
=

Note: If the self weight moment is calculated using total beam length rather than c/c
bearing, the moment becomes 11641 k-in. The elastic shortening loss becomes 16.13 ksi; <
1% different.

Long-Term
Losses
For standard, precast, pretensioned members subject to normal loading and environmental
conditions:
10 12
pi ps
pLT h st h st pR
g
f A
f f
A
= + + [LRFD 5.9.5.3-1]

In which:

1.7 0.01
h
H = [LRFD 5.9.5.3-2]

5
1 '
st
ci
f
=
+
[LRFD 5.9.5.3-3]


Where:

h
hst
= Correction factor for specified concrete strength at time of
Prestress transfer to the concrete member
f
pR
relaxation strand, 10.0 ksi for stress relieved strand, and in
accordance with manufacturers recommendation for other
types of strand (ksi)

Assume H = 70%

1.7 0.01*70 1.00
h
= =
5
0.91
1 4.5
st
= =
+

So:
202.5*6.12
10 1.00*0.91 12*1.00*0.91 2.5
789
14.29 10.92 2.5
27.71
pLT
pLT
pLT
f
f
f
= + +
= + +
=

Total Losses at
Service Loads

16.24 27.71
43.95
202.5 43.95 158.6
pT pES pLT
pT
pT
pe
f f f
f
f
f
= +
= +
=
= =
[LRFD 5.9.5.1-1]

Losses are approximately 22% < 25% OK

STRESSES AT
TRANSFER
Force per strand after initial losses:
Stress in tendons after transfer: 202.5 16.24 186.26
pt pi pi
f f f = = = ksi
Force per strand = f
pt
(strand area) = 186.26(0.153) = 28.50 kips
Therefore, the total prestressing force after transfer is, P
i
= 1,140 kips
(Note: The LRFD Specifications permit 0.9f
pu
to be used here; the difference is minimal.)

Stress Limits
for Concrete
Compression: 0.60f
ci
= 0.60(4.5) = +2.700 ksi [LRFD 5.9.4.1.1]


Tension: [LRFD 5.9.4.1.2]
1. In areas other than the precompressed tensile zone and without bonded
reinforcement
'
0.0948 0.2
0.0948 4.5 0.2
0.201 0.2
ci
f

Therefore, -0.200 ksi (Controls)

2. In areas with bonded reinforcement sufficient to resist the tensile force in the
concrete computed assuming an uncracked section, where reinforcement is
proportioned using a stress of 0.5f
y

'
0.24
0.24 4.5
ci
f

-0.509 ksi

Stresses at
Transfer
Length Section
Stresses at this location need only be checked at release since this stage almost always
governs. Also, losses with time will reduce the concrete stresses making them less critical.

Transfer length = 60(strand diameter) = 60(0.5) = 30 in = 2.5 ft [LRFD 5.8.2.3]

The bending moment at a distance 2.5 ft from the end of the beam due to beam self-weight
is:

(0.5)(0.822)(2.5)(97.17 2.5) 97.3
g
M = = kip-ft
Compute top stress at the top fiber of the beam:
1,140 1,140(20.0) 97.3(12)
789 8, 909 8, 909
1.44 2.56 0.13 0.99
g
i i
t
b b
t
t
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
f
= +
= +
= + =

Tensile stress limit for concrete with bonded reinforcement: -0.509 ksi NG

1,140 1,140(20.0) 97.3(12)
789 10, 542 10, 542
1.44 2.16 0.11 3.49
g
i i
t
b b
t
t
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
f
= +
= +
= + = +

Compressive stress limit for concrete: +2.700 ksi NG


Since the top and bottom concrete stresses exceed the stress limits, harp 9 strands at 0.35L =
34 ft. as shown in the following figures.

At Midspan At ends
No.
Strands
Distance from
bottom (in)
No.
Strands
Distance from
bottom (in)
7 8 3 52
11 6 3 50
11 4 3 48
11 2 4 8
8 6
8 4
11 2

Compute the center of gravity of the prestressing strands at the transfer length using the
harped pattern.

The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands at the end of the beam
and the top fiber of the precast beam is:
3(2) 3(4) 3(6)
4.00
9
+ +
= in
The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands at the harp point and the
bottom fiber of the precast beam is:
3(4) 3(6) 3(8)
6.00
9
+ +
= in


The distance between the center of gravity of the 9 harped strands and the top fiber of the
beam at the transfer length section is:
(54 6 4)
4.00 (2.5) 7.25
34

+ = in
The distance between the center of gravity of the 31 straight bottom strands and the extreme
bottom fiber of the beam is:
11(2) 8(4) 8(6) 4(8)
4.32
31
+ + +
= in
The distance between the center of gravity of the total number of the strands and the bottom
fiber of the precast beam at the transfer length is:
9(54 7.25) 31(4.32)
13.87
40
+
= in
Eccentricity of the strand group at transfer length is: 24.73 13.87 10.86 = in
The distance between the center of gravity of the total number of the strands and the bottom
fiber of the precast beam at the end of the beam is:
9(54 4) 31(4.32)
14.60
40
+
= in

The eccentricity at the end of the beam is: 24.73 14.60 10.13 = in

Recompute top and bottom stresses at the transfer length section using the harped pattern:
1,140 1,140(10.86) 97.3(12)
789 8, 909 8, 909
1.44 1.39 0.13 0.18
= +
= + = +
t
t
f
f


At the bottom:
1,140 1,140(10.86) 97.3(12)
789 10, 542 10, 542
1.44 1.17 0.11 2.50
t
t
f
f
= +
= + = +


Stresses at
Harp Points
The strand eccentricity at the harp points is the same as at the midspan, e
c
= 20.0 in
The bending moment due to beam self-weight at a distance 34.00 ft. from the end of the
beam is:

(0.5)(0.822)(34.00)(97.17 34.00) 882.7
g
M = = kip-ft


1,140 1,140(20.0) 882.7*12
789 8, 909 8, 909
1.44 2.56 1.19 0.07
g
i i
t
b b
t
t
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
f
= +
= +
= + = +


1,140 1,140(20.0) 882.7*12
789 10, 542 10, 542
1.44 2.16 1.00 2.60
g
i i
t
b b
t
t
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
f
= +
= +
= + = +


Stresses at
Midspan
The maximum moments due to non-composite loads and composite load do not occur at the
same place. In this example, the maximum combined stresses occur at midspan. The
bending moment due to beam self-weight at a distance 48-7 from the end of the beam is:

(0.5)(0.822)(48.58)(97.17 48.58) 970.1
g
M = = kip-ft

1,140 1,140(20.0) 970.1*12
789 8, 909 8, 909
1.44 2.56 1.31 0.19
g
i i
t
b b
t
t
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
f
= +
= +
= + = +


1,140 1,140(20.0) 970.1*12
789 10, 542 10, 542
1.44 2.16 1.10 2.50
g
i i
t
b b
t
t
M
P Pe
f
A S S
f
f
= +
= +
= + = +



Hold-Down
Forces
Assume that the stress in the strand at the time of prestressing, before any losses, is:
0.75 0.75(270) 202.5 = =
pu
f ksi
Then, the Prestress force per strand before any losses is:

From previous figure, harp angle:
1
54 4 6
tan 6.2
34(12)

| |
= =
|
\ .
o

Therefore, hold-down force per strand = 1.05(force per strand)(sin )
=1.05(31.0) sin 6.2

= 3.5 kips per strand

Note that the factor, 1.05, is applied to account for friction.
Total hold down force = 9 strands(3.5) = 31.6 kips

ODOT BDM States that the following limits are not to be exceeded:

No. of Draped
Strands per Row
P
U
/Strand
(lb)
1 6,000
2 4,000
3 4,000

So hold-down force per strand = 3.5 kips per strand OK

Summary of
Stresses at
Transfer
At transfer, stresses at the end of girder tend to exceed allowables if the strand is straight.

Stresses can be brought within the allowable stress range either by harping or debonding the
strand. The question arises as to which is better, harping or debonding?

Boxes tend to use debonding because harping isnt practical as the strand would go through
the void. I and Bulb T girders tend to use harping.

However, not all fabricators have the ability to harp (the bed wont take the hold down
force). Therefore, before deciding to harp, contact probable fabricators or the local PCI
section for assistance and advice.

Top Stresses
f
t
, (ksi)
Bottom stresses
f
b
(ksi)
At transfer length section +0.27 +2.43
At harp points +0.07 +2.60
At midspan +0.19 +2.50
Note that the bottom stresses at the harp points are more critical than the ones at midspan.

' 0.153(202.5) 31.0 /
i
P k strand = =


STRESSES AT
SERVICE
LOADS
Total loss of prestress at service loads is 43.95
pT
f = ksi
Stress in tendon after all losses, 202.5 43.95 158.55
pe pi pT
f f f = = = ksi
Force per strand = (f
pe
)(strand area) = (158.6)(0.153) = 24.3 kips
The total prestressing force after all losses, P
pe
= 24.3 (40) = 972.0 kips

Stress Limits
for Concrete
Compression: [LRFD 5.9.4.2.1]
Due to permanent loads, (i.e. beam self-weight, weight of slab and haunch, weight of future
wearing surface, and weight of barriers), for service limit states:

c
= 0.45(7.0) = +3.150 ksi
For the deck: 0.45f
c
= 0.45(4.5) = +2.025 ksi


c
= 0.40(7.0) = +2.800 ksi
For the deck: 0.40f
c
= 0.40(4.5) = +1.800 ksi

Due to permanent and transient loads (i.e. all dead loads and live loads), for service limit
states:
For the precast beam:0.60
w
f
c
= 0.60(1.0)(7.0) = +4.200 ksi
For the deck: 0.60
w
f
c
= 0.60(1.0)(4.5) = +2.700 ksi
w
= 1.0 [LRFD 5.7.4.7.2]

Note:
w
is a factor for slender webs/flanges. It is not really meant for I girders. If the
calculations required for
w
are done,
w
=1.

Tension:
For components with bonded prestressing tendons:
For the precast beam:
'
0.19 0.19(7.0) 0.503
c
f = = ksi

Stresses at
Midspan-
Compression
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the beam, three cases:

1. Under permanent loads, Service I:
Use bending moments given in table in Section 1.4.1.1.

1
1
1
( )
( )
972 972(20.0) (951.9 1,148.4) *12 (153.6 245.1) *12
789 8, 909 8, 909 47, 376
1.23 2.18 2.83 0.10 1.98
pe pe c g s
ws b
tg
t t tg
tg
tg
P P e M M
M M
f
A S S S
f
f
+
+
= + +
+ +
= + +
= + + = +




2 1
2
2
( )
0.5
1, 386.2*12
0.5(1.98)
47, 376
0.99 0.35 1.34
LL I
tg tg
tg
tg
tg
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +


3
3
3
( )
1, 386.2*12
1.98
47, 376
1.98 0.35 2.33
LL I
tg tg
tg
tg
tg
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +



1
1
1
( )
(245.1 153.6) *12
29, 534
0.162
ws b
tc
tg
tc
tc
M M
f
S
f
f
+
=
+
= +
= +

Note: Note that deck stresses under service loads are almost always well below allowable
for continuous for LL bridges; but they still must be checked.


2 1
2
2
( )
0.5
1, 386.2*12
0.5(0.162)
29, 534
0.08 0.563 0.64
LL I
tc tc
tg
tc
tc
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +




( )
(245.1 153.6 1, 386.2) *12
29, 534
0.73
ws b LL I
tc
tg
tc
tc
M M M
f
S
f
f
+
+ +
=
+ +
=
= +


Stresses at
Midspan-
Tension
Tension stress at the bottom fiber of the beam, Service III:

| |
( )
( ) 0.8
(245.1 153.6) (0.8*1, 386.2) *12
972 972(20.0) (951.9 1,148.4) *12
789 10, 542 10, 542 16, 694
1.23 1.84 2.39 1.08 0.40
pe pe c g s
ws b LL I
b
b b bc
b
b
P P e M M
M M M
f
A S S S
f
f
+
+
+ +
= +
+ +
+
= +
= + =


Service III has the 0.8LL factor!

STRENGTH
LIMIT STATE
Positive
Moment
Section
Total Ultimate bending moment for Strength I is: [LRFD Tables 3.4.1-1&2]

1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
u

The maximum moments for non-composite and composite loads do not occur at the same
places. Here, the maximum factored moment occurs at 0.4L (although midspan is only 5k-ft
lower).

At point of maximum moment, 0.4L:

1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
1.25(912.9 1,101.5 171.9) 1.5(274.2) 1.75(1, 412.4)
5, 615
u
u
u
M DC DW LL IM
M
M k ft
= + + +
= + + + +
=

Average stress in prestressing steel when 0.5
pe pu
f f : [LRFD 5.7.3.1.1]
1
ps pu
p
c
f f k
d
| |
=
|
|
\ .


Where:

f
ps
k =

=
2 1.04
py
pu
f
f
| |
|
|
\ .

0.28 for low relaxation strands

[LRFD Table C5.7.3.1.1-1]
d
p
=

=
Distance from extreme compression fiber
to the centroid of the prestressing tendons

h - y
bs
= 62.5 4.70 = 57.80
in.
compressive face
in.

To compute c, assume rectangular section behavior, and check if the depth of the equivalent
compression stress block, a, is equal to or less than t
s
:
Note: a =
1
c
' '
'
0.85
ps pu s y s y
pu
c ps
p
A f A f A f
c
f
f b kA
d
+
=
+
[LRFD 5.7.3.1.1-4]

Where:
A
ps
=
=
Area of prestressing steel
40 * 0.153 = 6.12
in
2

f
pu
=
=
Specified tensile strength of prestressing steel
270
ksi
A
s
=
=
Area of mild steel tension reinforcement
0.0

in
2

f
y
=
=
Yield strength of tension reinforcement
60.0
ksi
A
s
=
=
Area of compression reinforcement
0.0
in
2

f
y
=
=
60.0
ksi
f
c
=
=
Compressive strength of deck concrete
4.5
ksi
1
=
=
Stress block factor specified in LRFD 5.7.2.2
0.83

b =
=
Effective width of compression flange
96
in.


6.12(270) 0.0 0.0
270
0.85(4.5)(0.83)(96) 0.28(6.12)
57.80
5.28
c
c
+
=
+
=

a = depth of the equivalent stress block =
1
c
0.83(5.28) 4.39 a = = in. < t
s
=8.5 in. OK

Therefore, the assumption of rectangular section behavior is valid and the average stress in
prestressing steel is:

5.28
270 1 0.28 263.3
57.80
ps
f
| |
= =
|
\ .
ksi

Nominal flexural resistance:
2
4.39
6.12(263.3) 57.80
2
12
7, 467
n ps ps p
n
n
a
M A f d
M
M
| |
=
|
\ .
| |
|
\ .
=
=

Factored flexural resistance:
r n
M M =
Where = resistance factor = 1.0 for flexure and tension of prestressed concrete
7, 467
r
M = kip-ft > 5, 615
u
M = kip-ft OK

NOTE: The equation given above for M
n
is not the exact equation 5.7.3.2.2-1. Equation
5.7.3.2.2-1 assumes T-beam behavior, the presence of non-prestressed tensile steel,
prestressed tensile steel and non-prestressed compression steel. When the section is
rectangular and the non-prestressed reinforcement is ignored, equation 5.7.3.2.2-1
simplifies to the one used above.

Maximum
Reinforce-
ment Positive
Moment Section
The old
max
requirement has been deleted. The LRFD Specifications now require that be
determined based on whether the section is tension controlled, compression controlled or a
transition section. In the calculation of M
r
, tension control was assumed.

Check the strain in the extreme tensile steel:
t
t
t
d 54.0 8.5 2.0 60.5
d c 60.5 5.28
0.003 0.003 0.032 0.005
c 5.28
= + =
| | | |
= = = >
| |
\ . \ .

This is a tension controlled section, so = 1.0 [LRFD 5.7.2.1 and 5.5.4.2]


Minimum
Reinforce-
ent Positive
Moment Section
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2]
At any section, the amount of prestressed and nonprestressed tensile reinforcement shall be
adequate to develop a factored flexural resistance, M
r
, at least equal to the lesser of:

3. 1.2 times the cracking moment, M
cr
, determined on the basis of elastic stress
distribution and the modulus of rupture, f
r
,
4. 1.33 times he factored moment required by the applicable strength load
combinations

( ) 1
c
cr c r cpe dnc c r
nc
S
M S f f M S f
S
| |
= +
|
\ .
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2-1]
Where:
f
r
=

=
Modulus of rupture
'
0.37 0.37 7.0 0.979
c
f = =
ksi

[LRFD 5.4.2.6]
f
cpe
=

=
Compressive stress in concrete due to effective
prestresss forces only (after allowance for all
Prestress losses) at extreme fiber of section where
972 972(20.0)
1.23 1.84 3.07
789 10, 542
pe pe c
b
P P e
A S
+ = + = + =
ksi
M
dnc
=

=
Total unfactored dead load moment acting on the
non composite section
951.9 1,148.4 2,100.3
g s
M M + = + =
kip-ft
S
c
=

=
Section modulus for the extreme fiber of the
composite section where tensile stress is caused by
externally applied loads
16,694
in
3

S
nc
=

=
Section modulus for the extreme fiber of the
noncomposite section where tensile stress is caused
by externally applied loads
10,542
in
3

16, 694 16, 694 16, 694
(0.98 3.07) 2,100.3 1 (0.979)
12 10, 542 12
4, 408 1, 362
cr
cr
M
M
| |
= +
|
\ .
=

1.2 5, 290
cr
M = kip-ft

At midspan, the factored moment required by the Strength I load combination is:
M
u
= 5,610 kip-ft


Therefore, 1.33 7, 461
u
M = kip-ft

Since 1.2 1.33
cr u
M M < 1.2
cr
M Controls

7, 467 1.2
r cr
M M = > OK

Note: The LRFD Specifications requires that this provision be met at every section.

Design of
Negative
Moment
Section

Longitudinal
Deck
Reinforcement
Total Ultimate bending moment for Strength I is: [LRFD 3.4.1-1&2]

kip-ft

Notes:
1. At the negative moment section, the compression face is the bottom flange of the
beam and is 26 in wide.
2. This section is a nonprestressed reinforced concrete section, thus = 0.9 for flexure.
Assume the deck reinforcement is at the mid-height of the deck.
[LRFD 5.14.1.2.7j]

f
y
= Yield strength of compression reinforcement =
60.0
in
2

f
c
= Compressive strength of girder = 7.0 ksi
reinforcement from bottom of girder
in

This is the required amount of mild steel reinforcement required in the slab to resist the
negative moment and it is equal to 18 #5 bars and 19 #6 bars.
1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
u
1.25( 292.7) 1.5( 467.1) 1.75( 1, 380.7) 3, 483
u
M = + + =
'
1.7
s y
u s y
c
A f
M A f d
f b
| |
=
|
\ .
54 0.5(8.5) 58.25 + =
2
2
(60)
3, 483(12) 0.90 (60) 58.25
1.7(7.0)(26)
0 10.47 3145 41, 796
13.94
s
s
s s
s
A
A
A A
A in
| |
=
|
\ .
= +
=


The total area of longitudinal reinforcement provided,
( )
5.58
s provided
A = in
2
.

1.9.2.3
Negative
Moment Deck
Reinforcement
The additional area of deck reinforcement required,
( )
13.93 5.58 8.35
s additional
A = = in
2
.
The reinforcement layout is shown in the figure below. The additional reinforcement bars
are placed between the longitudinal reinforcement.

The table below is a summary of the negative moment continuity calculations.
Typical longitudinal deck
reinforcement
No. 5 @ 12 Top = 8 bars
No. 5 @ 8 Btm. = 10 bars
Total Area of longitudinal
reinforcement provided
5.58 in
2

Factored negative design
moment
-3,483 kip-ft
Total area required to resist
negative moment
13.93 in
2

Additional area of deck
reinforcement required
8.35 in
2

Additional reinforcement
provided
19 No. 6 Bars
Additional area of deck
reinforcement provided
8.36 in
2

Total A
s
provided 13.94 in
2
> 13.93 in
2
OK


Location of steel:
Top 8 #5 + 8 #6 with 2 clear
Bottom 10 #5 + 11 #6 with 2 5/8 clear

Note: Epoxy coated steel assumed. Min. cover is 1.5 in. [LRFD 5.124.]

18(0.31) 19(0.44) 13.94
s
A = + = in
2

8(0.31)(2.3125) 8(0.44)(2.375) 10(0.31)(8.5 2.9375) 11(0.44)(8.5 3)
13.94
57.96
4.16
13.94
x
x
+ + +
=
= =

The steel was assumed 4.25 from top OK
d = 58.34 in

Now check M
n
:

( )( )
( )( )
( )( )( )
s y
c
1
r n
r u
A f 13.94 60
a 5.41in
0.85f ' b 0.85 7 26
a 5.41
c 7.72
0.7
5.41
M M 0.9 13.94 60 58.34
2
M 41, 880k in 3, 490k ft M 3, 483k ft
= = =
= = =
| |
= =
|
\ .
= = > =

Effective
Tension Flange
Width
The effective tension flange width is the lesser of: [LRFD 5.7.3.4]
1. The effective flange width, specified in LRFD Art. 4.6.2.6 = 96 in CONTROLS
2. A width equal to 1/10 of the average of adjacent spans between bearings =
0.10(96.25)(12) 115.5in =


Control of
Cracking by
Distribution
Reinforcement
According to LRFD 5.7.3.4 the spacing of the mild steel reinforcement in the layer closest
to the tension face shall satisfy equation 5.7.3.4-1.

The tensile stress in mild reinforcement is computed to be:
sl
s
s
M
f
A jd
=
Where:
f
y
=
=
60.0
ksi

M
sl
= 292.7 467.1 1, 380.7 2,140.5
u
M = + + = kip-ft
A
s
=
=
Area of negative moment reinforcement
13.94
in
2

d =

=
Effective depth to negative moment
reinforcement from bottom of girder
62.5 4.16 58.34 =
in

j =
0.275
1 1 0.908
3 3
k
= =

Where:

2
2
2 ( )
2(0.00919)(5.718) (0.00919*5.718) (0.00919)(5.718)
0.275
k n n n
k
k
= +
= +
=

Where:

=

13.94
0.00919
(26)(58.34)
s
A
bd
= =
n =
=
Modular ratio
29, 000
5.718
5, 072
steel
girder
E
E
= =

2,140.5(12)
34.8
13.94(0.908)(58.34)
s
f ksi = =
The previous calculation made the simplifying assumption that the section was rectangular.

If this assumption is NOT made, the neutral axis, calculated using working stress concepts,
can be calculate as 16.5 inches from the bottom of the beam. The cracked, transformed
moment of inertia is 177,600 in4. The steel stress is found to be 34.6ksi which compares to
35.4 ksi using the rectangular assumption.
700
2
e
c
s s
s d
f


The spacing of mild steel reinforcement in the layer closest to the tension face shall satisfy
the following:
700
2
e
c
s s
s d
f
[LRFD 5.7.3.4-1]
Where:
e
=
=
Exposure factor
0.75 for Class 2 exposure condition

f
s
= Tensile stress in steel reinforcement at the
service limit state
ksi
s
=
1
0.7( )
c
c
d
h d
+

Where:
d
c
=

=
Thickness of concrete cover measured
from extreme tension fiber to center of the
flexural reinforcement located closest
therto
2.00 5/8 (1/2) 2.31 + =
in
h =
=
Overall height on the composite section
62.5
in
2.31
1 1.055
0.7(62.5 2.31)
= + =
s

( )
( )
700 0.75
2(2.31) 9.67
1.055 34.8
s in =

6.0 9.67 in in OK

For this example the tensile stress in the mild reinforcement is less than its allowable. Thus,
the distribution of reinforcement for control of cracking is adequate.

Maximum
Reinforce-
ment. Negative
Moment Section

t
t
d c 59.9 7.72
0.003 0.003 0.020 0.005
c 7.72
| | | |
= = = >
| |
\ . \ .

This is a tension controlled section, so = 0.9 [LRFD 5.7.2.1 and 5.5.4.2]

Minimum
Reinforcement
Negative
Moment Section
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2]
At any section, the amount of prestressed and nonprestressed tensile reinforcement shall be
adequate to develop a factored flexural resistance, M
r
, at least equal to the lesser of:
2. 1.2 times the cracking moment, M
cr
, determined on the basis of elastic stress
distribution and the modulus of rupture, f
r
,
3. 1.33 times he factored moment required by the applicable strength load


combinations
( ) 1
c
cr c r cpe dnc c r
nc
S
M S f f M S f
S
| |
= +
|
\ .
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2-1]
Where:

f
r
= '
0.37 0.37 4.5 0.785
c
f = =
ksi [LRFD 5.4.2.6]
f
cpe
= 0 ksi
M
dnc
= 0
g s
M M + = kip-ft
S
c
= 29,534 in
3

29, 534
(0.785)
12
1, 932
=
=
cr
cr
M
M k ft

1.2 2, 318 =
cr
M k ft

At bearing, the factored moment required by the Strength I load combination is:

M
u
= -3,483

Therefore, 1.33 4, 631
u
M = k-ft.

Since 1.2 1.33
cr u
M M > 1.2
cr
M Controls

3, 490 1.2 2, 318
r cr
M k ft M k ft = > = OK


Positive
Moment
Connection
Continuous for live load bridges are covered in Article 5.14.1.4.4. Much of this article is
new in 2007 (4th Ed.).

One requirement of this article is for a positive moment connection. These positive
moments are caused by the upward camber of the prestressed girders due to creep and
shrinkage. The positive moment connection is needed to provide continuity at the pier.

The connection can be made either by extending mild steel out of the end of the girder into
the diaphragm or by leaving strand extend out of the end of the girder into the diaphragm.
This example illustrates bent strand connections.

Positive moments develop at the connection between girders at in interior supports due to
live-load effects (if more than two spans) and restraint caused by temperature, creep, and


shrinkage. According to LRFD 5.14.1.4.4, these restraint moments are negligible when
continuity is established after 90 days.

Development
Extended
Strands
The strands are bent up 90 into the diaphragm so that the hook extends 8 inches from the
end of the girder. This distance is required to use the equations in the following section.
The ends of the girders are placed 10 inches apart. With the 8 inch projection this leaves 2
inches of clear allowing for construction tolerances. Typically mild steel is placed in the
corner of the hooks to enhance the development length of the hooks. These bars should
have a minimum area equal to that of the bent strand or bar.

Required Area
of Strand
The design moment used for the working stress check is M
cr
while the design moment for
the strength check is 1.2M
cr.
According to LRFD 5.14.1.4.9c the stress in the strands used
for design as a function of the total length of the strand shall not exceed:

( 8)
150
0.288
dsh
psl
l
f ksi
= [LRFD 5.14.1.4.9c-1]
( 8)
0.163
dsh
pul
l
f

= [LRFD 5.14.1.4.9c-2]
Where:

dsh
f
psl
= stress in the strand at the service limit state ksi
Cracked section shall be assumed
f
pul
= stress in the strand at the strength limit state ksi

The design moments, parameters, and results for the design of the positive moment
connection using bent strand are found in following table. The cracking moment is found
using the gross, composite cross section, but assuming that cracking occurs at the
diaphragm. Thus the diaphragm concrete strength is used. For these calculations the
effective width of 96 inches, 0.5 inch strand, and concrete strength of 4.5 ksi were used.


When using working stress design the number of strands is assumed to calculate the length
of the strand. When using the strength design method, the length of strand is assumed to
calculate the number of strands required. Design iterations are performed to determine the
most efficient combination of strand and length.
( )
cr c cb
cr
e dsh
M 0.24 f ' S 0.24 4.5 16694 8500k in 708k ft
1.2M 850k ft
L 8
= = = =
=
= l

Thus L
e
is the length of the extended strand beyond the bend.
Working Stress Design
No. of
Strand 6 8 10 12 16
dsh
42.29 33.78 29.36 25.83 21.42
A
s
. 0.92 1.22 1.53 1.84 2.45
Moment 708.00 708.00 708.00 708.00 708.00
n 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00 7.00
d 62.50 62.50 60.50 60.50 60.50
rho 45E-6 52E-6 263E-6 317E-6 422E-6
k 0.05 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08
j 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.97
f
s
150 113 94 78 59
Strength Design
No. of
Strand* 5.18 6.52 8.00 9.27 13.13
dsh
42.00 35.00 30.00 27.00 22.00
A
s.
0.79 1.00 1.22 1.42 2.01
Moment 849.70 849.70 849.70 849.70 849.70
d 62.50 62.50 62.50 60.50 60.50
a 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.45 0.47
f
pul
208.59 165.64 134.97 116.56 85.89
* Back calculated based on strand length

In this example working stress design governs. Multiple iterations are performed to
determine the least length of extension of the strand required.
If the results indicate an odd number of strands they are rounded up to an even
number to provide symmetry in the connection.
It may be more desirable to have a larger number of shorter strands as opposed to
fewer longer strands. Girder fabrication may be more difficult with longer strand
extensions as this may require excessive space between girders in the bed. In
addition, if a larger number of shorter strands are used the stress can be distributed
throughout a larger area.


The designer chooses from the tables above. A reasonable design would be 12 strands
extended 26 inches. That would be an 8 inch horizontal extension from the face of the beam
and an 18 inch vertical tail to the hook. Any 12 strands could be extended, but spacing
them out and using different rows makes construction easier and limits stress
concentrations.

Also note that, consistent with the design examples in NCHRP Report 519, the haunch has
been included.

SHEAR
DESIGN
The area and spacing of shear reinforcement must be determined at regular intervals along
the entire length of the beam. In this design example, transverse shear design procedures are
demonstrated below by determining these values at the critical section near the supports.

Transverse reinforcement shall be provided where:

0.5 ( )
u c p
V V V = + [LRFD 5.8.2.4-1]

Where:
V
u
= Total factored shear force kips
V
c
= Shear strength provided by concrete kips
V
p
= Component of the effective prestressing
force in the direction of the applied shear
kips
= Resistance factor [LRFD 5.5.4.2.1]

Critical Section
Negative
Moment
v
. [LRFD 5.8.3.2]

Where:
d
v
=
=
Effective shear depth
Distance between resultants of tensile and
compressive forces, ( / 2)
e
d a , but not
less than 0.9
e
d or 0.72h.

[LRFD 5.8.2.9]
Where:
d
e
=

=
The corresponding effective depth from the extreme
compression fiber to the centroid of the tensile force
in the tensile reinforcement
58.34
in
a =
=
Equivalent depth of the compression block
5.41
in
h =
=
Total height of section
62.5
in


Effective Shear
Depth
The critical section will occur in the negative moment area, so use the negative bending
properties:

0.5( ) 58.34 0.5(5.41) 55.63
0.9 0.9(58.34) 52.5
0.72 0.72(62.5) 45
v e
e
d d a in
d in
h in
= = =
= =
= =

Therefore, d
v
= 55.63 in

Calculation of
Critical Section
v
= 55.63 in from the FACE of the support.
Note: Assume the length of the bearing pad is 10 inches.

Thus the critical section is 55.63 in + 5 in = 60.63 inches.

Using values from previous tables (linearly interpolated), the factored shear force and
bending moment at the critical section for shear, according to Strength I load combinations.

1.25(35.4 42.7 14.1) 1.50(22.6) 1.75(99.4) 323.1
u
V = + + + + = kips
(All shear goes the same way!)

0.9(185.2 223.5) 1.25( 219.3) 1.50( 350.0) 1.75( 1, 080.9)
2323 27880
u
M
k ft k in
= + + + +
= =

At this point, there are three choices:
1. Ignore the prestressing steel
Then, this is a reinforced section
= 2
= 45

2. Use Sectional Model for Reinforced Concrete
3. Include prestressing steel

1. Ignore prestressing steel:
'
0.0316 0.0316(2) 7(8)(55.63) 74.4
c c v v
V f b d k = = =

323.1
74.4 284.6
0.9
s
V = =
Assume #4 hoops A
v
= 0.4 in
2
= 90 sin =1 cot =0
cot
0.4(60)(55.63) cot 45
4.69
284.6
v y v
s
A f d
s
V

= = = in
Use #4 at 4 in

V
s
= 334 kips


2. Use Sectional Model for Reinforced Concrete
M
u
=27,880 kip-in
d
v
=55.63 in.
N
u
=Applied factored normal force at the specified section = 0 kips
Vu
=323.1 kips
A
s
=Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension side of
the member = 13.94
in2

A
p
=0 in2
E
p
=28,500 ksi

If d
v
< 60d
b
= 30 in, V
p
and f
po
must be reduced for lack of bond. d
v
= 55.63 from center
bearing, so it is 66.63 from end of girder > 30 in. OK:

V
p
=
=
=
Component of the effective prestressing force in the direction of
the applied shear
0
kips
f
po
=0

Assume 0.5cot = 1.

3
27, 880
0.5(0) (323.1) 0
55.63
0.001
2(29, 000(13.94))
1 10 0.001
x
x
+ +
=

u p
u
v v
V V
v
b d
=
Where:
v
u
b
v
=
=
8
in
V
p
=

=
=
0
kips

323.1 0.9(0)
0.81
0.9(8)(55.63)
u
v

= = kips


'
0.81
0.115
7.0
u
c
v
f
| |
= =
|
\ .

Use (v
u
/ f
c
) < 0.125 and
x
< 1 from LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 37

= 2.13

'
0.0316 0.0316(2.13) 7(8)(55.63) 79.3
c c v v
V f b d = = = kips

323.1 0.9(79.3)
280
0.9
s
V

= = kips

Use #4 hoops A
v
= 0.40 in
2
= 90 sin =1 cot =0

cot
0.4(60)(55.63) cot 37
6.32
280
v y v
s
A f d
s
V

= = =
So #4 hoops at 6 in
V
s
= 295.0 kips

( ) 0.9 79.3 295 337 323.1
n u
V k k V = + = < =

3. Include Prestressing Steel:

M
u
= 27,880 kip-in
d
v
= 53.6 In.
N
u
=
=
Applied factored normal force at the specified section
0
kips

V
u
= 323.1 kips
A
s
=

=
Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension
side of the member
13.94
in
2

A
p
=

9(0.153) = 1.38 in
2

E
p
= 28,500 ksi
E
s
= 29,000 ksi

Note, when the prestressing steel in included, d
e
= 57 inches. The term c = 9.76 in and a =
6.77in. Thus, d
v
= 53.6 in.

If d
v
< 60d
b
= 30 in, V
p
and f
po
must be reduced for lack of bond. d
v
= 55.63 from face of
support so this > 30 in from the end of the girder, so:


V
p
=

=
=
24.3(9)(sin 6.2
) = 23.6
kips
f
po
=

=
.7 0.7(270.0) 189 = =
pu
f
ksi

[LRFD 5.8.3.4.2]

Assume 0.5cot = 1.

3
27, 880
0.5(0) (323.1 23.6) 1.38(189)
53.6
0.001
2(29, 000(13.94) 28, 500(1.38))
0.63 10 0.001
x
x
+ +
=
+

u p
u
v v
V V
v
b d
=
Where:
v
u
b
v
=
=
8
in
V
p
=

=
=
23.6
kips

323.1 0.9(23.6)
0.782
0.9(8)(53.6)
u
v

= = kips
'
0.782
0.11
7.0
u
c
v
f
| |
= =
|
\ .

Use (v
u
/ f
c
) < 0.125 and
x
< 0.75 from LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:
= 34.4

= 2.26


'
0.0316 0.0316(2.26) 7(8)(55.63) 84.1
c c v v
V f b d = = = kips

323.1 0.9(84.1 23.6)
251.3
0.9
s
V
+
= = kips

Use #4 hoops A
v
= 0.40 in
2
= 90 sin =1 cot =0

cot
0.4(60)(53.6) cot 34.4
7.5
251.3
v y v
s
A f d
s
V

= = =
So #4 hoops at 6 in
V
s
= 313.0 kips

0.9(84.1 313.0 23.6) 378.6
r u
V V = + + = > OK

Minimum
Reinforcement
Requirement

'
0.125
u c
v f < [LRFD 5.8.2.7-1]
Or

'
0.125
u c
v f [LRFD 5.8.2.7-2]
'
0.125 0.125(7.0) 0.875
c
f = = ksi

0.81
u
v = ksi, max

Since
'
0.125
u c
v f < , Then
max
0.8 0.8(55.63) 44.5 24.0 s d = = = in : 24 in CONTROLS

Calculate minimum area of steel using a 6 inch spacing:
( )( )
2 2
8 6
0 0316 0 0316 7 0 067 0 40
60
v
v c
y
in in
b s
A . f ' . ksi . in . in
f ksi
= = < OK
[LRFD 5.8.2.5]


Critical Section
Positive
Moment
v
. [LRFD 5.8.3.2]

Where:
d
v
=
=
Effective shear depth
Distance between resultants of tensile and
compressive forces, ( / 2)
e
d a , but not
less than 0.9
e
d or 0.72h.

[LRFD 5.8.2.9]

Where:
d
e
=

=
The corresponding effective depth from the extreme
compression fiber to the centroid of the tensile force
in the tensile reinforcement
58.2 = d
p

in
a =
=
Equivalent depth of the compression block
3.42
in
h =
=
Total height of section
62.5
in

In this area, the positive moment properties are needed. However, since this section is
where the strand is harped, the positive moment properties must be recalculated using 31
strands. A
p
= 4.74 in
2
and d
p
= 62.5-4.32 = 58.2 inches. The value of 4.32 inches as the
centroid of 31 strands was calculated earlier in Section 1.7.2. Refer to previous section for
the equations below:

( )( )
( )( )( )( ) ( )
( )( )
4 74 270
4 11
270
0 85 4 5 0 83 96 0 28 4 74
58 2
4 11
270 1 0 28 264 8
58 2
0 83 4 11 3 42
ps
.
c . in
. . . . .
.
.
f . . ksi
.
a . . . in
= =
+
| |
= =
|
\ .
= =

Effective Shear
Depth

0.5( ) 58.2 0.5(3.42) 56.5
0.9 0.9(58.2) 52.4
0.72 0.72(62.5) 45
v e
e
d d a in
d in
h in
= = =
= =
= =

Therefore, d
v
= 56.5 in.


Calculation of
Critical Section
v
= 56.5 in from the FACE of the support.

Note: Assume the length of the bearing pad is 10 inches.

Thus the critical section is 56.5in + 5 in 62 inches.

Using values from previous tables, the factored shear force and bending moment at the
critical section for shear, according to Strength I load combinations.

1.25(35.4 42.7 7.9) 1.50(12.6) 1.75(82.2) 250.0
1.25(185.2 223.5 49.6) 1.50(79.1) 1.75(373.9) 1, 346
u
u
V k
M k in
= + + + + =
= + + + + =

It is conservative to take the highest factored moment that will occur at that section, rather
than the moment corresponding to maximum V
u
, [LRFD 5.8.3.4.2]. Therefore,
250.0
u
V = kips
1, 346
u
M = kip-ft

The values used to find V
u
and M
u
are linearly interpolated from the table of shears and
moments in previous section.

Contribution of
Concrete to
Nominal Shear
Resistance
The contribution of the concrete to the nominal shear resistance is:
'
0.0316
c c v v
V f b d = [LRFD 5.8.3.3-3]

Strain in
Flexural
Tension
Reinforcement
Strain in the reinforcement is (assuming uncracked):

0.5 0.5 cot
0.001
2( )
u
u u p ps po
v
x
s s p ps c c
M
N V V A f
d
E A E A E A
+ +
=
+ +
[LRFD 5.8.3.4.2-1]
Where:
N
u
=
=
Applied factored normal force at the specified section
0
kips
V
p
=

=
=
24.3(9)(sin 6.2
) = 23.6
kips
f
po
=

=
.7 0.7(270.0) 189 = =
pu
f
ksi

[LRFD 5.8.3.4.2]


A
ps
=

=
Area of prestressing steel on the flexural tension side
of the member, as shown in LRFD Figure 5.8.3.4.2-1.
31(0.153) = 4.74
in
2

A
s
=

=
Area of nonprestressed steel on the flexural tension
side of the member
0
in
2

A
c
=

=
Area of concrete on the flexural tension half. This
term is calculated as the area on the tension side
(bottom in this case) from the tension fiber to h/2.
475
in
2
This section is beyond the transfer length, so f
po
and V
p
do not need to be reduced.

Note that either can be assumed OR 0.5cot can be assumed =1. Assume 0.5cot=1:

( ) ( )
3
1, 346(12)
0.5(0) (250 23.6) 4.74(189)
56.5
0.001
2 28, 500(4.74) 5072 475
0.07 10 0.001
x
x
+ +
=
+

The negative value means the section is uncracked.

Shear Stress
u p
u
v v
V V
v
b d
=
Where:
v
u
b
v
=
=
8
in
V
p
=

=
=
23.6
kips

250 0.9(23.6)
0.562
0.9(8)(56.5)
u
v

= = kips
'
0.562
0.0803
7.0
u
c
v
f
| |
= =
|
\ .

Values of & Use (v
u
/ f
c
) < 0.1 and
x
< -0.05 from LRFD Table 5.8.3.4.2-1:

= 21.4

= 3.24


Concrete
Contribution
The contribution of the concrete to the nominal shear resistance is:
'
0.0316
c c v v
V f b d = [LRFD 5.8.3.3-3]
0.0316(3.24) 7.0(8)(56.5) 122.4
c
V = = kips

Contribution of
Reinforcement
of Nominal
Shear
Resistance

Check if: [LRFD 5.8.2.4-1]

( ) 250 0.5 ( ) 0.5 0.9 (122.4 23.6) 65.7
u c p
V kips V V = > + = + = kips

At least minimum stirrups are needed.

Minimum
Reinforcement
Requirement
The area of transverse reinforcement should not be less than:
'
0.0316
v
v c
y
b s
A f
f
[LRFD 5.8.2.5-1]

Check maximum spacing of transverse reinforcement: [LRFD 5.8.2.7]

'
0.125
u c
v f < [LRFD 5.8.2.7-1]
Or

'
0.125
u c
v f [LRFD 5.8.2.7-2]
'
0.125 0.125(7.0) 0.875
c
f = = ksi

0.562
u
v = ksi

Since
'
0.125
u c
v f < , Then
max
0.8 0.8(56.5) 45.2 24.0 s d = = = in : 24 in CONTROLS

Calculate minimum area of steel using a 12 inch spacing to get area of steel per foot:
( )( )
2 v
v c
y
8in 12in
b s
A 0.0316 f ' 0.0316 7ksi 0.134in
f 60ksi
= = [LRFD 5.8.2.5]
ODOT uses #4 bars with 2 legs as standard; (A
v
= 2(0.2in
2
) = 0.4in
2
)
#4@ 24 inch o.c. = 0.2 in
2
/ ft.


Maximum
Nominal Shear
Resistance
n
, given by following equation, is intended to ensure that the concrete in
the web of the beam will not crush prior to yield of the transverse reinforcement.
'
0.25
n c v v p
V f b d V = + [LRFD 5.8.3.3-2]
Comparing this previous equation with equation LRFD 5.8.3.3.-1:

'
0.25
c s c v v
V V f b d +


Assume #4 @ 24:

( ) ( )( )( ) ( ) ( )
2
0 4 60 56 5 21 4 0 1
24
144 2
v y v
s
s
. in ksi . cot .
A f d cot cot sin
V
s in
V . k

( +
+

= =
=

( ) 122.4 144.2 266.6 0.25(7.0)(8)(56.5) 791 + = = kips OK

( )
( ) 0 9 122 4 144 2 23 6 261 2
250
r c s p
r
r u
V V V V
V . . . . . kips
V V kips
= + +
= + + =
> =

INTERFACE
SHEAR
TRANSFER
Factored
Horizontal
Shear
It will be assumed that the critical section is the same as for vertical shear. Using load
combination Strength I:
323.1
u
V = kips
55.6
v
d = in

Both of these values were found in the preceding section. This is shear at the critical section
near the pier.

Required
Interface Shear
Reinforcement

ri ni
V V = [LRFD 5.8.4.1-1]

The nominal shear resistance of the interface plane is:
[ ]
ni cv vf y c
V cA A f P = + + [LRFD 5.8.4.1-3]
Where:
c = Cohesion factor ksi [LRFD 5.8.4.3]
= Friction factor [LRFD 5.8.4.3]
A
cv
=

=
Area of concrete engaged in shear
transfer
b
vi
L
vi
in
2
[LRFD 5.8.4.1-6]
A
vf
= Area of shear reinforcement crossing the
shear plane
in
2

P
c
= Permanent net compressive force normal
to the shear plane
kips
f
y
= Shear reinforcement yield strength ksi
b
vi
= Width of area of concrete engaged in
shear transfer
inch
L
vi
= Length of area of concrete engaged in
shear transfer
inch


For a cast-in-place concrete placed against clean concrete girder surfaces, free of
laitance with surface intentionally roughened to an amplitude of 0.25 in:
0.28 c = [LRFD 5.8.4.2]
1.0 =

Begin by exploring what happens when the shear reinforcement is the minimum used
anywhere in the girder. The shear reinforcement was previously calculated to be #4 @ 24
inches minimum. The shear width is b
vi
= 20 inches as this is the width of the top of the
girder. If L
vi
= 24 inches:

( )
( )( ) ( )
( )
2
[ ]
20 24 480
0.28 480 1.0 0.4 60 0 158.4
0.9 158.4 142.6
ni cv vf y c
cv
ni
ri ni
V cA A f P
A in
V k
V V k
= + +
= =
( = + + =

= = =

ui ui cv
V v A = [LRFD 5.8.4.2-2]

142 6
0 297
480
ui ,max
.
v . ksi = =

1 u
ui
vi v
V
v
b d
= [LRFD 5.8.4.2-1]

( )( )
1
0 297 20 55 6 330
u ,max
V . . kips = =

Therefore, #4 @ 24 is adequate anywhere that V
u
< 330 kips. Note that the critical section,
the reinforcement is actually #4 @ 4 inches or #4 @ 6; depending on the model used. Note
that #4 @ 24 would be adequate for horizontal shear, so it is NOT necessary to extend every
shear stirrup into the slab.

Minimum
Interface Shear
Reinforcement

Minimum shear reinforcement,
0.05
cv
vf
y
A
A
f
[LRFD 5.8.4.1-4]

A #4 double leg bar at 24 in spacing is provided from the beam extending into the deck.
Therefore, A
vf
=0.4 in
2

0.05(480)
0.40 0.40
60
= OK


Article 5.8.4.4 states that A
vf
need not exceed that required to resist 1.33V
ui
/. The same
article also states that the minimum reinforcement provisions are waived for girder slab
interfaces with surfaces roughened to an amplitude of 0.25 inches where the factored
interface shear, v
ui
, found in equation 5.8.4.2-1 is less than 0.210 ksi and all of the vertical
(transverse) shear reinforcement required by Article 5.8.1.1 is extended and anchored into
the slab.

Maximum
Nominal Shear
Resistance
V
ni
must be less than:
'
1
0.3(4.5)(480) 648
c cv
K f A k = = [LRFD 5.8.4.1-4]
2
1.8(480) 864
cv
K A k = = [LRFD 5.8.4.1-5]
V
ni
provided = 158.4k
'
1
2
c cv
cv
K f A
K A
OK

K
1
= 0.3 and K
2
= 1.8 (for normal weight concrete) are found in Article 5.8.4.3.

MINIMUM
LONG-
ITUDINAL
REIN-
FORC-
EMENT
REQUIRE-
MENT
At each section the tensile capacity of the longitudinal reinforcement on the flexural tension
side of the member shall be proportioned to satisfy: [LRFD 5.8.3.5-1]

0.5 0.5 cot
u
u u
ps ps s y p s
v
M N V
A f A f V V
d

(
+ + +
(

According to Article 5.8.3.5, it is not necessary to provide any steel beyond that to resist
moment if there is a compressive reaction on the flexural compression face; in other words,
in a negative moment zone over a support, the equation in this article does not need to be
satisfied. However, it makes an exception for a continuous for live load bridge; saying that
this equation must be checked for a continuous for live load bridge.

This provision will be checked at the simply supported end, using positive moment
properties. The check at the continuous end is made in a similar manner.

The development length is:

( ) ( )
d ps pe b
2 2
f f d 1.6 264.8 158.6 0.5 127.3in
3 3
| | | |
= = =
| |
\ . \ .
l [LRFD 5.11.4.2]

( )
v p
a 3.42
d d 62.5 4.32 56.5in
2 2
= = =

So the critical section is 56.5 inches from face of support. Allowing for a 10 inch bearing
pad and that the center of bearing is 12 inches from the girder end, the critical section is
56.5+10/2+12=73.5 inches from the end of the girder.


Since this is less than the development length, the stress in the steel must be reduced for lack
of development.


( )
px b
px pe ps pe
d b
60d
f f f f
60d
= +
l
l
[LRFD 5.11.4.2-4]

( )( )
( )
( ) ( )
0.5 0.5 cot
4.74 206 977
1346 250
0 23.6 0.5 144.2 cot 21.4 488
1.0 56.5 0.9
u
u u
ps ps s y p s
v
M
N V
A f A f V V
d
k
k

(
+ + +
(

= >
(
+ + =
(

s
may not be taken as greater than V
u
/ [LRFD 5.8.3.5].

250
144 277 8
0 9
u
s
V k
V k . k
.
= < = =

At the inside edge of the bearing area of a simply supported end:
0.5 cot
u
ps ps s y p s
V
A f A f V V
(
+
(

[LRFD 5.8.3.5-2]

The steel is not fully developed. Since the bearing pad is assumed 10 inches and the center
of bearing is 12 inches from the end of the girder, this section is 12+10/2 =17 inches from
the end of the girder. This is within the transfer length, so:

( ) 158 6 17
90
60 30
pe px
px
b
f .
f ksi
d
= = =
l
[5.11.4.2-3]

( )
px
73.5in 30in
f 158.6ksi 264.8ksi 158.6ksi 206ksi
127.3in 30in
= + =


( )( )
( ) ( )
0.5 cot
4.74 90 426
250
23.6 0.5 144.2 cot 21.4 464.6
0.9
u
ps ps p s
V
A f V V
k
k
(

(

= <
(
=
(


( )
( )( )
0 2 60
1 25 1 25 5 7
7
0 4 0 4 0 5 60 12
b y
d
c
b y
A f .
. . . in
f '
. d f . . in
= = =
< = =
l
[LRFD 5.11.2.1]

The development length is 12 inches so the bar is fully developed, thus:

2
464 6 426
0 64
60
s
.
A . in
= =

4 #4 works. 3 #5 also works as a # 5 needs a 15 inch development length.

Can also add stirrups. Increase to #4 @ 12:

( )( ) 0 4 60 56 5 21 4
288 277 8
12
u
s
. . cot .
V
V k . k
= = > =

Therefore, V
s

( )( )
( ) ( )
0.5 cot
4.74 90 426
250
23.6 0.5 277.8 cot 21.4 294.2
0.9
u
ps ps p s
V
A f V V
k
k
(

(

= >
(
=
(

In the previous calculations, the assumption was made that the center of bearing was 12
inches from the end of the girder.

What if the bearing pad is placed right at the end of the girder? That is, what if the center of
bearing is only 5 inches from the end? What effect does that have on longitudinal steel?


( )
v p
a 3.42
d d 62.5 4.32 56.5in
2 2
= = =

So the critical section is 56.5 inches from face of support. Allowing for a 10 inch bearing
pad, the critical section is 66.5 inches from the end of the girder.
Since this is less than the development length, the stress in the steel must be reduced for lack
of development.

( )
px b
px pe ps pe
d b
60d
f f f f
60d
= +
l
l
[LRFD 5.11.4.2-4]

( )
px
66.5in 30in
f 158.6ksi 264.8ksi 158.6ksi 198.4ksi
127.3in 30in
= + =

( )( )
( )
( ) ( )
0.5 0.5 cot
4.74 198.4 940.4
1346 250
0 23.6 0.5 144.2 cot 21.4 488
1.0 56.5 0.9
u
u u
ps ps s y p s
v
M
N V
A f A f V V
d
k
k

(
+ + +
(

= >
(
+ + =
(

s
may not be taken as greater than V
u
/ [LRFD 5.8.3.5].

250
144 277 8
0 9
u
s
V k
V k . k
.
= < = =

At the inside edge of the bearing area of a simply supported end:

0.5 cot
u
ps ps s y p s
V
A f A f V V
(
+
(

[LRFD 5.8.3.5.-2]

The steel is not fully developed. Since the bearing pad is assumed 10 inches, this section is
10 inches from the end of the girder. This is within the transfer length, so:

( ) 158 6 10
52 9
60 30
pe px
px
b
f .
f . ksi
d
= = =
l
[LRFD 5.11.4.2-3]


( )( )
( ) ( )
0.5 cot
4.74 52.9 250.8
250
23.6 0.5 144.2 cot 21.4 464.6
0.9
u
ps ps p s
V
A f V V
k
k
(

(

= <
(
=
(

NG. Assume #4 bars will be used.
( )
( )( )
0 2 60
1 25 1 25 5 7
7
0 4 0 4 0 5 60 12
b y
d
c
b y
A f .
. . . in
f '
. d f . . in
= = =
< = =
l

The development length is 12 inches so:

( )
10
60 50
12
sx
f ksi = =

The #4 can only develop 50 ksi. Thus:

2
464 6 250 8
4 3
50
s
. .
A . in
= =

This would be 22 #4! Clearly unrealistic!
Add stirrups. Increase to #4 @ 12:

( )( ) 0 4 60 56 5 21 4
288 277 8
12
u
s
. . cot .
V
V k . k
= = > =

Therefore, V
s

( )( )
( ) ( )
0.5 cot
4.74 52.9 250.8
250
23.6 0.5 277.8 cot 21.4 294.2
0.9
u
ps ps p s
V
A f V V
k
k
(

(

= <
(
=
(

This is much more workable:

2
294 2 250 8
0 87
50
s
. .
A . in
= =


This is 5 #4 bars.

So decrease stirrup spacing from the end of the girder to the critical section (this will be 66.5
inches from the end of the girder) to #4 @ 12. Add 5 #4 bars longitudinal in the bottom
flange.

PRE-
TENSIONED
ANCHORAG
E ZONE
Anchorage
Zone
The bursting resistance of pretensioned anchorage zones provided by vertical reinforcement
in the ends of the pretensioned beams at the service limit state shall be take as:
r s s
P f A = [LRFD 5.10.10.1-1]
Where:
A
s
= Total area of transverse reinforcement
located within the distance h/4 from the end
of the beam
in
2

f
s
P
r
= Bursting resistance, should not be less than
4% of F
pi
40(0.153)(202.5)(0.04) 49.6 =
kips
Solving for the required area of steel,
49.6
2.47
20
s
A = = in
2

At least 2.47 in
2
of vertical transverse reinforcement should be provided at the end of the
beam for a distance equal to one-fourth of the depth of the beam, h/4 = 54/4=13.5 in

Therefore, for a distance of 13.5 in from the end of the member, use 7 #4 bars at 2 inches on
center. The reinforcement provided 7(2)0.2 2.8 2.47 = > OK. This may be unrealistic, so
larger bars may be needed.

Confinement
Reinforcement
[LRFD 5.10.10.2]
For a distance of 1.5d = 1.5(54) = 81 in, from the end of the beam, reinforcement is placed
to confine the prestressing steel in the bottom flange. The reinforcement should not be less
than #3 deformed pars, with spacing not exceeding 6.0 in, and shaped to enclose the strands.

EXTERIOR
GIRDER


Effective
Flange Width
Exterior Girder
The effective flange width is taken as one-half the effective width of the adjacent interior
girder plus the least of:
One-eighth of the effective span length = 0.125(96.25)(12)
= 144 in.
6.0 times the average thickness of the slab, plus
the greater of half the web thickness
or
one-quarter of the width of the top flange of the
basic girder
= 6.0(8.5) + 0.5(8)
=55 in.

= 6.0(8.5) + 0.25(20)
= 55 in.
The width of the overhang = 2.5 ft = 30 inches

Therefore, the effective flange width for the exterior girder is: (96/2) + 30 = 78 in.

eff
, the center to center distance controls.

b
eff Trans
= nb
eff
= (0.8015) 78 in = 62.5 in

Exterior Girder
Properties
eff
, the center to center distance controls.

b
eff Trans
= nb
eff
= (0.8015) 78 in = 62.5 in

y
b=
38.22 in
I = 624512 in
4

A = 50457 in
2

h = 62.5 in
y
TC
= 24.28 in
y
TG
= 15.78 in
S
b
= 16340 in
3

S
TG
= 39576 in
3

S
TC
= 25721in
3


Dead Loads Slab Self Weight:
78 in (8.5 in)(0.150 kcf)/144 = 0.691 klf

Haunch Weight: (Same as interior girder)
0.042 klf

Recall that tributary area was used for the slab weight. This will DECREASE the dead load
moment on the exterior girders.

Distance x, ft. Shear, kips Moment, kip-ft
0.00 35.3 0
9.26 28.5 295
18.97 21.4 537
28.69 14.2 710
38.41 7.1 814
48.13 0 849
57.84 -7.1 814
67.56 -14.2 710
77.28 -21.4 537
86.99 -28.5 295
96.25 -35.3 0

Distribution
Factors
One Lane Loaded: Lever Rule

g= eg
int

Where:
g = DFM
ext

g
int
= DFM
int

0.77
9.1
e
d
e = +


Distribution
Factor for
Moment
Positive Moment Region:
Exterior Girder Two or More Lanes Loaded:

DF
Ext
= e DF
Int

1.0
0.77 0.77 0.880
9.1 9.1
e
d
e = + = + =

DF
Ext+
= (0.880) (0.665) = 0.585

Lever Rule Assume a hinge develops over each interior girder and solve for the reaction in the exterior
girder as a fraction of the truck load.

1.2 0
1.2 1.2

H
M Pe RS
Pe e
R DF
S S
=
= =

This is for one lane loaded. Multiple Presence
Factors apply 1.2 is the MPF

In the diagram, P/2 are the wheel loads; P is the
resultant force. All three loads are NOT applied at
the same time.

Note that truck cannot be closer than 2 from the
barrier

Distribution for
Factor for
Moment
One Lane Loaded:

| |
1.2(36 ) (10.5 3.5) (10.5 9.5)
72 (8 )
0.6 /
k
R
k ft
R lanes girder
+
=
=

Multiple Presence:

MPF = 1.2

Note that this only uses the truck.

By dividing by the total truck weight of 72 kips, R is given in lanes/girder


,
2
L
Ext Min
b
N
Ext
L
N
b
X e
N
DF
N
x
= +

[LRFD C4.6.2.2.2d-1]
Where:

N
L
N
b
e - Eccentricity of design truck or load from CG of pattern of girders (ft.)
X
Ext

Note: Only the truck is used and it cannot be closer than 2 from the barrier

Minimum Exterior Girder Distribution Factor One Lane:

( )
,
,
,
2
2 2
1 16(12)
5
2
0.50
16 8
L
Ext Min
b
Ext Min
Ext Min
N
Ext
L
N
b
X e
N
DFM
N
x
DFM
DFM
= +
= +
=
+

,
( ) 1.2(0.5) 0.6
Ext Min
DFM MPF DF = = =


Two Lanes Loaded:

Note: Truck cannot be closer than 2 from the barrier and the truck must be 2 feet from the
lane edge.

Minimum Exterior Girder Distribution Factor Two Lane:
,
,
,
2
2 2
2 16(12 0)
5 2(16
0.70
8 )
L
Ext Min
b
Ext Min
Ext Min
N
Ext
L
N
b
X e
N
DFM
N
x
DFM
DFM
= +
+
= +
=
+

,
( ) 1.0(0.7) 0.7
Ext Min
DFM MPF DF = = = CONTROLS

DFM
two lanes
= 0.585 lanes/girder
DFM
one lane
= 0.600 lanes/girder (lever rule)
DFM
minimum
= 0.600 lanes/girder (one lanes)
DFM
minimum
= 0.700 lanes/girder (two lanes)

The controlling DFM is the minimum DFM with two lanes loaded DFM = 0.7
This is a 5% increase from the interior girder (DFM = 0.665)

Distribution for
Factor for
Shear
One Lane Loaded: Lever Rule


DF
M,Ext
= e DF
M,Int

0.66
10
e
d
e = +


DF
Ext
= e DF
Int

1.0
0.6 0.6 0.70
10 10
e
d
e = + = + =

DF
Ext+
= (0.70) (0.814) = 0.570

One Lane Loaded: (Lever Rule)
DFV
EXT
= 0.6

This is the same as moment calculation.
However, the minimum DF = 0.7 (from possible rigid body rotation) - THIS CONTROLS.
Unfactored
Shear Forces &
Bending
Moments
Dead Loads:

Location
Beam Weight
[Simple Span]
Deck plus
Haunch
[Simple Span]
Barrier Weight
[Continuous
Span]
Future Wearing
Surface
[Continuous
Span]
x ft. x/L
Shear
kips
M
g
,
kip-ft
Shear
kips
M
s
,
kip-ft
Shear
kips
M
b
,
kip-ft
Shea
r
kips
M
ws
,
kip-ft
0.00 0.00 39.6 0 35.3 0 9.2 7.7 14.7 12.4
9.26 0.10 31.9 331 28.5 295.2 6.8 81.8 10.9 130.5
18.97 0.20 24 602.6 21.4 537.3 4.3 136 6.9 217
28.69 0.30 16 796.5 14.2 710.4 1.8 166 2.9 264.9
38.41 0.40 8 912.9 7.1 814.2 -0.6 171.9 -1 274.2
48.13 0.50 0 951.9 0 848.8 -3.1 153.6 -5 245.1
57.84 0.60 -8 912.9 -7.1 814.2 -5.6 111.2 -8.9 177.5
67.56 0.70 -16 796.5 -14.2 710.4 -8.1 44.7 -12.9 71.3
77.28 0.80 -24 602.6 -21.4 537.3 -10.6 -46 -16.9 -73.4
86.99 0.90 -31.9 331 -28.5 295.2 -13.1 -160.8 -20.8 -256.7
96.25 Brg. -39.6 0 -35.3 0 -15.4 -292.7 -24.6 -467.1


Live Loads:

Maximum envelope values shown. The values shown may not be from the same load case.

Load
Combinations
Service I:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 1.00 (LL + IM)
Service III:
Q = 1.00(DC + DW) + 0.80(LL + IM)
Strength I:

Length LL+IM
V M
ft. k k-ft
Bearing 0 76.5 50.9
Trans. 2.04 74.0 199.4
H/2 2.73 73.2 247.5
0.10L 9.26 65.3 655.8
0.20L 18.97 53.7 1101.8
0.30L 28.69 42.9 1365.5
0.40L 38.41 34.2 1483.0
MidSpan 48.13 -41.3 1455.5
0.60L 57.84 -51.6 1301.1
0.70L 67.56 -61.8 1009.2
0.80L 77.28 -71.7 -815.0
0.90L 86.99 -81.3 -921.5
H/2 93.52 -87.1 -1252.7
Trans. 94.21 -87.7 -1299.1
Bearing 96.25 -89.5 -1449.7
Length Service 1 Service 3 Strength 1
V M V M V M
ft. k k-ft k k-ft k k-ft
Bearing 0 175.3 71.0 160.0 60.8 261.1 117.3
Trans. 2.04 168.2 416.2 153.4 376.4 250.8 630.3
H/2 2.73 165.8 528.7 151.1 479.2 247.2 797.3
0.10L 9.26 143.4 1494.4 130.3 1363.2 214.6 2228.5
0.20L 18.97 110.2 2594.7 99.5 2374.3 166.4 3848.5
0.30L 28.69 77.8 3303.3 69.3 3030.2 119.5 4878.1
0.40L 38.41 47.7 3656.2 40.8 3359.6 76.4 5380.4
MidSpan 48.13 -49.4 3654.7 -41.2 3363.6 -83.7 5357.4
0.60L 57.84 -81.2 3316.9 -70.9 3056.7 -129.6 4841.0
0.70L 67.56 -113.0 2632.0 -100.7 2430.2 -175.4 3812.5
0.80L 77.28 -144.6 205.5 -130.3 368.5 -220.8 -568.0
0.90L 86.99 -175.6 -712.8 -159.3 -528.5 -265.4 -1635.0
H/2 93.52 -195.9 -1707.1 -178.5 -1456.5 -294.3 -2930.0
Trans. 94.21 -198.1 -1829.0 -180.6 -1569.2 -297.5 -3092.5
Bearing 96.25 -204.4 -2209.5 -186.5 -1919.6 -306.4 -3603.6


Stresses at
Midspan
Concrete stress at the top fiber of the girder, three cases:

1. Under permanent loads, Service I:

1
1
1
( )
( )
972 972(20.0) (951.9 848.8) *12 (153.6 245.1) *12
789 8, 909 8, 909 39576
1.23 2.18 2.43 0.12 1.60
pe pe c g s
ws b
tg
t t tg
tg
tg
P P e M M
M M
f
A S S S
f
f
+
+
= + +
+ +
= + +
= + + = +


2 1
2
2
( )
0.5
1, 455*12
0.5(1.60)
39576
0.80 0.44 1.24
LL I
tg tg
tg
tg
tg
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +


3 1
3
3
( )
1, 455*12
(1.60)
39576
1.60 0.44 2.04
LL I
tg tg
tg
tg
tg
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +




( )
(245.1 153.6) *12
25271
0.186
ws b
tc
tc
tc
tc
M M
f
S
f
f
+
=
+
= +
= +


Note that deck stresses under service loads are almost always well below allowable for
continuous for LL bridges; but they still must be checked.


2 1
2
2
( )
0.5
1, 455*12
0.5(0.186)
25721
0.09 0.68 0.77
LL I
tc tc
tc
tc
tc
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +



3 1
3
3
( )
1, 455*12
(0.186)
25721
0.19 0.68 0.87
LL I
tc tc
tc
tc
tc
M
f f
S
f
f
+
= +
= +
= + = +


Tension stress at the bottom fiber of the girder, Service III:

| |
( )
( ) 0.8
(245.1 153.6) (0.8*1455) *12
972 972(20.0) (951.9 848.8) *12
789 10, 542 10, 542 16, 340
1.23 1.84 2.05 1.15 0.13
pe pe c g s
ws b LL I
b
b b bc
b
b
P P e M M
M M M
f
A S S S
f
f
+
+
+ +
= +
+ +
+
= +
= + =


GIRDER STRESSES INT EXT
COMP PERMANENT LOADS 1.98 ksi 1.60 ksi
COMP PERMANENT LOADS + LL 1.34 ksi 1.24 ksi
COMP PERMANENT LOADS + LL 2.33 ksi 2.04 ksi
TENSION 0.40 ksi 0.13 ksi

Positive
Moment
Section
Total Ultimate bending moment for Strength I i: [LRFD Tables 3.4.1&2]

1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
u



,
,
, ,int
1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
1.25(912.9 814.2 171.9) 1.5(274.2) 1.75(1, 483)
5380 5, 615
u ext
u ext
u ext u
M DC DW LL IM
M
M k ft M k ft
= + + +
= + + + +
= < =

Since exterior M
u
is less than interior M
u
, OK

The positive moment, under the Strength I limit state, for the exterior girder is less than that
for interior girder. Although the LL increases, the DL decreases due to the flange (slab)
being narrower.
The interior girder design met all the checks for positive moment design. These were:
Nominal Strength, tension controlled, and minimum reinforcement. All of these checks
depend on M
u
and/or M
n
. Since M
U,ext
<M
u,int
, the design for the interior girder for
POSITIVE MOMENT is adequate for exterior girder.
Stresses at transfer of prestressing force is independent of whether the girder is interior or
exterior, so no check is needed.

Negative
Moment
Section
Total Ultimate bending moment for Strength I is: [LRFD Tables 3.4.1&2]

1.25( ) 1.5( ) 1.75( )
u

1.25( 292.7) 1.5( 467.1) 1.75( 1, 450) 3604
u
M = + + = kip-ft

This is 4% greater than the moment for the interior girder. This is because the LL moment
increases. At the support, the slab moment is 0, so it has no effect. Away from the support,
the slab moment is positive, so it would mitigate the negative moment. Thus, the smaller
slab moment has the effect of INCREASING the negative moment, as compared to the
interior girder.

2
2
(60)
3, 604(12) 0.90 (60) 58.25
1.7(7.0)(26)
0 10.47 3145 43248
14.5
s
s
s s
s
A
A
A A
A in
| |
=
|
\ .
= +
=

This is the required amount of mild steel reinforcement required in the slab to resist the
negative moment and it is equal to 33 #6 bars. Distributed over a length of 6.5 feet, this
would be #6 @ 4 inches top and bottom! Use 16 bars on the bottom and 17 on the top. A
s
=
14.52 in
2

Note: Only 13.98 in
2
were required for the interior girder.


Location of steel:

Top 17 #6 with 2 clear

Btm 16 #6 with 2 5/8 clear.

33(0.44) 14.52
s
A = = in
2

17(0.44)(2.375) 16(0.44)(8.5 3)
14.52
56.48
3.9
14.52
x
x
+
=
= =


d = 58.6 in

Now check M
n
:

( )( )
( )( )
( )( )( )
s y
c
1
r n
r u
A f 14.52 60
a 5.63in
0.85f ' b 0.85 7 26
a 5.63
c 8.04
0.7
5.63
M M 0.9 14.52 60 58.6
2
M 43740k in 3, 645k ft M 3, 604k ft
= = =
= = =
| |
= =
|
\ .
= = > =

Control of
Cracking by
Distribution
Reinforcement
According to LRFD 5.7.3.4 the spacing of the mild steel reinforcement in the layer closest to
the tension face shall satisfy equation 5.7.3.4-1.

700
2
e
c
s s
s d
f

Based on the check made for the interior girders (requiring a spacing of 9 inches), #6@ 4
inches will clearly satisfy this requirement. Note that the service level stress will increase,
but not enough to bring the requirement below 4 inches.


Maximum
Reinforcement
Negative
Moment
Section
As before, check the strain in the extreme tensile steel: : [LRFD 5.7.2.1 & 5.5.4.2]

t
t
d c 59.9 8.04
0.003 0.003 0.019 0.005
c 8.04
| | | |
= = = >
| |
\ . \ .


Minimum
Reinforcement
Negative
Moment
Section

( ) 1
c
cr c r cpe dnc c r
nc
S
M S f f M S f
S
| |
= +
|
\ .
[LRFD 5.7.3.3.2-1]
Where:

f
r
= '
0.37 0.37 4.5 0.785
c
r
f f = = =
ksi
f
cpe
= 0.0 ksi
M
dnc
= 0
g s
M M + = kip-ft
S
c
= 16340 in
3

16340
(0.785)
12
1069
cr
cr
M
M k ft
=
=

1.2 1282
cr
M k ft =

At bearing, the factored moment required by the Strength I load combination is:

M
u
= -3604 kip-ft

Therefore, 1.33 4793
u
M = kip-ft

Since 1.2 1.33
cr u
M M < , 1.2
cr
M Controls
3, 645 1.2 1282
r cr
M M = > = OK


The design of the exterior section meets all requirements for positive and negative bending
under both Service and Strength Limit States.


Shear

This compares Strength I shears and moments for the interior and exterior girders. Note that
the exterior girder shears are LESS than the interior girder
shears. Thus, the previous design works for vertical and horizontal shear. The longitudinal
steel requirements are also met.

Strength I
Length Interior Exterior
V M V M
ft. k k-ft k k-ft
Bearing 0 299.125 113.1 261.0657 117.3438
Trans. 2.04 287.45 644.925 250.7524 630.3376
H/2 2.73 283.375 817.925 247.1722 797.2625
0.10L 9.26 246.375 2303.925 214.6325 2228.485
0.20L 18.97 191.575 3993.775 166.3629 3848.451
0.30L 28.69 138.4 5077.725 119.4571 4878.126
0.40L 38.41 89.575 5615.875 76.42157 5380.371
MidSpan 48.13 -95.9 5610.625 -83.733 5357.442
0.60L 57.84 -147.875 5091.675 -129.581 4841.008
0.70L 67.56 -199.95 4041.75 -175.438 3812.453
0.80L 77.28 -251.375 -329.31 -220.846 -567.967
0.90L 86.99 -301.825 -1464.58 -265.37 -1635.04
H/2 93.52 -334.65 -2795.88 -294.34 -2929.99
Trans. 94.21 -338.2 -2961.82 -297.47 -3092.54
Bearing 96.25 -348.325 -3482.75 -306.435 -3603.56

33-ODOT Prestressed Design FINAL

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

33-ODOT Prestressed Design FINAL

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

1

AASHTO LRFD B id D i AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design

This is for one lane loaded. Multiple

Flexure and Axial Loads

Do Not Duplicate Prestressed Concrete: Slide #82

5.9 Prestressing and Partial Prestressing

The third term in the numerator, (V

Table 5.8.3.4.2-1 Values of and for Sections with Transverse Reinforcement

5.8 - Shear and Torsion

1/2(Sum of effective prestress +

Sum of effective prestress + permanent < 0 6 f

Design Example - Simple-Span Adjacent Box Girder Bridge

This equation assumes the section is uncracked. If the

Design Example - Continuous Two-Span I-Girder Bridge

= 3.5 kips per strand

Design Example - Continuous Two-Span I-Girder Bridge

(5.7.2.1 & 5.5.4.2)

(This is VERY conservative)

Design Example - Continuous Two-Span I-Girder Bridge

Assume #4 bars will be used.

Design Example - Continuous Two-Span I-Girder Bridge

This is for one lane loaded. Multiple Presence

You might also like